SEC Filing | Consumer Portfolio Services, Inc.

View:

Download DOC

Download PDF

Download XLS

Download XBRL

cpss10q_dtd120420.htm

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

FORM 10-Q

[X]	QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended March 31, 2012

Commission file number: 1-11416

CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

California	33-0459135
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(IRS Employer Identification No.)

19500 Jamboree Road, Irvine, California	92612
(Address of principal executive offices)	(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including Area Code: (949) 753-6800

Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report: N/A

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes [X] No [ ]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes [x ] No [ ]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See definition of “accelerated filer”, “large accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large Accelerated Filer [ ] Accelerated Filer [ ]

Non-Accelerated Filer [ ] Smaller Reporting Company [ X ]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes [ ] No [X]

As of April 10, 2012 the registrant had 19,331,257 common shares outstanding.

CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

INDEX TO FORM 10-Q

For the Quarterly Period Ended March 31, 2012

		Page
PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Item 1.	Financial Statements
	Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011	3
	Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2012 and 2011	4
	Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income/(Loss) for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2012 and 2011	5
	Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2012 and 2011	6
	Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements	7
Item 2.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	25
Item 4.	Controls and Procedures	44


PART II. OTHER INFORMATION

Item 1.	Legal Proceedings	45
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	45
Item 2.	Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds	47
Item 6.	Exhibits	47
	Signatures	48

Item 1. Financial Statements

CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

	March 31,			December 31,
	2012			2011
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents	$	10,614		$	10,094
Restricted cash and equivalents		131,543			159,228

Finance receivables		554,999			516,630
Less: Allowance for finance credit losses		(11,251	)		(10,351	)
Finance receivables, net		543,748			506,279

Finance receivables measured at fair value		126,923			160,253
Residual interest in securitizations		4,612			4,414
Furniture and equipment, net		753			875
Deferred financing costs		9,099			8,036
Deferred tax assets, net		15,000			15,000
Accrued interest receivable		6,380			6,432
Other assets		18,655			19,439
	$	867,327		$	890,050

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Liabilities
Accounts payable and accrued expenses	$	25,955		$	27,993
Warehouse lines of credit		28,929			25,393
Residual interest financing		18,015			21,884
Debt secured by receivables measured at fair value		133,017			166,828
Securitization trust debt		599,678			583,065
Senior secured debt, related party		53,570			58,344
Subordinated renewable notes		20,741			20,750
		879,905			904,257
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Shareholders' Equity
Preferred stock, $1 par value;
authorized 5,000,000 shares; none issued		-			-
Series A preferred stock, $1 par value;
authorized 5,000,000 shares; none issued		-			-
Series B convertible preferred stock, $1 par value; authorized
1,870 shares; none issued and outstanding at March 31, 2012
and December 31, 2011, respectively		-			-
Common stock, no par value; authorized
75,000,000 shares; 19,331,257 and 19,526,968
shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2012 and
December 31, 2011, respectively		63,583			62,466
Accumulated deficit		(67,626	)		(68,138	)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(8,535	)		(8,535	)
		(12,578	)		(14,207	)

	$	867,327		$	890,050

See accompanying Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands, except per share data)

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,


	2012		2011
Revenues:
Interest income	$	40,611	$	28,584
Servicing fees		801		1,415
Other income		3,106		2,396
		44,518		32,395

Expenses:
Employee costs		8,871		7,623
General and administrative		4,497		3,639
Interest		22,309		19,126
Provision for credit losses		4,836		3,692
Marketing		2,620		1,596
Occupancy		721		761
Depreciation and amortization		152		164
		44,006		36,601
Income (loss) before income tax expense		512		(4,206	)
Income tax expense		-		-
Net income (loss)	$	512	$	(4,206	)

Income (loss) per share:
Basic	$	0.03	$	(0.23	)
Diluted		0.02		(0.23	)
				.
Number of shares used in computing
income (loss) per share:
Basic		19,416		18,122
Diluted		22,601		18,122

See accompanying Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(In thousands)

	Three Months Ended
	March 31
	2012		2011

Net income/(loss)	$	512	$	(4,206	)
Other comprehensive income/(loss); change in funded status of pension plan		-		-
Comprehensive income/(loss)	$	512	$	(4,206	)

CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
	2012			2011
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income (loss)	$	512		$	(4,206	)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash
provided by operating activities:
Accretion of deferred acquisition fees		(3,335	)		(1,999	)
Accretion of purchase discount on receivables measured at fair value		(4,163	)		--
Amortization of discount on securitization notes		592			949
Amortization of discount on senior secured debt, related party		826			610
Accretion of premium on debt secured by receivables measured at fair value		2,980			--
Mark to fair value on debt secured by receivables measured at fair value		2,400			--
Mark to fair value of receivables measured at fair value		(1,510	)		--
Depreciation and amortization		152			164
Amortization of deferred financing costs		1,477			1,109
Provision for credit losses		4,836			3,692
Stock-based compensation expense		293			371
Interest income on residual assets		(198	)		(144	)
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Accrued interest receivable		52			886
Other assets		526			925
Accounts payable and accrued expenses		(982	)		1,123
Net cash provided by operating activities		4,458			3,480

Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchases of finance receivables held for investment		(119,902	)		(50,036	)
Proceeds received on finance receivables held for investment		119,935			93,830
Change in repossessions in inventory		258			(1,754	)
Decreases (Increases) in restricted cash and equivalents		27,685			(7,164	)
Purchase of furniture and equipment		(30	)		(20	)
Net cash provided by investing activities		27,946			34,856

Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from issuance of securitization trust debt		155,000			--
Proceeds from issuance of subordinated renewable notes		638			375
Proceeds from issuance of senior secured debt, related party		-			4,660
Payments on subordinated renewable notes		(647	)		(503	)
Net proceeds from (repayments to) warehouse lines of credit		3,536			35,462
Proceeds from (repayments of) residual interest financing debt		(3,869	)		(4,616	)
Repayment of securitization trust debt		(138,979	)		(79,406	)
Repayment of portfolio acquisition facility		(39,191	)		-
Repayment of senior secured debt, related party		(5,600	)		-
Payment of financing costs		(2,540	)		(1,325	)
Repurchase of common stock		(244	)		(8	)
Exercises of options and warrants		12			-
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		(31,884	)		(45,361	)

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		520			(7,025	)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period		10,094			16,252
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	10,614		$	9,227

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Cash paid (received) during the period for:
Interest	$	22,181		$	16,290
Income taxes	$	147		$	-
Non-cash financing activities:
Derivative warrants reclassified from liabilities to common stock upon amendment	$	1,056		$	--

See accompanying Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Description of Business

We were formed in California on March 8, 1991. We specialize in purchasing and servicing retail automobile installment sale contracts (“automobile contracts” or “finance receivables”) originated by licensed motor vehicle dealers located throughout the United States (“dealers”) in the sale of new and used automobiles, light trucks and passenger vans. Through our purchases, we provide indirect financing to dealer customers for borrowers with limited credit histories, low incomes or past credit problems (“sub-prime customers”). We serve as an alternative source of financing for dealers, allowing sales to customers who otherwise might not be able to obtain financing. In addition to purchasing installment purchase contracts directly from dealers, we have also (i) acquired installment purchase contracts in four merger and acquisition transactions, (ii) purchased immaterial amounts of vehicle purchase money loans from non-affiliated lenders, and (iii) lent money directly to consumers for an immaterial amount of vehicle purchase money loans. In this report, we refer to all of such contracts and loans as "automobile contracts."

Basis of Presentation

Our Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, with the instructions to Form 10-Q and with Article 8 of Regulation S-X of the Securities and Exchange Commission, and include all adjustments that are, in management’s opinion, necessary for a fair presentation of the results for the interim periods presented. All such adjustments are, in the opinion of management, of a normal recurring nature. In addition, certain items in prior period financial statements may have been reclassified for comparability to current period presentation. Results for the three-month period ended March 31, 2012 are not necessarily indicative of the operating results to be expected for the full year.

Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America have been condensed or omitted from these Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. These Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of income and expenses during the reported periods. Specifically, a number of estimates were made in connection with determining an appropriate allowance for finance credit losses, valuing finance receivables measured at fair value and the related debt, valuing residual interest in securitizations, accreting net acquisition fees, amortizing deferred costs, valuing warrants issued, and recording deferred tax assets and reserves for uncertain tax positions. These are material estimates that could be susceptible to changes in the near term and, accordingly, actual results could differ from those estimates.

CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUSIDIARIES

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Other Income

The following table presents the primary components of Other Income:

	March 31,		March 31,
	2012		2011
	(In thousands)
Direct mail revenues	$	1,619	$	1,168
Convenience fee revenue		832		714
Recoveries on previously charged-off contracts		97		187
Sales tax refunds		72		149
Other		486		178
Other income for the period	$	3,106	$	2,396

Stock-based Compensation

We recognize compensation costs in the financial statements for all share-based payments based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718 “Accounting for Stock Based Compensation”.

For the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, we recorded stock-based compensation costs in the amount of $293,000 and $371,000, respectively. As of March 31, 2012, unrecognized stock-based compensation costs to be recognized over future periods equaled $1.7 million. This amount will be recognized as expense over a weighted-average period of 2.5 years.

The following represents stock option activity for the three months ended March 31, 2012:

				Weighted
	Number of	Weighted		Average
	Shares	Average		Remaining
	(in thousands)	Exercise Price		Contractual Term
Options outstanding at the beginning of period…………	8,431	$	1.53		N/A
Granted………………………………………………	-		-		N/A
Exercised……………………...………………………	(15)		0.77		N/A
Forfeited…………………………………………….	(245)		1.39		N/A
Options outstanding at the end of period……………..…	8,171	$	1.54		5.86 years

Options exercisable at the end of period…………..……	5,037	$	1.72		4.17 years

At March 31, 2012, the aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding and exercisable was $876,000 and $309,000, respectively. There were 15,000 shares exercised for the three months ended March 31, 2012 compared to 3,000 for the comparable period in 2011. There were 823,000 shares available for future stock option grants under existing plans as of March 31, 2012.

Purchases of Company Stock

During the three-month periods ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, we purchased 227,298 and 6,000 shares, respectively, of our common stock, at average prices of $1.15 and $1.34, respectively.

Reclassifications

Some items in the prior year financial statements were reclassified to conform to the current presentation. Reclassifications had no effect on prior year net income or total shareholders’ equity.

CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Derivative Financial Instruments

We do not use derivative financial instruments to hedge exposures to cash-flow or market risks. However, from 2008 to 2010, we issued warrants to purchase the Company’s common stock in conjunction with various debt financing transactions. At the time of issuance, four of these warrants issued contained "down round" or reset features that are subject to classification as liabilities for financial statement purposes. These liabilities are measured at fair value, with the changes in fair value at the end of each period reflected as current period income or loss. Accordingly, changes to the market price per share of our common stock underlying these warrants with "down round" or price reset features directly affect the fair value computations for these derivative financial instruments. The effect is that any increase in the market price per share of our common stock also increases the related liability, which in turn would result in a current period loss. Conversely, any decrease in the market price per share of our common stock also decreases the related liability, which in turn would result in a current period gain. We use a binomial pricing model to compute the fair value of the liabilities associated with the outstanding warrants. In computing the fair value of the warrant liabilities at the end of each period, we use significant judgments with respect to the risk free interest rate, the volatility of our stock price, and the estimated life of the warrants. The effects of these judgments, if proven incorrect, could have a significant effect on our financial statements. The warrant liabilities are included in Accounts payable and accrued expenses on our consolidated balance sheets. On March 29, 2012 we amended three of the four warrants that contained the “down round” features to remove those specific price reset terms. On the date of the amendment, we valued each of the three warrants using a binomial pricing model as described above. The aggregate value of the three amended warrants of $1.1 million was then reclassified from Accounts payable to Common Stock. The remaining warrant with the “down round” feature was not amended and was valued and recorded at March 31, 2012 using a binomial pricing model to compute the fair value, which is included in Accounts payable and accrued expenses, and will continue to be subject to quartely valuations.

Financial Covenants

Certain of our securitization transactions, our warehouse credit facilities and our residual interest financing contain various financial covenants requiring minimum financial ratios and results. Such covenants include maintaining minimum levels of liquidity and net worth and not exceeding maximum leverage levels. As of March 31, 2012, we were in compliance with all such covenants. In addition, certain securitization and non-securitization related debt agreements contain cross-default provisions that would allow certain creditors to declare a default if a default occurred under a different facility.

Finance Receivables and Related Debt Measured at Fair Value

In September 2011 we purchased approximately $217.8 million of finance receivables from Fireside Bank. These receivables and the related acquisition debt are recorded on our balance sheet at fair value. There are no level 1 or level 2 inputs (as described by ASC 820) available to us for measurement of such receivables, or for the related debt. Our level 3, unobservable inputs reflect our own assumptions about the factors that market participants use in pricing similar receivables and debt, and are based on the best information available in the circumstances. The valuation method used to estimate fair value may produce a fair value measurement that may not be indicative of ultimate realizable value. Furthermore, while we believe our valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with those used by other market participants, the use of different methods or assumptions to estimate the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in different estimates of fair value. Those estimated values may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a readily available market for such receivables or debt existed, or had such receivables or debt been liquidated, and those differences could be material to the financial statements.

(2) Finance Receivables

Our portfolio of finance receivables consists of small-balance homogeneous contracts comprising a single segment and class that is collectively evaluated for impairment on a portfolio basis according to delinquency status. Our contract purchase guidelines are designed to produce a homogenous portfolio. For key terms such as interest rate, length of contract, monthly payment and amount financed, there is relatively little variation from the average for the portfolio. We report delinquency on a contractual basis. Once a contract becomes greater than 90 days delinquent, we do not recognize additional interest income until the obligor under the contract makes sufficient payments to be less than 90 days delinquent. Any payments received on a contract that is greater than 90 days delinquent are first applied to accrued interest and then to principal reduction.

CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following table presents the components of Finance Receivables, net of unearned interest:

	March 31,			December 31,
	2012			2011
Finance Receivables	(In thousands)

Automobile finance receivables, net of unearned interest	$	579,745		$	536,773
Less: Unearned acquisition fees and originations costs		(24,746	)		(20,143	)
Finance Receivables	$	554,999		$	516,630

We consider an automobile contract delinquent when an obligor fails to make at least 90% of a contractually due payment by the following due date, which date may have been extended within limits specified in the servicing agreements. The period of delinquency is based on the number of days payments are contractually past due. Automobile contracts less than 31 days delinquent are not included. The period of delinquency is based on the number of days a payment is past its due date, as extended where applicable. In certain circumstances we will grant obligors one-month payment extensions to assist them with temporary cash flow problems. The only modification of terms is to advance the obligor’s next due date by one month and extend the maturity date of the receivable by one month. In some cases, a two-month extension may be granted. There are no other concessions such as a reduction in interest rate, forgiveness of principal or of accrued interest. Accordingly, we consider such extensions to be insignificant delays in payments rather than troubled debt restructurings. The following table summarizes the delinquency status of finance receivables as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

	March 31,		December 31,
	2012		2011
	(In thousands)
Deliquency Status
Current	$	566,583	$	512,802
31 - 60 days		5,962		9,344
61 - 90 days		3,823		6,034
91 + days		3,377		8,593
	$	579,745	$	536,773

Finance receivables totaling $3.4 million and $13.0 million at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively, including all receivables greater than 90 days delinquent have been placed on non-accrual status as a result of their delinquency status.

We use a loss allowance methodology commonly referred to as "static pooling," which stratifies our finance receivable portfolio into separately identified pools based on the period of origination. Using analytical and formula driven techniques, we estimate an allowance for finance credit losses, which we believe is adequate for probable credit losses that can be reasonably estimated in our portfolio of automobile contracts. The estimate for probable credit losses is reduced by our estimate for future recoveries on previously incurred losses. Provision for losses is charged to our consolidated statement of operations. Net losses incurred on finance receivables are charged to the allowance. For finance receivables originated through December 31, 2010 we established the allowance at the time of the acquisition of the receivable. Beginning January 1, 2011, we establish the allowance for new receivables over the twelve-month period following their acquisition.

CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following table presents a summary of the activity for the allowance for credit losses for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2012 and 2011:

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,

	2012			2011
	(In thousands)
Balance at beginning of period	$	10,351		$	13,168
Provision for credit losses on finance receivables		4,836			3,692
Charge-offs		(8,302	)		(9,902	)
Recoveries		4,366			4,641
Balance at end of period	$	11,251		$	11,599

Excluded from finance receivables are contracts that were previously classified as finance receivables but were reclassified as other assets because we have repossessed the vehicle securing the Contract. The following table presents a summary of such repossessed inventory together with the allowance for losses in repossessed inventory that is not included in the allowance for credit losses:

	March 31,				December 31,
	2012				2011
	(In thousands)
Gross balance of repossessions in inventory		$	8,680		$	9,246
Allowance for losses on repossessed inventory			(4,170	)		(4,765	)
Net repossessed inventory included in other assets		$	4,510		$	4,481

(3) Finance Receivables Measured at Fair Value

In September 2011 we purchased approximately $217.8 million of finance receivables from Fireside Bank. These receivables are recorded on our balance sheet at fair value.

The following table presents the components of Finance Receivables measured at fair value:

	March 31,			December 31,
	2012			2011
Finance Receivables Measured at Fair Value	(In thousands)

Finance receivables and accrued interest, net of unearned interest	$	133,169		$	172,167
Less: Fair value adjustment		(6,246	)		(11,914	)
Finance receivables measured at fair value	$	126,923		$	160,253

The following table summarizes the delinquency status of finance receivables measured at fair value as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

	March 31,		December 31,
	2012		2011
	(In thousands)
Deliquency Status
Current	$	130,226	$	164,625
31 - 60 days		1,675		4,872
61 - 90 days		782		1,767
91 + days		486		903
	$	133,169	$	172,167

CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUSIDIARIES

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(4) Securitization Trust Debt

We have completed a number of securitization transactions that are structured as secured borrowings for financial accounting purposes. The debt issued in these transactions is shown on our Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as “Securitization trust debt,” and the components of such debt are summarized in the following table:

											Weighted
											Average
	Final		Receivables				Outstanding		Outstanding		Contractual
	Scheduled		Pledged at				Principal at		Principal at		Interest Rate at
	Payment		March 31,	Initial				March 31,	December 31,		March 31,
Series	Date (1)		2012	Principal		2012			2011		2012

(Dollars in thousands)
CPS 2006-B	January 2013	$	-	$	257,500		$	-	$	6,604	-
CPS 2006-C	June 2013		-		247,500			-		14,873	-
CPS 2006-D	August 2013		-		220,000			-		15,716	-
CPS 2007-A	November 2013		-		290,000			-		34,312	-
CPS 2007-TFC	December 2013		-		113,293			-		7,771	-
CPS 2007-B	January 2014		24,845		314,999			32,272		40,916	6.77%
CPS 2007-C	May 2014		33,711		327,499			41,998		52,723	6.91%
CPS 2008-A	October 2014		43,829		310,359			64,133		77,284	8.37%
Page Five Funding	January 2018		33,994		9,174			33,115		36,701	9.46%
CPS 2011-A	April 2018		73,865		100,364			69,175		75,625	3.95%
CPS 2011-B	September 2018		97,553		109,936			92,492		101,268	4.40%
CPS 2011-C	March 2019		113,916		119,400			111,511		119,272	4.85%
CPS 2012-A	June 2019		103,425		155,000			154,982		-	3.33%
		$	525,138	$	2,575,024		$	599,678	$	583,065

_________________

(1)

The Final Scheduled Payment Date represents final legal maturity of the securitization trust debt. Securitization trust debt is expected to become due and to be paid prior to those dates, based on amortization of the finance receivables pledged to the Trusts. Expected payments, which will depend on the performance of such receivables, as to which there can be no assurance, are $178.4 million in 2012, $171.3 million in 2013, $110.5 million in 2014, $81.8 million in 2015, $41.6 million in 2016 and $16.1 million in 2017.

All of the securitization trust debt was sold in private placement transactions to qualified institutional buyers. The debt was issued through our wholly-owned bankruptcy remote subsidiaries and is secured by the assets of such subsidiaries, but not by our other assets. Principal of $90.8 million, and the related interest payments, are guaranteed by financial guaranty insurance policies issued by third party financial institutions.

The terms of the various securitization agreements related to the issuance of the securitization trust debt andthe warehouse credit facilities require that we meet certain delinquency and credit loss criteria with respect to the collateral pool, and certain of the agreements require that we maintain minimum levels of liquidity and net worth and not exceed maximum leverage levels. In addition, certain securitization and non-securitization related debt contain cross-default provisions, which would allow certain creditors to declare a default if a default were declared under a different facility.

We are responsible for the administration and collection of the automobile contracts. The securitization agreements also require certain funds be held in restricted cash accounts to provide additional collateral for the borrowings or to be applied to make payments on the securitization trust debt. As of March 31, 2012, restricted cash under the various agreements totaled approximately $131.5 million. Interest expense on the securitization trust debt consists of the stated rate of interest plus amortization of additional costs of borrowing. Additional costs of borrowing include facility fees, insurance and amortization of deferred financing costs and discounts on notes sold. Deferred financing costs and discounts on notes sold related to the securitization trust debt are amortized using a level yield method. Accordingly, the effective cost of the securitization trust debt is greater than the contractual rate of interest disclosed above.

CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Our wholly-owned bankruptcy remote subsidiaries were formed to facilitate the above asset-backed financing transactions. Similar bankruptcy remote subsidiaries issue the debt outstanding under our credit facilities. Bankruptcy remote refers to a legal structure in which it is expected that the applicable entity would not be included in any bankruptcy filing by its parent or affiliates. All of the assets of these subsidiaries have been pledged as collateral for the related debt. All such transactions, treated as secured financings for accounting and tax purposes, are treated as sales for all other purposes, including legal and bankruptcy purposes. None of the assets of these subsidiaries are available to pay other creditors.

(5) Debt

The terms and amounts of our other debt outstanding at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 are summarized below:

				Amount Outstanding at
				March 31,		December 31,
				2012		2011
				(In thousands)
Description	Interest Rate	Maturity

Residual interest financing	12.875% over one month Libor	February 2013	$	18,015	$	21,884

Senior secured debt, related party	14.00%	February 2012		-		5,000
	14.00%	June 2012		600		1,200
	14.00%	October 2012		5,000		5,000
	16.00%	December 2013		47,970		47,144

Subordinated renewable notes	Weighted average rate of 14.6% and 14.6% at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively	Weighted average maturity of January 2014 and August 2014 at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively		20,741		20,750
			$	92,326	$	100,978

(6) Interest Income and Interest Expense

The following table presents the components of interest income:

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
	2012		2011
	(In thousands)
Interest on Finance Receivables	$	40,145	$	28,164
Residual interest income		224		195
Other interest income		242		225
Interest income	$	40,611	$	28,584

The following table presents the components of interest expense:

		Three Months Ended
		March 31,
		2012		2011
		(In thousands)
Securitization trust debt	$	10,020	$	12,004
Warehouse debt		1,396		2,344
Senior secured debt, related party		3,537		2,667
Debt secured by receivables at fair value		5,790		-
Residual interest debt		748		1,342
Subordinated debt		818		769
Interest Expense	$	22,309	$	19,126

CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(7) Earnings (Loss) Per Share

Earnings (loss) per share for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 were calculated using the weighted average number of shares outstanding for the related period. The following table reconciles the number of shares used in the computations of basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2012 and 2011:

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,

	2012		2011
	(In thousands)
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding during
the period used to compute basic earnings (loss) per share		19,416		18,122

Incremental common shares attributable to exercise of
outstanding options and warrants		3,185		-
				21,528
Weighted average number of common shares used to compute
diluted earnings (loss) per share		22,601		18,122

If the anti-dilutive effects of common stock equivalents were considered, shares included in the diluted earnings (loss) per share calculation for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2011 would have included an additional 3.3 million attributable to the exercise of outstanding options and warrants.

(8) Income Taxes

We file numerous consolidated and separate income tax returns with the United States and with many states. With few exceptions, we are no longer subject to U.S. federal, state, or local examinations by tax authorities for years before 2007.

We have subsidiaries in various states that are currently under audit for years ranging from 2003 through 2006. To date, no material adjustments have been proposed as a result of these audits.

We do not anticipate that total unrecognized tax benefits will significantly change due to any settlements of audits or expirations of statutes of limitations over the next twelve months.

The Company and its subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return and combined or stand-alone state franchise tax returns for certain states. We utilize the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes, under which deferred income taxes are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to the differences between the financial statement values of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. We have estimated a valuation allowance against that portion of the deferred tax asset whose utilization in future periods is not more than likely. Our net deferred tax asset of $15.0 million as of March 31, 2012 is net of a valuation allowance of $61.4 million.

On a quarterly basis, we determine whether a valuation allowance is necessary for our deferred tax asset. In performing this analysis, we consider all evidence currently available, both positive and negative, in determining whether, based on the weight of that evidence, the deferred tax asset will be realized. We establish a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that a recorded tax benefit will not be realized. The expense to create the valuation allowance is recorded as additional income tax expense in the period the valuation allowance is established. During the first three months of 2012, we decreased our valuation allowance by $330,000, which was offset by the decrease in our gross deferred tax assets, resulting in no change to the our deferred tax assets and no income tax expense for the period.

CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUSIDIARIES

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

In determining the possible future realization of deferred tax assets, we have considered the taxes paid in the current and prior years that may be available to recapture, as well as future taxable income from the following sources: (a) reversal of taxable temporary differences; and (b) tax planning strategies that, if necessary, would be implemented to accelerate taxable income into years in which net operating losses might otherwise expire. Our tax planning strategies include the prospective sale of certain assets such as finance receivables, residual interests in securitized finance receivables, charged off receivables and base servicing rights. The expected proceeds for such asset sales have been estimated based on our expectation of what buyers of the assets would consider to be reasonable assumptions for net cash flows and required rates of return for each of the various asset types. Our estimates for net cash flows and required rates of return are subjective and inherently subject to future events that may significantly affect actual net proceeds we may receive from executing our tax planning strategies.

We believe such asset sales can produce at least $37.5 million in taxable income within the relevant carryforward period. Such strategies could be implemented without significant effect on our core business or our ability to generate future growth. The costs related to the implementation of these tax strategies were considered in evaluating the amount of taxable income that could be generated in order to realize our deferred tax assets.

(9) Legal Proceedings

Griffith Litigation. We are named as defendant in a putative class action brought in federal district court in Chicago, Illinois. In March 2012 the court gave preliminary approval to a settlement agreed to between us and the plaintiffs, pursuant to which (i) a class will be certified for settlement purposes only, and (ii) we will pay a fixed amount of plaintiff attorney fees and also make payments against claims made by members of the class, the amount of which will be based on class members’ responses to our notice of the settlement. Final approval and effectiveness of the settlement will occur only following notice to the class members, a hearing on the fairness of the settlement, and ultimate approval of the settlement following such a hearing. Our legal contingency accrual at March 31, 2012 includes our estimate for the amount that is probable. There can be no assurance as to the ultimate outcome of the case.

Stanwich Litigation. We were for some time a defendant in a class action (the “Stanwich Case”) brought in the California Superior Court, Los Angeles County. The original plaintiffs in that case were persons entitled to receive regular payments (the “Settlement Payments”) under out-of-court settlements reached with third party defendants. Stanwich Financial Services Corp. (“Stanwich”), then an affiliate of our former chairman of the board of directors, is the entity that was obligated to pay the Settlement Payments. Stanwich had defaulted on its payment obligations to the plaintiffs and in September 2001 filed for reorganization under the Bankruptcy Code, in the federal Bankruptcy Court of Connecticut. By February 2005, we had settled all claims brought against us in the Stanwich Case.

In November 2001, one of the defendants in the Stanwich Case, Jonathan Pardee, asserted claims for indemnity against us in a separate action, which is now pending in federal district court in Rhode Island. We have filed counterclaims in the Rhode Island federal court against Mr. Pardee, and have filed a separate action against Mr. Pardee's Rhode Island attorneys, in the same court. As of December 31, 2010, these actions in the court in Rhode Island had been stayed, awaiting resolution of an adversary action brought against Mr. Pardee in the bankruptcy court, which is hearing the bankruptcy of Stanwich.

On April 6, 2011, that adversary action was dismissed, pursuant to an agreement between us and the representative of creditors in the Stanwich bankruptcy. Under that agreement, CPS has paid the bankruptcy estate $800,000 and abandoned its claims against the estate, and the estate has abandoned its adversary action against Mr. Pardee. The entire payment in this matter was included in our legal contingency liability as of December 31, 2010. With the dismissal of the adversary action, all known claims asserted against Mr. Pardee have been resolved, without his incurring any liability. Accordingly, we believe that this resolution of the adversary action will result in limitation of our exposure to Mr. Pardee to no more than some portion of his

CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

attorneys fees incurred. The stay in the action against us in Rhode Island has been lifted, and a trial is scheduled for November 2012.

The reader should consider that any adverse judgment against us in this case for indemnification, in an amount materially in excess of any liability already recorded in respect thereof, could have a material adverse effect on our financial position. There can be no assurance as to the ultimate outcome of this matter.

Other Litigation.

We are routinely involved in various legal proceedings resulting from our consumer finance activities and practices, both continuing and discontinued. We believe that there are substantive legal defenses to such claims, and intend to defend them vigorously. There can be no assurance, however, as to the outcome.

We have recorded a liability as of March 31, 2012 that we believe represents an appropriate allowance for legal contingencies, including those described above. Any adverse judgment against us, if in an amount materially in excess of the recorded liability, could have a material adverse effect on our financial position.

(10) Employee Benefits

On March 8, 2002 we acquired MFN Financial Corporation and its subsidiaries in a merger. We sponsor the MFN Financial Corporation Benefit Plan (the “Plan”). Plan benefits were frozen June 30, 2001. The table below sets forth the Plan’s net periodic benefit cost for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2012 and 2011.

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
	2012			2011
	(In thousands)
Components of net periodic cost (benefit)
Service cost	$	-		$	-
Interest Cost		220			228
Expected return on assets		(234	)		(237	)
Amortization of transition (asset)/obligation		-			-
Amortization of net (gain) / loss		157			112
Net periodic cost (benefit)	$	143		$	103

We contributed $137,000 to the Plan during the three-month period ended March 31, 2012 and we anticipate making contributions in the amount of $775,000 for the remainder of 2012.

(11) Fair Value Measurements

In September 2006, the FASB issued ASC 820, "Fair Value Measurements" which clarifies the principle that fair value should be based on the assumptions market participants would use when pricing an asset or liability and establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the information used to develop those assumptions. Under the standard, fair value measurements would be separately disclosed by level within the fair value hierarchy.

ASC 820 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, establishes a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurement and enhances disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. The three levels are defined as follows: level 1 - inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets; level 2 – inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument; and level 3 – inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.

CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

At the time of issuance, four warrants issued between 2008 and 2010 in conjunction with various debt financing transactions contained features that make them subject to derivative accounting. We valued these warrants using a binomial valuation model using a weighted average volatility assumption of 41%, weighted average term of 8 years and a risk free rate of 3.3%. On March 29, 2012 we amended three of the four warrants to remove the features that resulted in derivative accounting. On the date of the amendment, we valued each of the three warrants using a binomial pricing model as described above. The aggregate value of the three amended warrants of $1.1 million was then reclassified from Accounts payable to Common stock. The remaining warrant subject to derivative accounting was not amended and was valued at March 31, 2012 to be $114,000 and is classified as a liability on our consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2012.

In September 2008 we sold automobile contracts in a securitization that was structured as a sale for financial accounting purposes. In that sale, we retained both securities and a residual interest in the transaction that are measured at fair value. We describe below the valuation methodologies we use for the securities retained and the residual interest in the cash flows of the transaction, as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy. The securities retained were sold in September 2010 in the re-securitization transaction described in Note 1. In the same transaction, the residual interest was reduced by $1.5 million. The residual interest in such securitization is $4.6 million as of March 31, 2012 and is classified as level 3 in the three-level valuation hierarchy. We determine the value of that residual interest using a discounted cash flow model that includes estimates for prepayments and losses. We use a discount rate of 20% per annum and a cumulative net loss rate of 13%. The assumptions we use are based on historical performance of automobile contracts we have originated and serviced in the past, adjusted for current market conditions. No gain or loss was recorded as a result of the re-securitization transaction described above.

Repossessed vehicle inventory, which is included in Other assets on our balance sheet, is measured at fair value using level 2 assumptions based on our actual loss experience on sale of repossessed vehicles. At March 31, 2012, the finance receivables related to the repossessed vehicles in inventory totaled $8.7 million. We have applied a valuation adjustment of $4.2 million, resulting in an estimated fair value and carrying amount of $4.5 million.

We have no level 3 assets that are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. The table below presents a reconciliation for level 3 assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs:

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
	2012			2011
	(in thousands)
Residual Interest in Securitizations:
Balance at beginning of period	$	4,414		$	3,841
Cash received during period		(26	)		-
Included in earnings		224			144
Balance at end of period	$	4,612		$	3,985


Warrant Derivative Liability:
Balance at beginning of period	$	967		$	1,639
Included in earnings		203			(104	)
Transfers out of Level 3		(1,056	)		-
Balance at end of period	$	114		$	1,535

In September 2011, we acquired $217.8 million of finance receivables from Fireside Bank for a purchase price of $201.3 million. The receivables were acquired by our wholly-owned special purpose subsidiary, CPS Fender Receivables, LLC, which issued a note for $197.3 million, with a fair value of $196.5 million. Since

CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC, AND SUSIDIARIES

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

the Fireside receivables were originated by another entity with its own underwriting guidelines and procedures, we have elected to account for the Fireside receivables and the related debt secured by those receivables at their estimated fair values so that changes in fair value will be reflected in our results of operations as they occur. Interest income from the receivables and interest expense on the note are included in interest income and interest expense, respectively. Changes to the fair value of the receivables and debt are also to be included in interest income and interest expense, respectively. Our level 3, unobservable inputs reflect our own assumptions about the factors that market participants use in pricing similar receivables and debt, and are based on the best information available in the circumstances. They include such inputs as estimated net charge-offs and timing of the amortization of the portfolio of finance receivables. The table below presents a reconciliation of the acquired finance receivables and related debt measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs:

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
	2012			2011
	(in thousands)
Finance Receivables Measured at Fair Value:
Balance at beginning of period	$	160,253		$	-
Payments on finance receivables at fair value		(36,500	)		-
Charge-offs on finance receivables at fair value		(2,503	)		-
Discount accretion		4,163			-
Mark to fair value		1,510			-
Balance at end of period	$	126,923		$	-


Debt Secured by Finance Receivables Measured at Fair Value:
Balance at beginning of period	$	166,828		$	-
Principal payments on debt at fair value		(39,191	)		-
Premium accretion		2,980			-
Mark to fair value		2,400			-
Balance at end of period		133,017			-
Reduction for principal payments collected and payable		(13,270	)		-
Adjusted balance at end of period	$	119,747		$	-

The table below compares the fair values of the Fireside receivables and the related secured debt to their contractual balances for the periods shown:

	March 31, 2012				December 31, 2011
	Contractual		Fair		Contractual		Fair
	Balance		Value		Balance		Value
	(In thousands)

Fireside receivables portfolio	$	133,169	$	126,923	$	172,167	$	160,253

Debt secured by Fireside receivables portfolio		123,619		133,017		162,812		166,828

The following summary presents a description of the methodologies and assumptions used to estimate the fair value of our financial instruments. Much of the information used to determine fair value is highly subjective. When applicable, readily available market information has been utilized. However, for a significant portion of our financial instruments, active markets do not exist. Therefore, significant elements of judgment were required in estimating fair

CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

value for certain items. The subjective factors include, among other things, the estimated timing and amount of cash flows, risk characteristics, credit quality and interest rates, all of which are subject to change. Since the fair value is estimated as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the amounts that will actually be realized or paid at settlement or maturity of the instruments could be significantly different. The estimated fair values of financial assets and liabilities at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, were as follows:

	As of March 31, 2012
Financial Instrument	(In thousands)
			Fair Value Measurements Using:
	Carrying Value		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	10,614	$	10,614	$	-	$	-	$	10,614
Restricted cash and equivalents		131,543		131,543		-		-		131,543
Finance receivables, net		543,748		-		-		542,012		542,012
Finance receivables measured at fair value		126,923		-		-		126,923		126,923
Residual interest in securitizations		4,612		-		-		4,612		4,612
Accrued interest receivable		6,380		-		-		6,380		6,380
Liabilities:
Warrant derivative liability	$	114	$	-	$	-	$	114	$	114
Warehouse lines of credit		28,929		-		-		28,929		28,929
Accrued interest payable		6,135		-		-		6,135		6,135
Residual interest financing		18,015		-		-		18,015		18,015
Securitization trust debt		599,678		-		-		617,762		617,762
Debt secured by receivables measured at fair value		133,017		-		-		133,017		133,017
Senior secured debt		53,570		-		-		53,570		53,570
Subordinated renewable notes		20,741		-		-		20,741		20,741

CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

	As of December 31, 2011
Financial Instrument	(In thousands)
			Fair Value Measurements Using:
		Carrying Value	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	10,094	10,094	$	-	$	-	$	10,094
Restricted cash and equivalents		159,228	159,228		-		-		159,228
Finance receivables, net		506,279	-		-		506,647		506,647
Finance receivables measured at fair value		160,253	-		-		160,253		160,253
Residual interest in securitizations		4,414	-		-		4,414		4,414
Accrued interest receivable		6,432	-		-		6,432		6,432
Liabilities:
Warrant derivative liability	$	967	-	$	-	$	967	$	967
Warehouse lines of credit		25,393	-		-		25,393		25,393
Accrued interest payable		1,239	-		-		1,239		1,239
Residual interest financing		21,884	-		-		21,884		21,884
Securitization trust debt		583,065	-		-		594,224		594,224
Debt secured by receivables measured at fair value		166,828	-		-		166,828		166,828
Senior secured debt		58,344	-		-		58,344		58,344
Subordinated renewable notes		20,750	-		-		20,750		20,750

CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following table provides certain qualitative information about our level 3 fair value measurements:

Financial Instrument	Fair Values as of						Inputs as of
		March 31,		December 31,			March 31,	December 31,
		2012		2011	Valuation Techniques	Unobservable Inputs	2012	2011
	(In thousands)
Assets:
Finance receivables measured at fair value		126,923		160,253	Discounted cash flows	Discount rate	20.4%	20.4%
						Cumulative net losses	5.5%	5.5%
						Monthly average prepayments	0.5%	0.5%

Residual interest in securitizations		4,612		4,414	Discounted cash flows	Discount rate	20.0%	20.0%
						Cumulative net losses	18.3%	18.3%
						Monthly average prepayments	0.5%	0.5%

Liabilities:
Warrant derivative liability	$	114	$	967	Binomial	Stock price	$1.25 / sh	$.89 / sh
						Volatility	36.2%	38.9%
						Risk free rate	1.9%	1.3% -- 1.7%

Debt secured by receivables measured at fair value		133,017		166,828	Discounted cash flows	Discount rate	16.2%	16.2%

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash

The carrying value equals fair value.

Finance Receivables, net

The fair value of finance receivables is estimated by discounting future cash flows expected to be collected using current rates at which similar receivables could be originated.

Fair Value Receivables and Receivable Financing Debt at Fair Value

The carrying value equals fair value.

Accrued Interest Receivable and Payable

The carrying value approximates fair value because the related interest rates are estimated to reflect current market conditions for similar types of instruments.

CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATMENTS

Warehouse Lines of Credit, Residual Interest Financing, Senior Secured Debt and Subordinated Renewable Notes

The carrying value approximates fair value because the related interest rates are estimated to reflect current market conditions for similar types of secured instruments.

Securitization Trust Debt

The fair value is estimated by discounting future cash flows using interest rates that we believe reflects the current market rates.

(12) Liquidity, Results of Operations and Management’s Plans

Our business requires substantial cash to support our purchases of automobile contracts and other operating activities. Our primary sources of cash have been cash flows from operating activities, including proceeds from term securitization transactions and other sales of automobile contracts, amounts borrowed under various revolving credit facilities (also sometimes known as warehouse credit facilities), servicing fees on portfolios of automobile contracts previously sold in securitization transactions or serviced for third parties, customer payments of principal and interest on finance receivables, fees for origination of automobile contracts, and releases of cash from securitized pools of automobile contracts in which we have retained a residual ownership interest and from the spread account associated with such pools. Our primary uses of cash have been the purchases of automobile contracts, repayment of amounts borrowed under lines of credit and otherwise, operating expenses such as employee, interest, occupancy expenses and other general and administrative expenses, the establishment of spread account and initial overcollateralization, if any, and the increase of credit enhancement to required levels in securitization transactions, and income taxes. There can be no assurance that internally generated cash will be sufficient to meet our cash demands. The sufficiency of internally generated cash will depend on the performance of securitized pools (which determines the level of releases from those pools and their related spread accounts), the rate of expansion or contraction in our managed portfolio, and the terms upon which we are able to acquire, sell, and borrow against automobile contracts.

We purchase automobile contracts from dealers for a cash price approximating their principal amount, adjusted for an acquisition fee which may either increase or decrease the automobile contract purchase price. Those automobile contracts generate cash flow, however, over a period of years. As a result, we have been dependent on warehouse credit facilities to purchase automobile contracts, and on the availability of cash from outside sources in order to finance our continuing operations, as well as to fund the portion of automobile contract purchase prices not financed under revolving warehouse credit facilities.

The acquisition of automobile contracts for subsequent sale in securitization transactions, and the need to fund spread accounts and initial overcollateralization, if any, and increase credit enhancement levels when those transactions take place, results in a continuing need for capital. The amount of capital required is most heavily dependent on the rate of our automobile contract purchases, the required level of initial credit enhancement in securitizations, and the extent to which the previously established trusts and their related spread accounts either release cash to us or capture cash from collections on securitized automobile contracts. Of those, the factor most subject to our control is the rate at which we purchase automobile contracts.

We are and may in the future be limited in our ability to purchase automobile contracts due to limits on our capital. As of March 31, 2012, we had unrestricted cash of $10.6 million. We had $99.1 million available under the Goldman facility and $7.0 million available under the UBS facility (in all facilities advances are subject to our having purchased available eligible collateral). Our plans to manage our liquidity include maintaining our rate of automobile contract purchases at a level that matches our available capital, and, wherever appropriate, reducing our operating costs. If we are unable to complete such securitizations, we may be unable to increase our rate of automobile contract purchases, in which case our interest income and other portfolio related income would decrease.

CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Our liquidity will also be affected by releases of cash from the trusts established with our securitizations. While the specific terms and mechanics of each spread account vary among transactions, our securitization agreements generally provide that we will receive excess cash flows, if any, only if the amount of credit enhancement has reached specified levels and/or the delinquency, defaults or net losses related to the automobile contracts in the pool are below certain predetermined levels. In the event delinquencies, defaults or net losses on the automobile contracts exceed such levels, the terms of the securitization: (i) may require increased credit enhancement to be accumulated for the particular pool; (ii) may restrict the distribution to us of excess cash flows associated with other pools; or (iii) in certain circumstances, may permit the insurers to require the transfer of servicing on some or all of the automobile contracts to another servicer. There can be no assurance that collections from the related trusts will continue to generate sufficient cash. Moreover, most of our spread account balances are pledged as collateral to our residual interest financing. As such, most of the current releases of cash from our securitization trusts are directed to pay the obligations of our residual interest financing.

Our plan for future operations and meeting the obligations of our financing arrangements includes returning to profitability (which we achieved in the fourth quarter of 2011 and the first quarter of 2012) and eliminating our shareholders’ deficit by gradually increasing the amount of our contract purchases with the goal of increasing the balance of our outstanding managed portfolio. Our plans also include financing future contract purchases with credit facilities and term securitizations that offer a lower overall cost of funds compared to the facilities we used in 2009 and 2010. To illustrate, in the last six months of 2009 we purchased $6.1 million in contracts and our sole credit facility had a minimum interest rate of 14.00% per annum. By comparison, in 2010, we purchased $113.0 million in contracts and, in March 2010, entered into the $50 million term funding facility which had an interest rate of 11.00% per annum and the ability to decrease such rate to 9.00% per annum if certain conditions were met. In December 2010 we entered into a $100 million credit facility with an interest rate of one-month LIBOR plus 5.00% per annum, with a minimum rate of 6.5% per annum, and in February 2011 we added another $100 million credit facility with an interest rate of one-month LIBOR plus 6.00% per annum. During 2011, we used the two $100 million credit facilities to purchase $284.2 million in new contracts. During the three months ended March 31, 2012 we purchased an additional $119.9 million in new contracts.

Moreover, the weighted average effective coupons of our April 2011, September 2011, December 2011 and March 2012 term securitizations were 3.77%, 4.51%, 4.93% and 3.47%, respectively and did not include financial guaranty policies. These transactions demonstrate our ability to access the lower cost of funds available in the current market environment without the financial guaranties we historically incorporated into our term securitization structures. We expect to complete more term securitizations in 2012. In addition, less competition in the auto financing marketplace has resulted in better terms for our recent contract purchases compared to years before 2008. The following table summarizes the average acquisition fees we charged dealers and the weighted average annual percentage rate on our purchased contracts for the periods shown:

	3 Months Ended March 31, 2012	2011	2010	2009	2008

Average acquisition fee amount	$ 1,079	$ 1,155	$ 1,382	$ 1,508	$ 592
Average acquisition fee as % of amount financed	7.1%	7.4%	9.2%	11.7%	3.9%
Weighted average annual percentage interest rate	20.3%	20.1%	20.1%	19.9%	18.5%

CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

million in subordinated notes. We are also currently offering the subordinated notes to the public on a continuous basis, and such notes have maturities that range from three months to 10 years.

As of March 31, 2012 we have a shareholders’ deficit of $12.6 million and our recent operating results include net losses of $14.5 million and $33.8 million in 2011 and 2010, respectively. We believe that our results have been materially and adversely affected by the disruption in the capital markets that began in the fourth quarter of 2007, by the recession that began in December 2007, and by related high levels of unemployment. Our ability to repay or refinance maturing debt may be adversely affected by prospective lenders’ consideration of our recent operating losses.

Although we believe we are able to service and repay our debt, there is no assurance that we will be able to do so. If our plans for future operations do not generate sufficient cash flows and operating profits, our ability to make required payments on our debt would be impaired. Failure to pay our indebtedness when due could have a material adverse effect and may require us to issue additional debt or equity securities.

Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Overview

We are a specialty finance company focused on consumers who have limited credit histories, low incomes or past credit problems, whom we refer to as sub-prime customers. Our business is to purchase and service retail automobile contracts originated primarily by franchised automobile dealers and, to a lesser extent, by select independent dealers in the United States in the sale of new and used automobiles, light trucks and passenger vans. Through our automobile contract purchases, we provide indirect financing to sub-prime customers of dealers. We serve as an alternative source of financing for dealers, facilitating sales to customers who otherwise might not be able to obtain financing from traditional sources, such as commercial banks, credit unions and the captive finance companies affiliated with major automobile manufacturers. In addition to purchasing installment purchase contracts directly from dealers, we have also (i) acquired installment purchase contracts in four merger and acquisition transactions, (ii) purchased immaterial amounts of vehicle purchase money loans from non-affiliated lenders, and (iii) lent money directly to consumers for an immaterial amount of vehicle purchase money loans. In this report, we refer to all of such contracts and loans as "automobile contracts."

We were incorporated and began our operations in March 1991. From inception through March 31, 2012, we have purchased a total of approximately $9.2 billion of automobile contracts from dealers. In addition, we obtained a total of approximately $842.0 million of automobile contracts in mergers and acquisitions in 2002, 2003, 2004 and 2011. In 2004 and 2009, we were appointed as a third-party servicer for certain portfolios of automobile receivables originated and owned by non-affiliated entities . Beginning in 2008, our managed portfolio has decreased each year due to our strategy of limiting contract purchases to conserve our liquidity in response to adverse economic conditions, as discussed further below. However, since October 2009, we have gradually increased contract purchases resulting in aggregate purchases of $284.2 million in 2011, compared to $113.0 million in 2010 and $8.6 million in 2009. Our total managed portfolio was $781.8 million at March 31, 2012, compared to $679.7 million at March 31, 2011. The increase between March 31, 2011 and 2012 reflects both our purchases of contracts from dealers and our purchase in September 2011 of a portfolio of $217.8 million of automobile contracts from Fireside Bank, a subsidiary of Kemper Corporation.

We are headquartered in Irvine, California, where most operational and administrative functions are centralized. All credit and underwriting functions are performed in our California headquarters, and we service our automobile contracts from our California headquarters and three servicing branches in Virginia, Florida and Illinois.

We purchase contracts in our own name (“CPS”) and, until July 2008, also in the name of our wholly-owned subsidiary, TFC. Programs marketed under the CPS name are intended to serve a wide range of sub-prime customers, primarily through franchised new car dealers. Our TFC program served vehicle purchasers enlisted in the U.S. Armed Forces, primarily through independent used car dealers. In July 2008, we suspended contract purchases under our TFC program. We purchase automobile contracts with the intention of financing them on a long-term basis through securitizations. Securitizations are transactions in which we sell a specified pool of contracts to a special purpose entity of ours, which in turn issues asset-backed securities to fund the purchase of the pool of contracts from us.

Securitization and Warehouse Credit Facilities

Throughout the period for which information is presented in this report, we have purchased automobile contracts with the intention of financing them on a long-term basis through securitizations, and on an interim basis through warehouse credit facilities. All such financings have involved identification of specific automobile contracts, sale of those automobile contracts (and associated rights) to one of our special-purpose subsidiaries, and issuance of asset-backed securities to fund the transactions. Depending on the structure, these transactions may properly be accounted for under generally accepted accounting principles as sales of the automobile contracts or as secured financings.

When structured to be treated as a secured financing for accounting purposes, the subsidiary is consolidated with us. Accordingly, the sold automobile contracts and the related debt appear as assets and liabilities, respectively, on our consolidated balance sheet. We then periodically (i) recognize interest and fee income on the contracts, (ii) recognize interest expense on the securities issued in the transaction and (iii) record as expense a provision for credit losses on the contracts.

Since the third quarter of 2003, we have conducted 28 term securitizations. Of these 28, 22 were periodic (generally quarterly) securitizations of automobile contracts that we purchased from automobile dealers under our regular programs. In addition, in March 2004 and November 2005, we completed securitizations of our retained interests in other securitizations that we and our affiliates previously sponsored. The debt from the March 2004 transaction was repaid in August 2005, and the debt from the November 2005 transaction was repaid in May 2007. Also, in June 2004, we completed a securitization of automobile contracts purchased under our TFC program and acquired in a bulk purchase. Further, in December 2005 and May 2007 we completed securitizations that included automobile contracts purchased under the TFC programs, automobile contracts purchased under the CPS programs and automobile contracts we repurchased upon termination of prior securitizations. Since July 2003 all such securitizations have been structured as secured financings, except that our September 2008 and September 2010 securitizations were in substance sales of the underlying receivables, and were treated as sales for financial accounting purposes.

Our March 2012 securitization included a pre-funding feature in which a portion of the receivables to be pledged to the securitization trust were not scheduled to be delivered to the trust until after the initial closing. As a result, our restricted cash balance at March 31, 2012 included $46.3 million from the proceeds of the sale of the securitization notes that were held by the trustee pending delivery of the remaining receivables. In April 2012, the requisite additional receivables were delivered to the trust and we received the related restricted cash, a significant portion of which was used to repay amounts owed under our warehouse credit facilities.

Portfolio Acquisitions

As stated above, we have acquired approximately $822.8 million in finance receivables through four acquisitions. These transactions took place in 2002, 2003, 2004 and September 2011. The September 2011 acquisition consisted of approximately $217.8 million of finance receivables that we purchased from Fireside Bank of Pleasanton, California.

Uncertainty of Capital Markets and General Economic Conditions

We depend upon the availability of warehouse credit facilities and access to long-term financing through the issuance of asset-backed securities collateralized by our automobile contracts. Since 1994, we have completed 54 term securitizations of approximately $7.2 billion in contracts. We conducted four term securitizations in 2006, four in 2007, two in 2008, one in 2010, three in 2011and one in 2012. From July 2003 through April 2008 all of our securitizations were structured as secured financings. The second of our two securitization transactions in 2008 (completed in September 2008) and our securitization in September 2010 (a re-securitization of the remaining receivables from the September 2008 transaction) were each in substance a sale of the related contracts, and have been treated as sales for financial accounting purposes. During 2011, we completed three securitizations of approximately $335.6 million in newly originated contracts, representing our first securitizations of newly originated contracts since April 2008. In March 2012, we completed a $155.0 million securitization that included $117.8 million in newly originated contracts and $37.2 million in seasoned contracts that were previously securitized, but were available as a result of the February 2012 repayment of the bonds associated with those earlier securitizations. All of the 2011 and 2012 securitizations were structured as secured financings.

From the fourth quarter of 2007 through the end of 2009, we observed unprecedented adverse changes in the market for securitized pools of automobile contracts. These changes included reduced liquidity, and reduced demand for asset-backed securities, particularly for securities carrying a financial guaranty and for securities backed by sub-prime automobile receivables. Moreover, many of the firms that previously provided financial guarantees, which were an integral part of our securitizations, suspended offering such guarantees. The

adverse changes that took place in the market from the fourth quarter of 2007 through the end of 2009 caused us to conserve liquidity by significantly reducing our purchases of automobile contracts. However, since October 2009, we have gradually increased our contract purchases by utilizing one $50 million revolving credit facility that we established in September 2009 and another $50 million term funding facility that we established in March 2010. In September 2010 we took advantage of improvement in the market for asset-backed securities by re-securitizing the remaining underlying receivables from our unrated September 2008 securitization. By doing so we were able to pay off the bonds associated with the September 2008 transaction and issue rated bonds with a significantly lower weighted average coupon. The September 2010 transaction was our first rated term securitization since 1993 that did not utilize a financial guaranty. More recently, we increased our short-term funding capacity by $200 million with the establishment of a new $100 million credit facility in December 2010 and an additional $100 million credit facility in February 2011. The September 2009 revolving facility terminated in September 2011, and the March 2010 term facility was fully utilized by December 2010. In February 2012, we amended the February 2011 facility to extend the revolving period from February 2012 to May 2012 and reduced the maximum advance from $100 million to $35 million. Our current maximum revolving warehouse financing capacity is $135 million. Since the beginning of 2011, we have completed four securitizations of approximately $490.6 million in receivables. In spite of the improvements we have seen in the capital markets, if the trend of improvement in the markets for asset-backed securities should reverse, or if we should be unable to obtain additional credit facilities or to complete additional term securitizations, we may curtail or cease our purchases of new automobile contracts, which could lead to a material adverse effect on our operations.

The downturn in economic conditions and the capital markets that began in the fourth quarter of 2007 has negatively affected many aspects of our industry. First, throughout 2008 and 2009 there was reduced demand for asset-backed securities secured by consumer finance receivables, including sub-prime automobile receivables, as compared to 2007 and earlier. During 2010, however, we observed that yield requirements for investors that purchase securities backed by consumer finance receivables, including sub-prime automobile receivables, decreased significantly and approached pre-2008 levels, albeit with significantly fewer transactions in the market. Second, there have been fewer lenders who provide short-term warehouse credit facilities for sub-prime automobile finance companies due to more uncertainty regarding the prospects of obtaining long-term financing through the issuance of asset-backed securities than before 2008. Many capital market participants such as investment banks, financial guaranty providers and institutional investors who previously played a role in the sub-prime auto finance industry have withdrawn from the industry, or in some cases, have ceased to do business. These developments resulted in our incurring higher interest costs for receivables we financed in 2009 and 2010 compared to pre-2008 levels. However, in December 2010 we entered into a $100 million two-year warehouse credit line with a significantly lower cost of funds than the facilities we used in 2009 and 2010. Finally, broad economic weakness and high levels of unemployment from 2008 onward have made many of our customers less willing or able to pay, resulting in higher delinquencies, charge-offs and losses. Each of these factors has adversely affected our results of operations. Should existing economic conditions worsen, both our ability to purchase new contracts and the performance of our existing managed portfolio may be impaired, which, in turn, could have a further material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Financial Covenants

Certain of our securitization transactions, our warehouse credit facilities and our residual interest financing contain various financial covenants requiring certain minimum financial ratios and results. Such covenants include maintaining minimum levels of liquidity and net worth and not exceeding maximum leverage levels. As of March 31, we were in compliance with all such covenants. In addition, certain securitization and non-securitization related debt contain cross-default provisions that would allow certain creditors to declare a default if a default occurred under a different facility.

Results of Operations

Comparison of Operating Results for the three months ended March 31, 2012 with the three months ended March 31, 2011

Revenues. During the three months ended March 31, 2012, revenues were $44.5 million, an increase of $12.1 million, or 37.4%, from the prior year revenue of $32.4 million. The primary reason for the increase in revenues is an increase in interest income. Interest income for the three months ended March 31, 2012 increased $12.0 million, or 42.1%, to $40.6 million from $28.6 million in the prior year. The primary reason for the increase in interest income is the increase in finance receivables held by consolidated subsidiaries which increased from $546.3 at March 31, 2011 to $721.6 at March 31, 2012.

Servicing fees totaling $801,000 in the three months ended March 31, 2012 decreased $615,000, or 43.4%, from $1.4 million in the prior year. The decrease in servicing fees is due to the amortization and resulting decrease in the principal balance of the two portfolios on which we earn base servicing fees. We earned base servicing fees on our September 2010 term securitization transaction (a re-securitization of the remaining receivables from the September 2008 securitization, treated as a sale for financial accounting purposes) and on a portfolio of sub-prime automobile receivables owned by a bankruptcy remote subsidiary of CompuCredit Corporation. As of March 31, 2012 and 2011, our managed portfolio owned by consolidated vs. non-consolidated subsidiaries and other third parties was as follows:

	March 31, 2012				March 31, 2011
	Amount		% (1)		Amount		% (1)
Total Managed Portfolio	($ in millions)
Owned by Consolidated Subsidiaries
CPS Originated Receivables	$	588.4	75.3	%	$	546.3	80.4	%
Fireside		133.2	17.0	%		-	0.0	%
Owned by Non-Consolidated Subsidiaries		34.4	4.4	%		71.6	10.5	%
Third-Party Servicing Portfolios		25.8	3.3	%		61.8	9.1	%
Total	$	781.8	100.0	%	$	679.7	100.0	%

At March 31, 2012, we were generating income and fees on a managed portfolio with an outstanding principal balance of $781.8 million (this amount includes $34.4 million of automobile contracts on which we earn servicing fees and a residual interest and also includes another $25.8 million of automobile contracts on which we earn servicing fees and own a note collateralized by such contracts), compared to a managed portfolio with an outstanding principal balance of $679.7 million as of March 31, 2011. At March 31, 2012 and 2011, the managed portfolio composition was as follows:

	March 31, 2012					March 31, 2011

	Amount		%			Amount		%
Originating Entity	($ in millions)
CPS	$	621.7		79.5	%	$	611.6		90.0	%
Fireside		133.2		17.0	%		-		0.0	%
TFC		1.1		0.1	%		6.3		0.9	%
Third Party Portfolio		25.8		3.3	%		61.8		9.1	%
Total	$	781.8		100.0	%	$	679.7		100.0	%

Other income increased by $710,000, or 29.6%, to $3.1 million in the three months ended March 31, 2012 from $2.4 million during the prior year. The year-over-year increase is the result of an increase of $422,000 in income from direct

mail and related products and services that we offer to our dealers, the recognition of $355,000 in other income related to a mark up of the fair value of the receivables associated with the Fireside acquisition and an increase of $118,000 in remittances from third-party providers of convenience fees paid by our customers for web based and other electronic payments. The increases in other income were offset by a decrease of $76,000 in sales tax refunds and a decrease of $104,000 in recoveries on receivables from the 2002 acquisition.

Expenses. Our operating expenses consist largely of provision for credit losses, interest expense, employee costs and general and administrative expenses. Provision for credit losses and interest expense are significantly affected by the volume of automobile contracts we purchased during a period and by the outstanding balance of finance receivables held by consolidated subsidiaries. Employee costs and general and administrative expenses are incurred as applications and automobile contracts are received, processed and serviced. Factors that affect margins and net income (loss) include changes in the automobile and automobile finance market environments, and macroeconomic factors such as interest rates and the unemployment level.

Employee costs include base salaries, commissions and bonuses paid to employees, and certain expenses related to the accounting treatment of outstanding stock options, and are one of our most significant operating expenses. These costs (other than those relating to stock options) generally fluctuate with the level of applications and automobile contracts processed and serviced.

Other operating expenses consist largely of facilities expenses, telephone and other communication services, credit services, computer services, marketing and advertising expenses, and depreciation and amortization.

Total operating expenses were $44.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, compared to $36.6 million for the prior year, an increase of $7.4 million, or 20.2%. The increase is primarily due to the increase in the amount of new contracts we purchased and in the balance of our outstanding managed portfolio and the related costs to service it.

Employee costs increased by $1.2 million, or 16.3%, to $8.9 million during the three months ended March 31, 2012, representing 20.2% of total operating expenses, from $7.6 million for the prior year, or 20.8% of total operating expenses. During 2008 and most of 2009, we reduced staff through attrition and reductions in force as a result of the uncertainty in capital markets and the related limited access to financing for new contract purchases. Since October 2009, however, as we have gradually acquired new financing resources and increased our contract purchase volumes, we have added employees in our Originations and Marketing departments. These additions have offset reductions in our Servicing department staff that have been necessary as our total managed portfolio has decreased. In addition, we hired approximately 65 new Servicing department employees in September 2011 in connection with our acquisition of the Fireside portfolio. At March 31, 2012 we had 548 employees, compared to 435 employees at March 31, 2011.

General and administrative expenses include costs associated with purchasing and servicing our portfolio of finance receivables, including expenses for facilities, credit services, and telecommunications. General and administrative expenses were $4.5 million, an increase of 23.6%, compared to the previous year and represented 10.2% of total operating expenses.

Interest expense for the three months ended March 31, 2012 increased by $3.2 million to $22.3 million, or 16.6%, compared to $19.1 million in the previous year. In September 2011 we established a credit facility exclusively for the acquisition of the Fireside portfolio. For the three months ended March 31, 2012 we incurred $5.8 million in interest expense on the Fireside related debt. Interest on securitization trust debt decreased by $2.0 million in the three months ended March 31, 2012 compared to the prior year. Interest expense on senior secured and subordinated debt increased by $612,000. The increase is due primarily to our issuance during 2011 of $12.8 million in new senior secured debt. Interest expense on residual interest financing decreased $595,000 in the three months ended March 31, 2012 compared to the prior year as a result of continued principal amortization. Interest expense on warehouse debt decreased by $947,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2012 compared to the prior year. The interest expense related to the value of outstanding derivative warrants resulted in an increase of $307,000 in interest expense.

Provision for credit losses was $4.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, an increase of $1.1 million, or 31.0% compared to the prior year and represented 11.0% of total operating expenses. The provision for credit losses maintains the allowance for loan losses at levels that we feel are adequate for probable incurred credit losses that can be reasonably estimated. The increase in provision expense is the result of the increase in our contract purchase volumes and the size of the portfolio owned by our consolidated subsidiaries.

Marketing expenses consist primarily of commission-based compensation paid to our employee marketing representatives. Our marketing representatives earn a salary plus commissions based on our volume of contract purchases and sales of training programs, lead sales, and direct mail products that we offer our dealers. Marketing expenses increased by $1.0 million, or 64.2%, to $2.6 million, compared to $1.6 million in the previous year, and represented 6.0% of total operating expenses. We purchased 7,942 contracts representing $119.9 million in receivables in the current period compared to 3,296 contracts representing $50.0 million in receivables in the prior year.

Occupancy expenses decreased by $40,000 or 5.3%, to $721,000 compared to $761,000 in the previous year and represented 1.6% of total operating expenses.

Depreciation and amortization expenses decreased by $12,000 or 7.6%, to $152000 compared to $164,000 in the previous year and represented 0.2% of total operating expenses.

For the three months ended March 31, 2012, we recorded no net tax expense and reduced our valuation allowance for our deferred tax assets by $195,000. As of March 31, 2012, our net deferred tax asset of $15.0 million is net of a valuation allowance of $61.4 million. We have considered the circumstances that may affect the ultimate realization of our deferred tax assets and have concluded that the valuation allowance is appropriate at this time. However, if future events change our expected realization of our deferred tax assets, we may be required to increase the valuation allowance against that asset in the future.

Credit Experience

Our financial results are dependent on the performance of the automobile contracts in which we retain an ownership interest. Broad economic factors such as recession and significant changes in unemployment levels influence the credit performance of our portfolio, as does the weighted average age of the receivables at any given time. Our internal credit performance data consistently show that new receivables have lower levels of delinquency and losses early in their lives, with delinquencies increasing throughout their lives and losses gradually increasing to a peak between 36 and 42 months, after which they gradually decrease. The weighted average seasoning of our portfolio represented in the tables below (excluding the Fireside portfolio) was 23 months, 36 months and 27 months as of March 31, 2012, March 31, 2011, and December 31, 2011, respectively. The tables below document the delinquency, repossession and net credit loss experience of all such automobile contracts that we were servicing and owned as of the respective dates shown. The tables do not include the experience of third party servicing portfolios.

Delinquency Experience (1)

Total Owned Portfolio Excluding Fireside

	March 31, 2012					March 31, 2011					December 31, 2011
	Number of					Number of					Number of
	Contracts		Amount			Contracts		Amount			Contracts		Amount
						(Dollars in thousands)
Delinquency Experience
Gross servicing portfolio (1)	68,975		$	622,807		78,222		$	618,006		69,765		$	588,993
Period of delinquency (2)
31-60 days	1,081			5,962		1,332			8,023		2,051			10,709
61-90 days	567			3,823		815			5,395		1,038			6,572
91+ days	515			3,377		804			5,593		1,601			8,908
Total delinquencies (2)	2,163			13,162		2,951			19,011		4,690			26,189
Amount in repossession (3)	1,932			9,204		2,829			16,932		2,218			10,097
Total delinquencies and amount in repossession (2)	4,095		$	22,366		5,780		$	35,943		6,908		$	36,286


Delinquencies as a percentage of gross servicing portfolio	3.1	%		2.1	%	3.8	%		3.1	%	6.7	%		4.4	%

Total delinquencies and amount in repossession as
a percentage of gross servicing portfolio	5.9	%		3.6	%	7.4	%		5.8	%	9.9	%		6.2	%




Extension Experience
Contracts with one extension, accruing	11,093		$	65,260		16,743		$	124,550		12,183		$	75,155
Contracts with two or more
extensions, accruing	10,701			62,170		12,284			95,903		10,515			67,987
	21,794			127,430		29,027			220,453		22,698			143,142

Contracts with one extension, non-accrual	640			2,982		1,157			7,171		1,211			5,918
Contracts with two or more
extensions, non-accrual	996			5,382		1,443			9,869		2,054			10,737
	1,636			8,364		2,600			17,040		3,265			16,655

Total contracts with extensions	23,430		$	135,794		31,627		$	237,493		25,963		$	159,797

Delinquency Experience (1)

Fireside Portfolio

	March 31, 2012					December 31, 2011
	Number of					Number of
	Contracts		Amount			Contracts		Amount

Delinquency Experience
Gross servicing portfolio (1)	27,243		$	133,209		33,256		$	172,248
Period of delinquency (2)
31-60 days	411			1,675		1,088			4,872
61-90 days	202			782		420			1,767
91+ days	124			486		261			903
Total delinquencies (2)	737			2,943		1,769			7,542
Amount in repossession (3)	257			1,252		226			1,481
Total delinquencies and amount in repossession (2)	994		$	4,195		1,995		$	9,023


Delinquencies as a percentage of gross servicing portfolio	2.7	%		2.2	%	5.3	%		4.4	%

Total delinquencies and amount in repossession as
a percentage of gross servicing portfolio	3.6	%		3.1	%	6.0	%		5.2	%




Extension Experience
Contracts with one extension, accruing	1,576		$	9,524		724		$	4,462
Contracts with two or more
extensions, accruing	12			54		2			8
	1,588			9,578		726			4,470

Contracts with one extension, non-accrual	36			213		3			25
Contracts with two or more
extensions, non-accrual	-			-		-			-
	36			213		3			25

Total contracts with extensions	1,624		$	9,791		729		$	4,495

Delinquency Experience (1)

Total Owned Portfolio

	March 31, 2012					March 31, 2011					December 31, 2011
	Number of					Number of					Number of
	Contracts		Amount			Contracts		Amount			Contracts		Amount
						(Dollars in thousands)
Delinquency Experience
Gross servicing portfolio (1)	96,218		$	756,016		78,222		$	618,006		103,021		$	761,241
Period of delinquency (2)
31-60 days	1,492			7,637		1,332			8,023		3,139			15,581
61-90 days	769			4,605		815			5,395		1,458			8,338
91+ days	639			3,862		804			5,593		1,862			9,811
Total delinquencies (2)	2,900			16,104		2,951			19,011		6,459			33,730
Amount in repossession (3)	2,189			10,455		2,829			16,932		2,444			11,578
Total delinquencies and amount in repossession (2)	5,089		$	26,559		5,780		$	35,943		8,903		$	45,308


Delinquencies as a percentage of gross servicing portfolio	3.0	%		2.1	%	3.8	%		3.1	%	6.3	%		4.4	%

Total delinquencies and amount in repossession as
a percentage of gross servicing portfolio	5.3	%		3.5	%	7.4	%		5.8	%	8.6	%		6.0	%




Extension Experience
Contracts with one extension, accruing	12,669		$	71,784		16,743		$	124,550		16,151		$	124,066
Contracts with two or more
extensions, accruing	10,713			65,224		12,284			95,903		11,307			91,310
	23,382			137,008		29,027			220,453		27,458			215,376

Contracts with one extension, non-accrual	676			3,018		1,157			7,171		1,598			11,138
Contracts with two or more
extensions, non-accrual	996			5,559		1,443			9,869		1,919			14,327
	1,672			8,577		2,600			17,040		3,517			25,465

	25,054		$	145,585		31,627		$	237,493		30,975		$	240,841

____________________________________

(1) All amounts and percentages are based on the amount remaining to be repaid on each automobile contract, including, for pre-computed automobile contracts, any unearned interest. The information in the table represents the gross principal amount of all automobile contracts purchased by us, including automobile contracts subsequently sold by us in securitization transactions that we continue to service.

(2) We consider an automobile contract delinquent when an obligor fails to make at least 90% of a contractually due payment by the following due date, which date may have been extended within limits specified in the Servicing Agreements. The period of delinquency is based on the number of days payments are contractually past due, as extended where applicable. Automobile contracts less than 31 days delinquent are not included.

(3) Amount in repossession represents financed vehicles that have been repossessed but not yet liquidated.

		Net Charge-Off Experience (1) (3)
		Total Owned Portfolio Excluding Fireside

	March 31,			March 31,			December 31,
	2012			2011			2011
	(Dollars in thousands)
Average servicing portfolio outstanding	$	608,240		$	637,819		$	597,546
Annualized net charge-offs as a percentage of
average servicing portfolio (2)		3.6	%		9.3	%		5.8	%

		Net Charge-Off Experience (1) (3)
		Fireside Portfolio

	March 31,			March 31,		December 31,
	2012			2011		2011
	(Dollars in thousands)
Average servicing portfolio outstanding	$	146,566			n/a	$	191,289
Annualized net charge-offs as a percentage of
average servicing portfolio (2)		5.0	%		n/a		5.1	%

		Net Charge-Off Experience (1) (3)
		Total Owned Portfolio Including Fireside

	March 31,			March 31,			December 31,
	2012			2011			2011
	(Dollars in thousands)
Average servicing portfolio outstanding	$	754,805		$	637,819		$	661,315
Annualized net charge-offs as a percentage of
average servicing portfolio (2)		3.9	%		9.3	%		5.2	%

_________________________

(1) All amounts and percentages are based on the principal amount scheduled to be paid on each automobile contract, net of unearned income on pre-computed automobile contracts.

(2) Net charge-offs include the remaining principal balance, after the application of the net proceeds from the liquidation of the vehicle (excluding accrued and unpaid interest) and amounts collected subsequent to the date of charge-off, including some recoveries which have been classified as other income in the accompanying interim financial statements. March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011 percentage represents three months ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011 annualized. December 31, 2011 represents 12 months ended December 31, 2011.

(3) Amounts and percentages associated with the Fireside portfolio reflect only the period subsequent to the acquisition of the portfolio in September 2011.

Extensions

In certain circumstances we will grant obligors one-month payment extensions to assist them with temporary cash flow problems. In general, an obligor would not be entitled to more than two such extensions in any 12-month period and no more than six over the life of the contract. The only modification of terms is to advance the obligor’s next due date by one month and extend the maturity date of the receivable by one month. In some cases, a two-month extension may be granted. There are no other concessions such as a reduction in interest rate, forgiveness of principal or of accrued interest. Accordingly, we consider such extensions to be insignificant delays in payments rather than troubled debt restructurings.

The basic question in deciding to grant an extension is whether or not we will (a) be delaying the inevitable repossession and liquidation or (b) risk losing the vehicle as a result of not being able to locate the obligor and vehicle. In both of those situations, the loss would likely be higher than if the vehicle had been repossessed without the extension. The benefits of granting an extension include minimizing current losses and delinquencies, minimizing lifetime losses, getting the obligor’s account current (or close to it) and building goodwill with the obligor so that he might prioritize us over other creditors on future payments. Our servicing staff are trained to identify when a past due obligor is facing a temporary problem that may be resolved with an extension. In most cases, the extension will be granted in conjunction with our receiving a past due payment (and where allowed by law, a nominal fee) from the obligor, thereby indicating an additional monetary and psychological commitment to the contract on the obligor’s part.

The credit assessment for granting an extension is initially made by our collector, who bases the recommendation on the collector’s discussions with the obligor. In such assessments the collector will consider, among other things, the following factors: (1) the reason the obligor has fallen behind in payment;

(2) whether or not the reason for the delinquency is temporary, and if it is, have conditions changed such that the obligor can begin making regular monthly payments again after the extension; (3) the obligor's past payment history, including past extensions if applicable; and (4) the obligor’s willingness to communicate and cooperate on resolving the delinquency. If the collector believes the obligor is a good candidate for an extension, he must obtain approval from his supervisor, who will review the same factors stated above prior to offering the extension to the obligor. After receiving an extension, an account remains subject to our normal policies and procedures for interest accrual, reporting delinquency and recognizing charge-offs.

We believe that a prudent extension program is an integral component to mitigating losses in our portfolio of subprime automobile receivables. The table below summarizes the status, as of March 31, 2012, for accounts that received extensions during 2008, 2009 and 2010:

Period of Extension	# Extensions Granted	Active or Paid Off at March 31, 2012	% Active or Paid Off at March 31, 2012	Charged Off > 6 Months After Extension	% Charged Off > 6 Months After Extension	Charged Off <= 6 Months After Extension	% Charged Off <= 6 Months After Extension	Avg Months to Charge Off Post Extension


2008	35,588	13,171	37.0%	17,598	49.4%	4,819	13.5%	15

2009	32,004	13,616	42.5%	12,624	39.4%	5,764	18.0%	11

2010	22,593	15,053	66.6%	5,897	26.1%	1,643	7.3%	11

We view these results as a confirmation of the effectiveness of our extension program. For the accounts receiving extensions in 2008, 2009 and 2010, 37.0%, 42.5% and 66.6%, respectively, were either paid in full or active and performing at March 31, 2012. Each of these successful accounts represent continued payments of interest and principal (including payment in full in many cases), where without the extension we likely would have incurred a substantial loss and no interest revenue subsequent to the extension.

For the extension accounts that ultimately charge off, we consider any that charged off more than six months after the extension to be at least partially successful. For the 2008, 2009 and 2010 extensions, of the accounts that charged off, the charge off was incurred, on average, 15, 11 and 11months, respectively, after the extension, indicating that even in the cases of an ultimate loss, the obligor serviced the account with additional payments of principal and interest.

Additional information about our extensions is provided in the tables below:

	Three Months Ended March 31,		Year Ended December 31,
	2012	2011	2011

Average number of extensions granted per month	1,422	1,494	1,417

Average number of outstanding accounts	98,430	80,384	86,282

Average monthly extensions as % of average outstandings	1.4%	1.9%	1.6%

	March 31, 2012		March 31, 2011		December 31, 2011
	Number of Contracts	Amount	Number of Contracts	Amount	Number of Contracts	Amount
			(Dollars in thousands)

Contracts with one extension	13,345	$ 77,979	17,900	$ 131,721	14,121	$ 85,560
Contracts with two extensions	6,984	40,113	9,316	72,860	7,720	48,619
Contracts with three extensions	3,467	20,022	3,610	27,413	3,653	22,713
Contracts with four extensions	1,115	6,560	784	5,375	1,082	6,618
Contracts with five extensions	123	771	17	124	101	665
Contracts with six extensions	20	140	-	-	15	117
	25,054	$ 145,585	31,627	$ 237,493	26,692	$ 164,292

Gross servicing portfolio	96,218	$ 756,016	78,222	$ 618,006	103,021	$ 761,241

Non-Accrual Receivables

It is not uncommon for our obligors to fall behind in their payments. However, with the diligent efforts of our servicing staff and systems for managing our collection efforts, we regularly work with our customers to resolve delinquencies. Our staff is trained to employ a counseling approach to assist our customers with their cash flow management skills and help them to prioritize their payment obligations in order to avoid losing their vehicle to repossession. Through our experience, we have learned that once a customer becomes greater than 90 days past due, it is more likely than not that the delinquency will not be resolved and will ultimately result in a charge-off. As a result, we do not recognize any interest income or retain on our balance sheet any accrued interest for contracts that are greater than 90 days past due.

If a contract exceeds the 90 days past due threshold at the end of one period, and then makes the necessary payments such that it becomes equal to or below 90 days delinquent at the end of a subsequent period, it would be restored to full accrual status for our financial reporting purposes. At the time a contract is restored to full accrual in this manner, there can be no assurance that full repayment of interest and principal will ultimately be made. However, we monitor each obligor’s payment performance and are aware of the severity of his delinquency at any time. The fact that the delinquency has been reduced below the 90-day threshold is a positive indicator. Should the contract again exceed the 90-day delinquency level at the end of any reporting period, it would again be reflected as a non-accrual account.

Our policy for placing a contract on non-accrual status is independent of our policy to grant an extension. In practice, it would be an uncommon circumstance where an extension was granted and the account remained in a non-accrual status, since the goal of the extension is to bring the contract current (or nearly current).

Liquidity and Capital Resources

internally generated cash will be sufficient to meet our cash demands. The sufficiency of internally generated cash will depend on the performance of securitized pools (which determines the level of releases from those pools and their related spread accounts), the rate of expansion or contraction in our managed portfolio, and the terms upon which we are able to acquire, sell, and borrow against automobile contracts.

Net cash provided by operating activities for the three-month period ended March 31, 2012 was $4.5 million compared to net cash provided by operating activities for the three-month period ended March 31, 2011 of $3.5 million. Cash provided by operating activities is significantly affected by our net income, or loss, before provisions for credit losses.

Net cash provided by investing activities for the three-month period ended March 31, 2012 was $27.9 million compared to net cash provided by investing activities of $34.9 million in the prior year period. Cash provided by investing activities primarily results from principal payments and other proceeds received on finance receivables held for investment and reductions in restricted cash. At December 31, 2011, our restricted cash balance included $39.7 million in spread accounts associated with three securitizations from 2006 and two from 2007. In February 2012, we exercised our rights to purchase the outstanding receivables associated those securitizations, resulting in a release of the related spread account balances, a portion of which was used to repay the associated bonds in full. -Cash used in investing activities generally relates to purchases of automobile contracts. Purchases of finance receivables held for investment were $119.9 million and $50.0 million during the first three months of 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Net cash used in financing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2012 was $31.9 million compared to net cash used in financing activities of $45.4 million in the prior year period. Cash provided by financing activities is primarily related to the issuance of securitization trust debt, reduced by the amount of repayment of securitization trust debt and net proceeds or repayments from our warehouse lines of credit. In the first three months of 2012, we issued $155.0 million in new securitization trust debt compared to zero new issuances in the same period of 2011. In addition, we repaid $139.0 million in securitization trust debt and $39.2 million in debt associated with the Fireside portfolio in the three months ended March 31, 2012 compared to repayments of securitization debt of $79.4 million in the prior year period. In the three months ended March 31, 2012, we received net proceeds from our warehouse lines of credit of $3.9 million, compared to $35.5 million in warehouse net proceeds in the prior year’s period.

On September 25, 2009 we established a $50 million secured revolving credit facility with Fortress Credit Corp., which matured on September 25, 2011. The facility was structured to allow us to fund a portion of the purchase price of automobile contracts by drawing against a floating rate variable funding note issued by our consolidated subsidiary Page Four Funding LLC. The facility provided for advances up to 75% of eligible

finance receivables and the notes under it accrued interest at a rate of one-month LIBOR plus 12.00% per annum, with a minimum rate of 14.00% per annum. As part of the consideration given to Fortress for committing to make loans under this facility, we issued a 10-year warrant to purchase up to 1,158,087 of our common shares, at an exercise price of $0.879 per share (we refer to this as the Fortress Warrant). Issuance of the Fortress Warrant required an adjustment to the terms of an existing outstanding warrant regarding 1,564,324 shares, reducing the exercise price of such warrant from $1.44 per share to $1.40702 per share and increasing the number of shares available for purchase to 1,600,991. In September 2011 the notes were repaid in full and the facility expired by its terms.

In December 2010 we entered into a $100 million two-year warehouse credit line with affiliates of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Fortress Investment Group. The facility is structured to allow us to fund a portion of the purchase price of automobile contracts by drawing against a floating rate variable funding note issued by our consolidated subsidiary Page Six Funding, LLC. The facility provided for advances up to 75% of eligible finance receivables and the notes under it accrued interest at a rate of one-month LIBOR plus 5.00% per annum, with a minimum one-month LIBOR rate of 1.5% per annum. In September 2011 this facility was amended to increase the maximum advance rate to 82% of eligible finance receivables and the interest rate to one-month LIBOR plus 5.73%. At March 31, 2012, $930,000 was outstanding under this facility.

On February 24, 2011, we entered into an additional $100 million two-year warehouse credit line with UBS Real Estate Securities, Inc. The facility revolved during the first year and amortizes during the second year. The facility is structured to allow us to fund a portion of the purchase price of automobile contracts by drawing against a floating rate variable funding note issued by our consolidated subsidiary Page Seven Funding, LLC. The facility provides for advances up to 76.5% of eligible finance receivables and the notes under it accrue interest at one-month LIBOR plus 6.00% per annum. In February 2012, we amended this facility to extend the revolving period from February 2012 to May 2012 and reduced the maximum advance from $100 million to $35 million. At March 31, 2012 there was $28.0 million outstanding under this facility.

In March 2010, we entered into a $50 million term funding facility with a syndicate of note purchasers including affiliates of Angelo, Gordon & Co., L.P. and an affiliate of Cohen & Company Securities. Under the term funding facility, the note purchasers agreed to purchase up to $50 million in asset-backed notes through December 31, 2010, subject to collateral eligibility and other terms and conditions, through the end of 2010. The interest rate on notes outstanding was 11.00%, which could be decreased to 9.00% should the notes receive investment grade ratings from at two credit rating agencies. Principal payments on the notes are due as the underlying receivables are paid or charged off, and the final maturity is July 17, 2017. In connection with the establishment of this term funding facility, we paid a closing fee of $750,000 and issued to certain of the note purchasers or their designees warrants to purchase 500,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.41 per share (we refer to this as the Page Five Warrant). Issuance of the Page Five Warrant required adjustments to the terms of two existing outstanding warrants. The first warrant related to 1,600,991 shares, on which the exercise price was decreased from $1.407 per share to $1.398 per share and the number of shares available for purchase was increased to 1,611,114. The second affected warrant related to 283,985 shares, which was increased to 285,781 shares. In June 2011, we restructured the facility to get the senior notes rated investment grade and issued an additional $9.8 million in three tranches of new subordinated notes. The interest rate on the senior notes was reduced to 9.25% as a result of getting the investment grade rating. As of March 31, 2012, there was $33.1 million outstanding under the facility and no additional advances are expected to be made.

In July 2007, we established a combination term and revolving residual credit facility and have used eligible residual interests in securitizations as collateral for floating rate borrowings. The amount that we were able to borrow was computed using an agreed valuation methodology of the residuals, subject to an overall maximum principal amount of $120 million, represented by (i) a $60 million Class A-1 variable funding note (the “revolving note”), and (ii) a $60 million Class A-2 term note (the “term note”). The term note was fully drawn in July 2007 and was originally due in July 2009. As of July 2008, we had drawn $26.8 million on the revolving note. The facility’s revolving feature expired in July 2008. On July 10, 2008 we amended the terms of the combination term and revolving residual credit facility, (i) eliminating the revolving feature and increasing the interest rate, (ii) consolidating the amounts then owing on the Class A-1 note with the Class A-2 note, (iii) establishing an amortization schedule for principal reductions on the Class A-2 note, and (iv) providing for an extension, at our option if certain conditions were met, of the Class A-2 note maturity from June 2009 to June 2010. In June 2009 we met all such conditions and extended the maturity. In conjunction with the amendment, we reduced the principal amount outstanding to $70 million by delivering to the lender (i) warrants valued as being equivalent to 2,500,000 common shares, or $4,071,429, and (ii) cash of $12,765,244. The warrants represent the right to purchase 2,500,000 CPS common shares at a nominal exercise price, at any time prior to July 10, 2018. In May 2010, we extended the maturity date from June 2010 to May 2011. In May 2011, we extended the maturity date of the facility from May 2011 to May 2012. In February 2012, we exchanged certain previously pledged residual interests with new, previously unpledged, residual interests and extended the maturity date to February 2013. As of March 31, 2012 the aggregate indebtedness under this facility was $18.0 million.

On June 30, 2008, we entered into a series of agreements pursuant to which an affiliate of Levine Leichtman Capital Partners purchased a $10 million five-year, fixed rate, senior secured note from us. The indebtedness is secured by substantially all of our assets, though not by the assets of our special-purpose financing subsidiaries. In July 2008, in conjunction with the amendment of the combination term and revolving residual credit facility as discussed above, the lender purchased an additional $15 million note with substantially the same terms as the $10 million note. Pursuant to the June 30, 2008 securities purchase agreement, we issued to the lender 1,225,000 shares of common stock. In addition, we issued the lender two warrants: (i) warrants that we refer to as the FMV Warrants, which are exercisable for 1,611,114 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $1.39818 per share, and (ii) warrants that we refer to as the N Warrants, which are exercisable for 285,781 shares of our common stock, at a nominal exercise price. Both the FMV Warrants and the N Warrants are exercisable in whole or in part and at any time up to and including June 30, 2018. We valued the warrants using the Black-Scholes valuation model and recorded their value as a liability on our balance sheet because the terms of the warrants also included a provision whereby the lender could require us to purchase the warrants for cash. That provision was eliminated by mutual agreement in September 2008. The FMV Warrants were initially exercisable to purchase 1,500,000 shares for $2.573 per share, were adjusted in connection with the July 2008 issuance of other warrants to become exercisable to purchase 1,564,324 shares at $2.4672 per share, and were further adjusted in connection with a July 2009 amendment of our option plan to become exercisable at $1.44 per share. Upon issuance in September 2009 of the Fortress Warrant, the FMV Warrant was further adjusted to become exercisable to purchase 1,600,991 shares at an exercise price of $1.407 per share. Upon issuance in March 2010 of the Page Five Warrant, the FMV Warrant was further adjusted to become exercisable to purchase 1,611,114 shares at an exercise price of $1.39818 per share. In November 2009 we entered into an additional agreement with this lender whereby they purchased an additional $5 million note. The note accrued interest at 15.0% and was repaid in December 2010 at which time the lender purchased a new $27.8 million note under substantially the same terms as the $10 million and $15 million notes already outstanding. The $27.8 million note accrues interest at 16.0% and matures in December 2013. Concurrent with the issuance of the $27.8 million note, the term $10 and $15 million notes were amended to change their maturity dates to December 2013. In conjunction with the issuance of the $27.8 million note, we issued to the lender 880,000 shares of common stock and 1,870 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock. Each share of the Series B convertible preferred stock was exchanged for 1,000 shares of our common stock on June 15, 2011, upon shareholder approval of such exchange. At the time of issuance, the value of the common stock and Series B preferred stock was $753,000 and $1.6 million, respectively. On March 31, 2011, we sold an additional $5 million note due February 29, 2012 to LLCP. In April 2011 we purchased from LLCP a portion of an outstanding subordinated note issued by our CPS Cayman Residual Trust 2008-A, and financed that purchase by issuing to LLCP a new $3 million note due June 30, 2012. In November 2011, we sold an additional $5 million note due October 2012. All such notes bear interest at 14% per annum. In February 2012, we extended the maturity of the $5 million note that was originally due in February 2012 to March 2012 at which time the note was repaid in full.

In August 2011 we entered into a series of agreements with affiliates of Fortress Investment Group and Goldman, Sachs & Co. to finance our acquisition of the Fireside portfolio, which we purchased on September 15, 2011. Under the agreements, our consolidated subsidiary CPS Fender Receivables, LLC issued $197.3 million of notes with a maturity date of March 14, 2014. The notes are secured by all of the finance receivables and related cash flows associated with the Fireside portfolio and accrue interest at a rate of one-month LIBOR plus 7.00% per annum, with a minimum rate of 8.0% per annum. All excess cash flow on the receivables after the payment of servicing fees, interest expense, preferred dividend and other administrative fees shall be used to repay the notes until paid in full and then to return our initial investment. Thereafter all excess cash flow shall be split; the lenders will receive 80% and we will receive 20%. At March 31, 2012, $123.6 million of these notes were outstanding.

spread accounts either release cash to us or capture cash from collections on securitized automobile contracts. Of those, the factor most subject to our control is the rate at which we purchase automobile contracts.

Certain of our securitization transactions, our warehouse credit facilities and our residual interest financing contain various financial covenants requiring certain minimum financial ratios and results. Such covenants include maintaining minimum levels of liquidity and net worth and not exceeding maximum leverage levels. As of March 31, 2012, we were in compliance with all such covenants. In addition, certain securitization and non-securitization related debt contain cross-default provisions that would allow certain creditors to declare a default if a default occurred under a different facility.

The agreements for our residual interest financing, revolving credit facility and term funding facility include financial covenants which, if breached, would be an event of default. We have entered into an amendment that avoided the potential breach of a minimum net worth covenant on the residual interest financing. Without such amendment, the lender could have, among other things, sold the pledged residual interests to satisfy the debt.

Our plan for future operations and meeting the obligations of our financing arrangements includes returning to profitability (which we accomplished in the fourth quarter of 2011 and the first quarter of 2012) and eliminating our shareholders’ deficit by gradually increasing the amount of our contract purchases with the goal of increasing the balance of our outstanding managed portfolio. Our plans also include financing future contract purchases with credit facilities and term securitizations that offer a lower overall cost of funds compared to the facilities we used in 2009 and 2010. To illustrate, in the last six months of 2009 we purchased $6.1 million in contracts and our sole credit facility had a minimum interest rate of 14.00% per annum. By comparison, in 2010, we purchased $113.0 million in contracts and, in March 2010, entered into the $50 million term funding facility which had an interest rate of 11.00% per annum and the ability to decrease such rate to 9.00% per annum if certain conditions were met. In December 2010 we entered into a $100 million credit facility with an interest rate of one-month LIBOR plus 5.00% per annum, with a minimum rate of 6.5% per annum, and in February 2011 we added another $100 million credit facility with an interest rate of one-month LIBOR plus 6.00% per annum. During 2011, we used the two $100 million credit facilities to purchase $284.2 million in new contracts. During the three months ended March 31, 2012 we purchased an additional $119.9 million in new contracts.

	3 Months Ended March 31, 2012	2011	2010	2009	2008

Average acquisition fee amount	$ 1,079	$ 1,155	$ 1,382	$ 1,508	$ 592
Average acquisition fee as % of amount financed	7.1%	7.4%	9.2%	11.7%	3.9%
Weighted average annual percentage interest rate	20.3%	20.1%	20.1%	19.9%	18.5%

We have and will continue to have a substantial amount of indebtedness. At March 31, 2012, we had approximately $853.9 million of debt outstanding. Such debt consisted primarily of $599.7 million of securitization trust debt, $133.0 in portfolio acquisition debt, $28.9 million of warehouse line of credit debt, $18.0 million of residual interest financing, $53.6 million of senior secured related party debt and $20.7 million in subordinated notes. We are also currently offering the subordinated notes to the public on a continuous basis, and such notes have maturities that range from three months to 10 years.

Critical Accounting Policies

We believe that our accounting policies related to (a) Allowance for Finance Credit Losses, (b) Amortization of Deferred Originations Costs and Acquisition Fees, (c) Term Securitizations, (d) Finance Receivables and Related Debt Measured at Fair Value, and (d) Income Taxes are the most critical to understanding and evaluating our reported financial results. Such policies are described below.

Allowance for Finance Credit Losses

In order to estimate an appropriate allowance for losses to be incurred on finance receivables, we use a loss allowance methodology commonly referred to as "static pooling," which stratifies our finance receivable portfolio into separately identified pools based on the period of origination. Using analytical and formula driven techniques, we estimate an allowance for finance credit losses, which we believe is adequate for probable credit losses that can be reasonably estimated in our portfolio of automobile contracts. The estimate for probable credit losses is reduced by our estimate for future recoveries on previously incurred losses. Provision for losses is charged to our consolidated statement of operations. Net losses incurred on finance receivables are charged to the allowance. We evaluate the adequacy of the allowance by examining current

delinquencies, the characteristics of the portfolio, prospective liquidation values of the underlying collateral and general economic and market conditions. As circumstances change, our level of provisioning and/or allowance may change as well. Our allowance as a percentage of finance receivables has decreased in recent years due primarily to the continued seasoning of our portfolio. Our historical static loss data shows that, in general, incremental monthly losses increase to a peak between months 36 and 42 of the life of a static portfolio, after which such monthly incremental losses tend to decrease. As of March 31, 2012 the weighted average age of our portfolio of finance receivables was 23 months. In addition, receivables originated after the second quarter of 2008 have exhibited significantly better credit performance metrics than earlier portfolios at similar aging stages.

Amortization of Deferred Originations Costs and Acquisition Fees

Upon purchase of a contract from a dealer, we generally either charge or advance the dealer an acquisition fee. In addition, we incur certain direct costs associated with originations of our contracts. All such acquisition fees and direct costs are applied to the carrying value of finance receivables and are accreted into earnings as an adjustment to the yield over the estimated life of the contract using the interest method.

Term Securitizations

Our term securitization structure has generally been as follows:

We sell automobile contracts we acquire to a wholly-owned special purpose subsidiary, which has been established for the limited purpose of buying and reselling our automobile contracts. The special-purpose subsidiary then transfers the same automobile contracts to another entity, typically a statutory trust. The trust issues interest-bearing asset-backed securities, in a principal amount equal to or less than the aggregate principal balance of the automobile contracts. We typically sell these automobile contracts to the trust at face value and without recourse, except that representations and warranties similar to those provided by the dealer to us are provided by us to the trust. One or more investors purchase the asset-backed securities issued by the trust; the proceeds from the sale of the asset-backed securities are then used to purchase the automobile contracts from us. We may retain or sell subordinated asset-backed securities issued by the trust or by a related entity. We structure our securitizations to include internal credit enhancement for the benefit of the investors (i) in the form of an initial cash deposit to an account ("spread account") held by the trust, (ii) in the form of overcollateralization of the senior asset-backed securities, where the principal balance of the senior asset-backed securities issued is less than the principal balance of the automobile contracts, (iii) in the form of subordinated asset-backed securities, or (iv) some combination of such internal credit enhancements. The agreements governing the securitization transactions require that the initial level of internal credit enhancement be supplemented by a portion of collections from the automobile contracts until the level of internal credit enhancement reaches specified levels, which are then maintained. The specified levels are generally computed as a percentage of the principal amount remaining unpaid under the related automobile contracts. The specified levels at which the internal credit enhancement is to be maintained will vary depending on the performance of the portfolios of automobile contracts held by the trusts and on other conditions, and may also be varied by agreement among us, our special purpose subsidiary, the insurance company and the trustee. Such levels have increased and decreased from time to time based on performance of the various portfolios, and have also varied from one transaction to another. The agreements governing the securitizations generally grant us the option to repurchase the sold automobile contracts from the trust when the aggregate outstanding balance of the automobile contracts has amortized to a specified percentage of the initial aggregate balance.

Upon each transfer of automobile contracts in a transaction structured as a secured financing for financial accounting purposes, we retain on our consolidated balance sheet the related automobile contracts as assets and record the asset-backed notes issued in the transaction as indebtedness.

We receive periodic base servicing fees for the servicing and collection of the automobile contracts. Under our securitization structures treated as secured financings for financial accounting purposes, such servicing fees are included in interest income from the automobile contracts. In addition, we are entitled to the cash flows from the trusts that represent collections on the automobile contracts in excess of the amounts required to pay principal and interest on the asset-backed securities, base servicing fees, and certain other fees and expenses (such as trustee and custodial fees).

If the amount of cash required for payment of fees, expenses, interest and principal on the senior asset-backed notes exceeds the amount collected during the collection period, the shortfall is withdrawn from the spread account, if any. If the cash collected during the period exceeds the amount necessary for the above allocations plus required principal payments on the subordinated asset-backed notes, and there is no shortfall in the related spread account or the required overcollateralization level, the excess is released to us. If the spread account and overcollateralization is not at the required level, then the excess cash collected is retained in the trust until the specified level is achieved. Although spread account balances are held by the trusts on behalf of our special-purpose subsidiaries as the owner of the residual interests or the trusts, we are restricted in use of the cash in the spread accounts. Cash held in the various spread accounts is invested in high quality, liquid investment securities, as specified in the securitization agreements.

Finance Receivables and Related Debt Measured at Fair Value

In September 2011 we purchased finance receivables from Fireside Bank. These receivables are secured by debt that was structured specifically for the acquisition of this portfolio. Since the Fireside receivables were originated by another entity with its own underwriting guidelines and procedures, we have elected to account for the Fireside receivables and the related debt secured by those receivables at their estimated fair values so that changes in fair value will be reflected in our results of operations as they occur. There are limited observable inputs available to us for measurement of such receivables, or for the related debt. We use our own assumptions about the factors that we believe market participants would use in pricing similar receivables and debt, and are based on the best information available in the circumstances. The valuation method used to estimate fair value may produce a fair value measurement that may not be indicative of ultimate realizable value. Furthermore, while we believe our valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with those used by other market participants, the use of different methods or assumptions to estimate the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in different estimates of fair value. Those estimated values may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a readily available market for such receivables or debt existed, or had such receivables or debt been liquidated, and those differences could be material to the financial statements.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial statements and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Deferred tax assets are recognized subject to management’s judgment that realization is more likely than not. Although realization is not assured, we believe that the realization of the recognized net deferred tax asset of $15.0 million is more likely than not based on available tax planning strategies that could be implemented if necessary to prevent a carryforward from expiring. Our net deferred tax asset of $15.0 million is net of a valuation allowance of $61.4 million and consists of approximately $11.5 million of net U.S. federal deferred tax assets and $3.5 million of net state deferred tax assets. The major components of the deferred tax asset are $67.0 million in net operating loss carryforwards and built in losses and $11.5 million in net deductions which have not yet been taken on a tax return. We estimate that we would need to generate approximately $37.5 million of taxable income during the applicable carryforward periods to realize fully our federal and state net deferred tax assets.

As a result of recent net losses, we are in a three-year cumulative pretax loss position at March 31, 2012. A cumulative loss position is considered significant negative evidence in assessing the realizability of a deferred tax asset. In determining the possible future realization of deferred tax assets, we have considered future taxable income from the following sources: (a) reversal of taxable temporary differences; and (b) tax planning strategies available to us in accordance with ASC 740, “Income Taxes” that, if necessary, would be

implemented to accelerate taxable income into years in which net operating losses might otherwise expire. Our tax planning strategies include the prospective sale of certain assets such as finance receivables, residual interests in securitized finance receivables, charged off receivables and base servicing rights. The expected proceeds for such asset sales have been estimated based on our expectation of what buyers of the assets would consider to be reasonable assumptions for net cash flows and required rates of return for each of the various asset types. Our estimates for net cash flows and required rates of return are subjective and inherently subject to future events which may significantly affect actual net proceeds we may receive from executing our tax planning strategies. Nevertheless, we believe such asset sales can produce significant taxable income within the relevant carryforward period. Such strategies could be implemented without significant effect on our core business or our ability to generate future growth. The costs related to the implementation of these tax strategies were considered in evaluating the amount of taxable income that could be generated in order to realize our deferred tax assets.

Based upon the tax planning opportunities and other factors discussed below, we have concluded that the U.S. and state net operating loss carryforward periods provide enough time to utilize the deferred tax assets pertaining to the existing net operating loss carryforwards and any net operating loss that would be created by the reversal of the future net deductions which have not yet been taken on a tax return. Although our core business has produced strong earnings in the past, even with intermittent loss periods resulting from economic cycles not unlike, although not as severe as, the current economic downturn we have not used expected future taxable income in our evaluation of the value of our net deferred tax asset. We have already taken steps to reduce our cost structure and have adjusted the contract interest rates and purchase prices applicable to our purchases of automobile contracts from dealers. We have been able to increase our acquisition fees and reduce our purchase prices because of lessened competition for our services. Our estimates of taxable income that may be derived from the implementation of our tax planning strategies is a forward-looking statement, and there can be no assurance that our estimates of such taxable income will be correct. Factors discussed under "Risk Factors," and in particular under the subheading "Risk Factors -- Forward-Looking Statements" may affect whether such projections prove to be correct.

We recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within the income tax expense line in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. Accrued interest and penalties are included within the related tax liability line in the consolidated balance sheet.

Forward Looking Statements

This report on Form 10-Q includes certain “forward-looking statements.” Forward-looking statements may be identified by the use of words such as “anticipates,” “expects,” “plans,” “estimates,” or words of like meaning. Our provision for credit losses is a forward-looking statement, as it is dependent on our estimates as to future chargeoffs and recovery rates. Factors that could affect charge-offs and recovery rates include changes in the general economic climate, which could affect the willingness or ability of obligors to pay pursuant to the terms of automobile contracts, changes in laws respecting consumer finance, which could affect our ability to enforce rights under automobile contracts, and changes in the market for used vehicles, which could affect the levels of recoveries upon sale of repossessed vehicles. Factors that could affect our revenues in the current year include the levels of cash releases from existing pools of automobile contracts, which would affect our ability to purchase automobile contracts, the terms on which we are able to finance such purchases, the willingness of dealers to sell automobile contracts to us on the terms that we offer, and the terms on which and whether we are able to complete term securitizations once automobile contracts are acquired. Factors that could affect our expenses in the current year include competitive conditions in the market for qualified personnel and interest rates (which affect the rates that we pay on notes issued in our securitizations).

Item 4. Controls and Procedures

We maintain a system of internal controls and procedures designed to provide reasonable assurance as to the reliability of our published financial statements and other disclosures included in this report. As of the end of the period covered by this report, we evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of such disclosure controls and procedures. Based upon that evaluation, the principal executive officer (Charles E. Bradley, Jr.) and the principal financial officer (Jeffrey P. Fritz) concluded that the disclosure controls and procedures are effective in recording, processing, summarizing and reporting, on a timely basis, material information relating to us that is required to be included in our reports filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. There have been no changes in our internal controls over financial reporting during our most recently completed fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

PART II — OTHER INFORMATION

Item 1. Legal Proceedings

The information provided under the caption “Legal Proceedings,” Note 8 to the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Part I of this report, is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

We remind the reader that risk factors are set forth in Item 1A of our report on Form 10-K, filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on March 6, 2012. Where we are aware of material changes to such risk factors as previously disclosed, we set forth below an updated discussion of such risks. The reader should note that the other risks identified in our report on Form 10-K remain applicable to us.

We have substantial indebtedness.

We have and will continue to have a substantial amount of indebtedness. At March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, we had approximately $854.0 million and $876.2 million, respectively, of debt outstanding. Such debt consisted, as of December 31, 2011, primarily of $583.1 million of securitization trust debt, and also included $166.8 million in receivable financing debt at fair value, $25.4 million of warehouse indebtedness, $21.9 million of residual interest financing, $58.3 million of senior secured debt and $20.8 million owed under a subordinated notes program. At March 31, 2012, such debt consisted primarily of $599.7 million of securitization trust debt, and also included $133.0 million in receivable financing debt at fair value, $28.9 million of warehouse indebtedness, $18.0 million of residual interest financing, $53.6 million of senior secured debt, and $20.7 million owed under a subordinated notes program. Such subordinated notes may be offered to the public on a continuous basis, and such notes have maturities that range from three months to 10 years.

Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition by, among other things:

·	increasing our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

·	requiring us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing amounts available for working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes;

·	limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;

·	placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt; and

·	limiting our ability to borrow additional funds.

Although we believe we are able to service and repay such debt, there is no assurance that we will be able to do so. If we do not generate sufficient operating profits, our ability to make required payments on our debt would be impaired. Failure to pay our indebtedness when due could have a material adverse effect.

If an increase in interest rates results in a decrease in our cash flow from excess spread, our results of operations may be impaired.

Our profitability is largely determined by the difference, or "spread," between (i) the interest rates payable under our warehouse credit facilities and on the asset-backed securities issued in our securitizations, or payable in any alternate permanent financing transactions, and (ii) the effective interest rate received by us on the automobile contracts that we acquire. Disruptions in the market for asset-backed securities in the years 2008, 2009 and 2010 resulted in our paying higher interest rates than had historically been required of us. While such disruptions appear to have eased, there can be no assurance that the interest rates that we will be required to pay in the future will not increase.

In addition to the interest rates payable in our financing transactions, there are other factors that affect our ability to manage interest rate risk. Specifically, we are subject to interest rate risk during the period between when automobile contracts are purchased from dealers and when such contracts are sold and financed in a securitization or any alternate permanent financing transaction. Interest rates on our warehouse credit facilities are adjustable while the interest rates on the automobile contracts are fixed. Therefore, if interest rates increase, the interest we must pay to the lenders under our warehouse credit facilities is likely to increase while the interest realized by us from those warehoused automobile contracts remains the same, and thus, during the warehousing period, the excess spread cash flow received by us would likely decrease. Additionally, contracts warehoused and then securitized during a rising interest rate environment may result in less excess spread cash flow realized by us under those securitizations as, historically, our securitization facilities pay interest to security holders on a fixed rate basis set at prevailing interest rates at the time of the closing of the securitization, which may be several months after the securitized contracts were originated and entered the warehouse, while our customers pay fixed rates of interest on the contracts, set at the time they purchase the underlying vehicles. A decrease in excess spread cash flow could adversely affect our earnings and cash flow.

To mitigate, but not eliminate, the short-term risk relating to interest rates payable by us under the warehouse facilities, we have generally held automobile contracts in the warehouse credit facilities for less than four months. The disruptions in the market for asset-backed securities caused us to lengthen that period during 2008, 2009 and 2010, which has reduced the effectiveness of this mitigation strategy. To mitigate, but not eliminate, the long-term risk relating to interest rates payable by us in securitizations, we have in the past, and we may in the future, structure some of our securitization transactions to include pre-funding structures, whereby the amount of securities issued exceeds the amount of contracts initially sold into the securitization. In pre-funding, the proceeds from the pre-funded portion are held in an escrow account until we sell the additional contracts into the securitization in amounts up to the balance of the pre-funded escrow account. In pre-funded securitizations, we effectively lock in our borrowing costs with respect to the contracts we subsequently sell into the securitization. However, we incur an expense in pre-funded securitizations equal to the difference between the money market yields earned on the proceeds held in escrow prior to subsequent delivery of contracts and the interest rate paid on the securities issued in the securitization. The amount of such expense may vary. Our December 2011 and March 2012 securitization transactions included pre-funding features. Despite these mitigation strategies, an increase in prevailing interest rates would cause us to receive less excess spread cash flows on automobile contracts, and thus could adversely affect our earnings and cash flows.

Forward-Looking Statements

Discussions of certain matters contained in this report may constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act") and Section 21E of the Exchange Act, and as such, may involve risks and uncertainties. These forward-looking statements relate to, among other things, expectations of the business environment in which we operate, projections of future performance, perceived opportunities in the market and statements regarding our mission and vision. You can generally identify forward-looking statements as statements containing the words "will," "would," "believe," "may," "could," "expect," "anticipate," "intend," "estimate," "assume" or other similar expressions. Our actual results, performance and achievements may differ materially from the results, performance and achievements expressed or implied in such forward-looking statements. The discussion under "Risk Factors" identifies some of the factors that might cause such a difference, including the following:

·	changes in general economic conditions;

·	our ability or inability to obtain necessary financing

·	changes in interest rates;

·	our ability to generate sufficient operating and financing cash flows;

·	competition;

·	level of future provisioning for receivables losses; and

·	regulatory requirements.

Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of performance. They involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Actual results may differ from expectations due to many factors beyond our ability to control or predict, including those described herein, and in documents incorporated by reference in this report. For these statements, we claim the protection of the safe harbor for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.

We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking information. You are advised to consult any additional disclosure we make in our periodic reports filed with the SEC. See "Where You Can Find More Information" and "Documents Incorporated by Reference."

Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

During the three months ended March 31, 2012, we purchased a total of 210,711 shares of our common stock, as described in the following table:

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

			Total Number of	Approximate Dollar
	Total		Shares Purchased as	Value of Shares that
	Number of	Average	Part of Publicly	May Yet be Purchased
	Shares	Price Paid	Announced Plans or	Under the Plans or
Period(1)	Purchased	per Share	Programs	Programs (2)

January 2012	72,033	$ 1.03	72,033	$ 1,466,014
February 2012	77,499	1.14	77,499	$ 1,378,008
March 2012	61,179	1.32	61,179	$ 1,297,249
Total	210,711	$ 1.15	210,711

____________________

(1)	Each monthly period is the calendar month.

(2)

Through March 31, 2012, our board of directors had authorized the purchase of up to $34.5 million of our outstanding securities, which program was first announced in our annual report for the year 2002, filed on March 26, 2003. All purchases described in the table above were under the plan announced in March 2003, which has no fixed expiration date.

Item 6. Exhibits

The Exhibits listed below are filed with this report.


4.14	Instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt of certain consolidated subsidiaries of the registrant are omitted pursuant to the exclusion set forth in subdivisions (b)(iv)(iii)(A) and (b)(v) of Item 601 of Regulation S-K (17 CFR 229.601). The registrant agrees to provide copies of such instruments to the United States Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.
4.37	Indenture dated March 1, 2012 re Notes issued by CPS Auto Receivables Trust 2012-A.
4.38	Sale and Servicing Agreement dated as of March 1, 2012.
31.1	Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of the Chief Executive Officer of the registrant.
31.2	Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of the Chief Financial Officer of the registrant.
32	Section 1350 Certifications.*

* These Certifications shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or otherwise subject to the liability of that section. These Certifications shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that the registration statement specifically states that such Certifications are incorporated therein.

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC.

(Registrant)

Date: April 24, 2012

By: /s/ CHARLES E. BRADLEY, JR.

Charles E. Bradley, Jr.

President and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

Date: April 24, 2012

By: /s/ JEFFREY P. FRITZ

Jeffrey P. Fritz

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

cpss10qexh437_dtd120420.htm

INDENTURE

Dated as of March 1, 2012

between

CPS AUTO RECEIVABLES TRUST 2012-A, as Issuer

and

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

INDENTURE dated as of March 1, 2012, between CPS AUTO RECEIVABLES TRUST 2012-A, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Issuer”), and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as trustee (the “Trustee”).

Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other party and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Issuer’s Class A 2.78% Asset-Backed Notes (the “Class A Notes”), Class B 5.01% Asset-Backed Notes (the “Class B Notes”), Class C 6.51% Asset-Backed Notes (the “Class C Notes”), and Class D 8.59% Asset-Backed Notes (the “Class D Notes” and, together with the Class A Notes, the Class B Notes and the Class C Notes, the “Notes”):

As security for the payment and performance by the Issuer of its obligations under this Indenture and the Notes, the Issuer has agreed to assign the Collateral (as defined below) as collateral to the Trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders.

GRANTING CLAUSE

The Issuer hereby Grants to the Trustee at the Closing Date, for the benefit of the Noteholders, all right, title and interest of the Issuer, whether now existing or hereafter arising, in, to and under the following:

(i) (a) the Initial Receivables listed in Schedule A to the Sale and Servicing Agreement and all monies received thereunder after the Initial Cutoff Date and all Net Liquidation Proceeds and Recoveries received with respect to such Receivables after the Initial Cutoff Date; and (b) the Subsequent Receivables listed in Schedule A to each Subsequent Transfer Agreement and all monies received thereunder after the related Subsequent Cutoff Date and all Net Liquidation Proceeds and Recoveries received with respect to such Subsequent Receivables after the related Subsequent Cutoff Date;

(ii) the security interests in the Financed Vehicles granted by the related Obligors pursuant to the Receivables and any other interest of the Issuer in such Financed Vehicles, including the certificates of title or, with respect to such Financed Vehicles in the Non-Certificated Title States, all other evidence of ownership with respect to Financed Vehicles issued by the applicable Department of Motor Vehicles or similar authority;

(iii) any proceeds from claims on any physical damage, credit life and credit accident and health insurance policies or certificates relating to the Financed Vehicles securing the Receivables or the Obligors thereunder;

(iv) all proceeds from recourse against Dealers or Consumer Lenders with respect to the Receivables;

(v) all of its and the Seller’s right, title and interest in its rights and benefits, but none of its obligations or burdens, under the Purchase Agreements (which has been assigned to the Issuer under the Sale and Servicing Agreement), including a direct right to cause CPS to purchase Receivables from the Issuer and to indemnify the Issuer pursuant to the Purchase Agreements under the circumstances specified therein;

(vi) rights and benefits, but none of its obligations or burdens, under the Sale and Servicing Agreement and each Subsequent Transfer Agreement (including all rights of the Seller under the Purchase Agreements);

(vii) refunds for the costs of extended service contracts with respect to Financed Vehicles securing Receivables, refunds of unearned premiums with respect to credit life and credit accident and health insurance policies or certificates covering an Obligor or Financed Vehicle or an Obligor’s obligations with respect to a Receivable or a Financed Vehicle and any recourse to Dealers or Consumer Lenders for any of the foregoing;

(viii) the Receivable File related to each Receivable;

(ix) all amounts and property from time to time held in or credited to the Collection Account, the Principal Distribution Account, the Pre-Funding Account, the Series 2012-A Spread Account and the Lockbox Account;

(x) all property (including the right to receive future Net Liquidation Proceeds) that secures a Receivable that has been acquired by or on behalf of CPS, the Seller or the Issuer pursuant to a liquidation of such Receivable; and

(xi) all present and future claims, demands, causes and choses in action in respect of any or all of the foregoing and all payments on or under and all proceeds of every kind and nature whatsoever in respect of any or all of the foregoing, including all proceeds of the conversion, voluntary or involuntary, into cash or other liquid property, all cash proceeds, accounts, accounts receivable, notes, drafts, acceptances, chattel paper, checks, deposit accounts, insurance proceeds, condemnation awards, rights to payment of any and every kind and other forms of obligations and receivables, instruments and other property which at any time constitute all or part of or are included in the proceeds of any of the foregoing (collectively, the property described in this Granting Clause the “Collateral”).

The foregoing Grant is made in trust to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Noteholders, as their interests may appear, to secure the payment and performance of the Issuer Secured Obligations and to secure compliance with this Indenture. The Trustee hereby acknowledges such Grant, accepts the trusts under this Indenture in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and agrees to perform its duties as required in this Indenture to the end that the interests of such parties, recognizing the priorities of their respective interests, may be adequately and effectively protected.

ARTICLE I

Definitions and Incorporation by Reference

SECTION 1.1 Definitions»

. Except as otherwise specified herein, the following terms have the respective meanings set forth below for all purposes of this Indenture and the definitions of such terms are equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms and to each gender.

Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Sale and Servicing Agreement or, if not defined therein, in the Trust Agreement.

“Act” has the meaning specified in Section 11.3(a).

“Affiliate” of any Person means any Person who directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under direct or indirect common control with such Person. For purposes of this definition of “Affiliate”, the term “control” (including the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause a direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

“Amount Financed” with respect to a Receivable shall have the meaning specified in the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

“Annual Percentage Rate” or “APR” of a Receivable means the annual percentage rate of finance charges or service charges, as stated in the related Contract.

“Authorized Officer” means, with respect to the Issuer and the Servicer, any officer or agent acting pursuant to a power of attorney of the Owner Trustee or the Servicer, as applicable, who is authorized to act for the Owner Trustee or the Servicer, as applicable, in matters relating to the Issuer and who is identified on the list of Authorized Officers delivered by each of the Owner Trustee and the Servicer to the Trustee on the Closing Date (as such list may be modified or supplemented in writing from time to time thereafter) and, with respect to the Servicer, any officer or agent of the Servicer who is authorized to act for the Servicer and who is identified on the list of Authorized Officers delivered by the Servicer on the Closing Date (as modified or supplemented from time to time).

“Basic Documents” means this Indenture, the Certificate of Trust, the Trust Agreement, the Sale and Servicing Agreement, each Subsequent Transfer Agreement, the Lockbox Agreement, the Receivables Purchase Agreement, each Subsequent Receivables Purchase Agreement, each Assignment, the Placement Agency Agreement, the Notes, the Residual Pass-through Certificates and all other documents and certificates delivered in connection with the foregoing.

“Book-Entry Notes” means a beneficial interest in the Notes, ownership and transfers of which shall be made through book entries by a Clearing Agency as described in Section 2.10.

“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in Wilmington, Delaware, New York, New York, Minneapolis, Minnesota, or the State in which the executive offices of the Servicer are located, shall be authorized or obligated by law, executive order, or governmental decree to be closed.

“Certificate Distribution Account” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Trust Agreement.

“Certificate of Trust” means the certificate of trust of the Issuer substantially in the form of Exhibit B to the Trust Agreement.

“Class A Interest Rate” means 2.78% per annum.

“Class A Notes” means the Class A 2.78% Asset-Backed Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1.

“Class B Interest Rate” means 5.01% per annum.

“Class B Notes” means the Class B 5.01% Asset-Backed Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2.

“Class C Interest Rate” means 6.51% per annum.

“Class C Notes” means the Class C 6.51% Asset-Backed Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-3.

“Class D Interest Rate” means 8.59% per annum.

“Class D Notes” means the Class D 8.59% Asset-Backed Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-4.

“Clearing Agency” means an organization registered as a “clearing agency” pursuant to Section 17A of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision thereto. The initial Clearing Agency shall be The Depository Trust Company.

“Clearing Agency Participant” means a broker, dealer, bank, other financial institution or other Person for whom from time to time a Clearing Agency effects book-entry transfers and pledges of securities deposited with the Clearing Agency.

“Closing Date” means March 21, 2012.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

“Collateral” has the meaning specified in the Granting Clause of this Indenture.

“Commission” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Controlling Class” means (i) so long as any Class A Notes are Outstanding, the Class A Notes, (ii) after payment in full of the Class A Notes, so long as any Class B Notes are Outstanding, the Class B Notes, (iii) after payment in full of the Class A Notes and the Class B Notes, so long as any Class C Notes are Outstanding, the Class C Notes, and (iv) after payment in full of the Class A Notes, the Class B Notes and the Class C Notes, so long as any Class D Notes are Outstanding, the Class D Notes.

“Controlling Party” means, as of any date of determination, Holders constituting a majority (by Outstanding Amount) of the then Controlling Class.

“Corporate Trust Office” means the principal office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered which office at date of the execution of this Agreement is located at Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue, MAC N9311-161, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479, Attention: Corporate Trust Services/Asset Backed Administration - CPS 2012-A, or at such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Noteholders, the Servicer and the Issuer, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (the address of which the successor Trustee will notify the Noteholders and the Issuer).

“Default” means any occurrence that is, or with notice or the lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default.

“Definitive Notes” has the meaning specified in Section 2.10.

“Depositor” means the Seller, in its capacity as such under the Trust Agreement.

“Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 5.1.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Executive Officer” means, with respect to any corporation, the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Investment Officer, President, Senior Vice President, any Vice President, the Secretary or the Treasurer of such corporation; with respect to any limited liability company, the manager; and with respect to any partnership, any general partner thereof.

“Grant” means to mortgage, pledge, bargain, sell, warrant, alienate, remise, release, convey, assign, transfer, create, grant a lien upon and a security interest in and right of set-off against, deposit, set over and confirm pursuant to this Indenture. A Grant of the Collateral or of any other agreement or instrument shall include all rights, powers and options (but none of the obligations) of the granting party thereunder, including the immediate and continuing right to claim for, collect, receive and give receipt for principal and interest payments in respect of the Collateral and all other moneys payable thereunder, to give and receive notices and other communications, to make waivers or other agreements, to exercise all rights and options, to bring proceedings in the name of the granting party or otherwise and generally to do and receive anything that the granting party is or may be entitled to do or receive thereunder or with respect thereto.

“Holder” or “Noteholder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Note Register.

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person at any time, (a) indebtedness or liability of such Person for borrowed money whether or not evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other instruments, or for the deferred purchase price of property or services (including trade obligations); (b) obligations of such Person as lessee under leases which should be, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, recorded as capital leases; (c) current liabilities of such Person in respect of unfunded vested benefits under plans covered by Title IV of ERISA; (d) obligations issued for or liabilities incurred on the account of such Person; (e) obligations or liabilities of such Person arising under acceptance facilities; (f) obligations of such Person under any guarantees, endorsements (other than for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business) and other contingent obligations to purchase, to provide funds for payment, to supply funds to invest in any Person or otherwise to assure a creditor against loss; (g) obligations of such Person secured by any lien on property or assets of such Person, whether or not the obligations have been assumed by such Person; or (h) obligations of such Person under any interest rate or currency exchange agreement.

“Indenture” means this Indenture as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms.

“Independent” means, when used with respect to any specified Person, that the person (a) is in fact independent of the Issuer, any other obligor upon the Notes, the Seller and any Affiliate of any of the foregoing persons, (b) does not have any direct financial interest or any material indirect financial interest in the Issuer, any such other obligor, the Seller or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing Persons and (c) is not connected with the Issuer, any such other obligor, the Seller or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing Persons as an officer, employee, promoter, underwriter, trustee, partner, director or Person performing similar functions.

“Insolvency Event” means, with respect to a specified Person, (a) the institution of a proceeding or the filing of a petition against such Person seeking the entry of a decree or order for relief by a court having jurisdiction in the premises in respect of such Person or any substantial part of its property in an involuntary case under any applicable Federal or State bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official for such Person or for any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding-up or liquidation or such Person’s affairs, and such petition, decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; or (b) the commencement by such Person of a voluntary case under any applicable Federal or State bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or the consent by such Person to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or the consent by such Person to the appointment of or taking possession by, a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator, or similar official for such Person or for any substantial part of its property, or the making by such Person of any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the failure by such Person generally to pay its debts as such debts become due, or the taking of action by such Person in furtherance of any of the foregoing.

“Institutional Accredited Investor” means an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D of the Securities Act.

“Interest Rate” means, with respect to (i) the Class A Notes, the Class A Interest Rate, (ii) the Class B Notes, the Class B Interest Rate, (iii) the Class C Notes, the Class C Interest Rate, and (iv) the Class D Notes, the Class D Interest Rate.

“Issuer” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor and, for purposes of any provision contained herein, each other obligor on the Notes.

“Issuer Order” and “Issuer Request” means a written order or request signed in the name of the Issuer by any one of its Authorized Officers and delivered to the Trustee.

“Issuer Secured Obligations” means any and all amounts and obligations that the Issuer may at any time owe to the Noteholders or the Trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders under this Indenture, the Notes or any other Basic Document.

“Non-U.S. Person” means a Person other than a U.S. Person.

“Note” means a Class A Note, a Class B Note, a Class C Note, or a Class D Note.

“Note Owner” means, with respect to a Book Entry Note, the person who is the owner of such Book-Entry Note, as reflected on the books of the Clearing Agency, or on the books of a Person maintaining an account with such Clearing Agency (directly as a Clearing Agency Participant or as an indirect participant, in each case in accordance with the rules of such Clearing Agency).

“Note Paying Agent” means the Trustee or any other Person that meets the eligibility standards for the Trustee specified in Section 6.11 and is authorized by the Issuer to make the payments to and distributions from the Collection Account and the Principal Distribution Account, including payment of principal of or interest on the Notes on behalf of the Issuer.

“Note Register” and “Note Registrar” have the respective meanings specified in Section 2.4(a).

“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed by any Authorized Officer of the Owner Trustee, under the circumstances described in, and otherwise complying with, the applicable requirements of Section 11.1, and delivered to the Trustee. Unless otherwise specified, any reference in this Indenture to an Officer’s Certificate shall be to an Officer’s Certificate of any Authorized Officer of the Issuer.

“Opinion of Counsel” means one or more written opinions of counsel who may, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Indenture, be employees of or counsel to the Issuer and who shall be satisfactory to the Trustee, and which shall comply with any applicable requirements of Section 11.1, and shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee.

“Other Assets” means any assets or interests in any assets (other than Trust Property) conveyed or purported to be conveyed by Depositor to any Person other than the Issuer, whether by way of a sale, capital contribution, the Grant of a Lien or otherwise.

“Outstanding” means, as of the date of determination, all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture except:

(i) Notes theretofore canceled by the Note Registrar or delivered to the Note Registrar for cancellation;

(ii) Notes or portions thereof the payment for which money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any Note Paying Agent in trust for the Holders of such Notes (provided, however, that if such Notes are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture, satisfactory to the Trustee); and

(iii) Notes in exchange for or in lieu of other Notes which have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture unless proof satisfactory to the Trustee is presented that any such Notes are held by a bona fide purchaser; provided, further, that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite Outstanding Amount of the Notes have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder or under any Basic Document, Notes owned by the Issuer, any other obligor upon the Notes, the Seller or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing Persons shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee either actually knows to be so owned or has received written notice thereof shall be so disregarded.

“Outstanding Amount” means, with respect to any date of determination, the aggregate principal amount of all Notes, or Class of Notes, as applicable, Outstanding at such date of determination.

“Ownership Interest” means, as to any Note, any ownership or security interest in such Note, including any interest in such Note as the Holder thereof and any other interest therein, whether direct or indirect, legal or beneficial, as owner or as pledgee.

“Owner Trustee” means Wilmington Trust, National Association, not in its individual capacity, but solely as Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement, and its successors.

“Payment Date” has the meaning specified in the Notes.

“Permanent Regulation S Global Note” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.1(d).

“Person” means any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust (including any beneficiary thereof), unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

“Predecessor Note” means, with respect to any particular Note, every previous Note evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Note; and, for the purpose of this definition, any Note authenticated and delivered under Section 2.5 in lieu of a mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note.

“Proceeding” means any suit in equity, action at law or other judicial or administrative proceeding.

“Purchase Agreements” means the Receivables Purchase Agreement and each Subsequent Receivables Purchase Agreement, collectively.

“QIB” means a “Qualified Institutional Buyer” as such term is defined under Rule 144A of the Securities Act.

“Rating Agency” means each of Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s, so long as such Persons maintain a rating on the Notes; and if each of Moody’s or Standard & Poor’s no longer maintains a rating on the Notes, such other nationally recognized statistical rating organization selected by the Seller.

“Record Date” means, with respect to the Notes and the first Payment Date, the Closing Date, and with respect to any subsequent Payment Date or Redemption Date, the last calendar day of the month preceding the month in which such Payment Date or Redemption Date occurs.

“Redemption Date” means, in the case of a redemption of the Notes pursuant to Section 10.1, the Payment Date specified by the Servicer or the Issuer pursuant to Section 10.1.

“Redemption Price” means, in the case of a redemption of the Notes pursuant to Section 10.1, an amount equal to the unpaid principal amount of each class of Notes (other than the Class D Notes) being redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to but excluding the Redemption Date.

“Regulation S” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.1(d).

“Regulation S Global Note” means a Temporary Regulation S Global Note or a Permanent Regulation S Global Note.

“Responsible Officer” means, with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, including any Vice President, Assistant Vice President, Assistant Treasurer, Assistant Secretary, or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also, with respect to a particular matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of such officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

“Rule 144A Global Note” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.1(e).

“Sale and Servicing Agreement” means the Sale and Servicing Agreement dated as of March 1, 2012, among the Issuer, the Seller, the Servicer, and the Trustee, as Backup Servicer and Trustee, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

“Seller” means CPS Receivables Five LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and its successors.

“State” means any one of the 50 states of the United States of America or the District of Columbia.

“Temporary Regulation S Global Note” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.1(d).

“Termination Date” means the date on which the Trustee and the Noteholders shall have received payment and performance of all Issuer Secured Obligations and disbursed such payments in accordance with the Basic Documents.

“Trust Agreement” means the Trust Agreement dated as of January 26, 2012, between the Seller, as depositor, and the Owner Trustee, as amended and restated by the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement dated as of March 1, 2012, by and between the Seller, as depositor, and the Owner Trustee, as the same may be further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

“Trust Paying Agent” has the same meaning as “Paying Agent” as defined in the Trust Agreement.

“Trust Estate” means all money, instruments, rights and other property that are subject or intended to be subject to the lien and security interest of this Indenture for the benefit of the Noteholder (including the Collateral Granted to the Trustee hereunder), including all proceeds thereof.

“Trustee” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association, not in its individual capacity but as trustee under this Indenture, or any successor trustee under this Indenture.

“UCC” means, unless the context otherwise requires, the Uniform Commercial Code, as in effect in the relevant jurisdiction, as amended from time to time.

“U.S. Person” has the meaning specified in Regulation S of the Securities Act.

SECTION 1.2 Other Definitional Provisions»

. Unless the context otherwise requires:

(a) All references in this instrument to designated “Articles,” “Sections,” “Subsections” and other subdivisions are to the designated Articles, Sections, Subsections and other subdivisions of this instrument as originally executed.

(b) The words “herein,” “hereof,” “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section, Subsection or other subdivision.

(c) an accounting term not otherwise defined herein has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles as in effect from time to time;

(d) “or” is not exclusive;

(e) “including” means including without limitation; and

(f) words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular.

ARTICLE II

The Notes

SECTION 2.1 Form.

(a) The Class A Notes, the Class B Notes, the Class C Notes and the Class D Notes, in each case together with the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, shall be in substantially the form set forth in Exhibits A-1, A-2, A-3 and A-4, respectively, with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as may, consistently herewith, be determined by the officers executing such Notes, as evidenced by their execution of the Notes. Any portion of the text of any Note may be set forth on the reverse thereof, with an appropriate reference thereto on the face of the Note.

(b) The Definitive Notes shall be typewritten, printed, lithographed or engraved or produced by any combination of these methods (with or without steel engraved borders), all as determined by the officers executing such Notes, as evidenced by their execution of such Notes.

(c) Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The terms of the Notes set forth in Exhibits A-1, A-2, A-3 and A-4 are part of the terms of this Indenture.

(d) Any Class A Note, Class B Note or Class C Note offered and sold outside of the United States to Non-U.S. Persons will be offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act (“Regulation S”) and shall initially be issued in the form of one or more temporary global Notes (each, a “Temporary Regulation S Global Note”) in fully registered form without interest coupons substantially in the form set forth in Exhibits A-1, A-2 and A-3, as applicable, with such legends as may be applicable thereto, registered in the name of the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) or a nominee of DTC, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as provided in Section 2.2, for credit to the subscribers’ accounts at Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, Brussels Office, or its successor, as operator of the Euroclear System (“Euroclear”), or at Clearstream Luxembourg, société anonyme (“Clearstream”). Class D Notes may not be held by or transferred to a Non-U.S. Person. Until the date that is on or after the 40th day after the completion of the distribution of the Notes (the “Exchange Date”), interests in a Temporary Regulation S Global Note may only be held by the agent members of Euroclear and Clearstream. On and after the Exchange Date, interests in a Temporary Regulation S Global Note will be exchangeable, in whole or in part, for equivalent interests in a permanent global note (a “Permanent Regulation S Global Note”) in fully registered form without interest coupons, representing Notes of the same aggregate principal amount, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibits A-1, A-2 and A-3, as applicable, with such legends as may be applicable thereto, in accordance with the provisions of the Temporary Regulation S Global Note and this Indenture. Each transferee of a Regulation S Global Note shall be deemed to have represented and agreed as follows:

(i) The transferee is a Non-U.S. Person and is purchasing such Notes outside the United States pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act;

(ii) The transferee understands that the Notes are being offered in a transaction not involving any public offering in the United States within the meaning of the Securities Act, and that the Notes have not been and will not be registered under the Securities Act;

(iii) The transferee agrees that (A) if in the future it decides to offer, resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes, such Notes may be offered, resold, pledged or otherwise transferred only (i) to the Seller or an Affiliate of the Seller, (ii) to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, (iii) outside the United States to a Non-U.S. Person in transactions complying with Rule 903 or Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act or (iv) to an Institutional Accredited Investor in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act taking its interest in the form of a Definitive Note, and, in each case, in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any State and other applicable jurisdictions and (B) the transferee will, and each subsequent holder is required to, notify any subsequent purchaser of such Notes from it of the resale restrictions referred to in clause (A) above; and

(iv) The transferee understands that the Notes will bear a legend substantially as referenced in Section 2.13(b).

Interests in the Regulation S Global Notes will be exchangeable for (A) Definitive Notes only in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.12 and (B) Rule 144A Global Notes only in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.4.

(e) Each Note offered and sold to QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A will be issued in book-entry form and represented by a permanent global Note in fully registered form without interest coupons (the “Rule 144A Global Note”), substantially in the form set forth in Exhibits A-1, A-2, A-3 or A-4, as applicable, with such legends as may be applicable thereto, and will be sold only to QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A and shall be deposited with a custodian for, and registered in the name of a nominee of DTC, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as provided in Section 2.2 for credit to the accounts of DTC participants. The initial principal amount of each Rule 144A Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the custodian for DTC, DTC or its nominee, as the case may be, as hereinafter provided. Interests in a Rule 144A Global Note will be exchangeable for (A) Definitive Notes only in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.12 and (B) Regulation S Global Notes only in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.4.

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, one Note of each Class may be issued to the Seller or an Affiliate thereof in the form of a Definitive Note and, subject to Section 11.3(e), the Trustee and the Note Registrar shall recognize the Holder of such Definitive Note as a Noteholder for all purposes hereunder. Notes sold to Institutional Accredited Investors in accordance with Regulation D of the Securities Act will be issued in the form of one or more Definitive Notes substantially in the form set forth in Exhibits A-1, A-2, A-3 or A-4, as applicable, with such legends as may be applicable thereto.

SECTION 2.2 Execution, Authentication and Delivery.

(a) The Notes shall be executed on behalf of the Issuer by any of its Authorized Officers. The signature of any such Authorized Officer on the Notes may be manual or facsimile.

(b) Notes bearing the manual or facsimile signature of individuals who were at any time Authorized Officers of the Issuer shall bind the Issuer, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Notes or did not hold such offices at the date of such Notes.

(c) The Trustee shall upon receipt of the Issuer Order authenticate and deliver Class A Notes for original issue in an aggregate principal amount of $131,750,000, Class B Notes for original issue in an aggregate principal amount of $9,300,000, Class C Notes for original issue in an aggregate principal amount of $7,750,000, and Class D Notes for original issue in an aggregate principal amount of $6,200,000. Class A Notes, Class B Notes, Class C Notes and Class D Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed such amounts.

(d) Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be issuable as registered Notes in the minimum denomination of $100,000 (except for one Note of each such Class that may be issued in a lesser denomination) and in integral multiples of $1,000 (except for one Note of each Class of each type (that is, Rule 144A Global Note, Regulation S Global Note and Definitive Note) that may be issued in other than an $1,000 integral multiples in excess of the minimum denominations).

(e) No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose, unless there appears on such Note a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein, executed by the Trustee by the manual signature of one of its authorized signatories, and such certificate upon any Note shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Note has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder.

SECTION 2.3 Temporary Notes.

(a) Pending the preparation of Definitive Notes, the Issuer may execute, and, upon receipt of an Issuer Order, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Notes which are printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise produced, of the tenor of the Definitive Notes in lieu of which they are issued and with such variations not inconsistent with the terms of this Indenture as the officers executing such Notes may determine, as evidenced by their execution of such Notes.

(b) If temporary Notes are issued, the Issuer will cause Definitive Notes to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of Definitive Notes, the temporary Notes shall be exchangeable without charge to the Holder for Definitive Notes upon surrender of the temporary Notes at the office or agency of the Issuer to be maintained as provided in Section 3.2. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a like principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations. Until so exchanged, the temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as Definitive Notes.

SECTION 2.4 Registration; Registration of Transfer and Exchange.

(a) The Issuer shall cause to be kept a register (the “Note Register”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Issuer shall provide for the registration of Notes (and, prior to a Holder’s exchange of interests in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note for Definitive Notes or an interest in a Permanent Regulation S Global Note, registration of the beneficial owners of interests in such Temporary Regulation S Global Note) and the registration of transfers of Notes. The Trustee is hereby initially appointed “Note Registrar” for the purpose of registering Notes and transfers of Notes as herein provided. Upon any resignation or removal of any Note Registrar, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor or, in the absence of such an appointment, assume the duties of Note Registrar.

(b) If a Person other than the Trustee is appointed by the Issuer as Note Registrar, the Issuer will give the Trustee prompt written notice of the appointment of such Note Registrar and of the location, and any change in the location, of the Note Register, and the Trustee shall have the right to inspect the Note Register at all reasonable times and to obtain copies thereof, and the Trustee shall have the right to rely upon a certificate executed on behalf of the Note Registrar by an Executive Officer thereof as to the names and addresses of the Holders of the Notes and the principal amounts and number of such Notes.

(c) Subject to Section 2.13, upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Issuer to be maintained as provided in Section 3.2, if the requirements of Section 8-401(a) of the UCC are met, the Issuer shall execute, and upon request by the Issuer the Trustee shall authenticate, and the Noteholder shall obtain from the Trustee, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Notes in any authorized denominations of the same class and a like aggregate principal amount. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture or any other Basic Document, (i) the transfer of a Note, including the right to receive principal and any stated interest thereon, may be effected only by surrender of the old Note (or satisfactory evidence of the destruction, loss or theft of such Note) to the Note Registrar, and the issuance by the Issuer (through the Note Registrar) of a new Note to the new Holder, and (ii) each Note must be registered in the name of the Holder thereof as to both principal and any stated interest with the Note Registrar.

(d) At the option of the Holder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes in any authorized denominations, of the same class and a like aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at the office or agency of the Issuer to be maintained as provided in Section 3.2. Whenever any Notes are so surrendered for exchange, subject to Section 2.13, if the requirements of Section 8-401(a) of the UCC are met the Issuer shall execute, and upon request by the Issuer, the Trustee shall authenticate, and the Noteholder shall obtain from the Trustee, the Notes which the Noteholder making the exchange is entitled to receive; provided, however, that the Notes presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange (a) shall be duly endorsed by, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee, duly executed by the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing and (b) shall be transferred or exchanged in compliance with the following provisions:

(i) Temporary Regulation S Global Note to Permanent Regulation S Global Note. Interests in a Temporary Regulation S Global Note as to which the Trustee has received from Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C-1 to the effect that Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, has received a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C-2 from the holder of a beneficial interest in such Note, will be exchanged, on or after the Exchange Date, for interests in a Permanent Regulation S Global Note. To effect such exchange the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Clearing Agency or its custodian, for credit to the respective accounts of the holders of Notes, a duly executed and authenticated Permanent Regulation S Global Note, representing the principal amount of interests in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note initially exchanged for interests in the Permanent Regulation S Global Note. The delivery of the certificate or certificates referred to above to the Trustee by Euroclear or Clearstream may be relied upon by the Issuer and the Trustee as conclusive evidence that the certificate or certificates referred to therein has or have been delivered to Euroclear or Clearstream pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and the Temporary Regulation S Global Note. Upon any exchange of interests in a Temporary Regulation S Global Note for interests in a Permanent Regulation S Global Note, the Trustee shall endorse the Temporary Regulation S Global Note to reflect the reduction in the principal amount represented thereby by the amount so exchanged and shall endorse the Permanent Regulation S Global Note to reflect the corresponding increase in the amount represented thereby. The Temporary Regulation S Global Note or the Permanent Regulation S Global Note shall also be endorsed upon any cancellation of principal amounts upon surrender of Notes purchased by the Issuer or upon any repayment of the principal amount represented thereby or any payment of interest in respect of such Notes.

(ii) Rule 144A Global Note to Temporary Regulation S Global Note During the Restricted Period. If, prior to the Exchange Date, a holder of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note registered in the name of the Clearing Agency or its nominee wishes at any time to exchange its interest in such Rule 144A Global Note for an interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, or to transfer its interest in such Rule 144A Global Note to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of an interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, such holder may, subject to the rules and procedures of Clearing Agency, exchange or cause the exchange or transfer of such interest for an equivalent beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note. Upon receipt by the Note Registrar of (l) instructions given in accordance with Clearing Agency’s procedures from an agent member directing the Note Registrar to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note to be exchanged or transferred, (2) a written order given in accordance with the Clearing Agency’s procedures containing information regarding the Euroclear or Clearstream account to be credited with such increase and the name of such account, and (3) a certificate in the form of Exhibit C-3 attached hereto given by the holder of such beneficial interest stating that the exchange or transfer of such interest has been made in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S, the Note Registrar shall instruct the Clearing Agency to reduce the Rule 144A Global Note by the aggregate principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred and the Note Registrar shall instruct the Clearing Agency, concurrently with such reduction, to increase the principal amount of the Temporary Regulation S Global Note by the aggregate principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, and to credit or cause to be credited to the account of the person specified in such instructions (who shall be the agent member of Euroclear or Clearstream, or both, as the case may be) a beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note equal to the reduction in the principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note.

(iii) Rule 144A Global Note to Permanent Regulation S Global Note After the Exchange Date. If, after the Exchange Date, a holder of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note registered in the name of the Clearing Agency or its nominee wishes at any time to exchange its interest in such Rule 144A Global Note for an interest in the Permanent Regulation S Global Note, or to transfer its interest in such Rule 144A Global Note to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of an interest in the Permanent Regulation S Global Note, such holder may, subject to the rules and procedures of the Clearing Agency, exchange or cause the exchange or transfer of such interest for an equivalent beneficial interest in the Permanent Regulation S Global Note. Upon receipt by the Note Registrar of (1) instructions given in accordance with the Clearing Agency’s procedures from an agent member directing the Note Registrar to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in the Permanent Regulation S Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note to be exchanged or transferred, (2) a written order given in accordance with the Clearing Agency’s procedures containing information regarding the participant account of Clearing Agency and, in the case of a transfer pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S, the Euroclear or Clearstream account to be credited with such increase and (3) a certificate in the form of Exhibit C-4 attached hereto given by the holder of such beneficial interest stating that the exchange or transfer of such interest has been made in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S or Rule 144A, the Note Registrar shall instruct the Clearing Agency to reduce the Rule 144A Global Note by the aggregate principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred and the Note Registrar shall instruct the Clearing Agency, concurrently with such reduction, to increase the principal amount of the Permanent Regulation S Global Note by the aggregate principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, and to credit or cause to be credited to the account of the person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the Permanent Regulation S Global Note equal to the reduction in the principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note.

(iv) Temporary Regulation S Global Note to Rule 144A Global Note. If a holder of a beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note registered in the name of the Clearing Agency or its nominee wishes at any time to exchange its interest in such Temporary Regulation S Global Note for an interest in the Rule 144A Global Note, or to transfer its interest in such Temporary Regulation S Global Note to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of an interest in the Rule 144A Global Note, such holder may, subject to the rules and procedures of Euroclear or Clearstream and the Clearing Agency, as the case may be, exchange or cause the exchange or transfer of such interest for an equivalent beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note. Upon receipt by the Note Registrar of (1) instructions from Euroclear or Clearstream or the Clearing Agency, as the case may be, directing the Note Registrar to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note equal to the beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note to be exchanged or transferred, such instructions to contain information regarding the agent member’s account with the Clearing Agency to be credited with such increase, and, with respect to an exchange or transfer of an interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note after the Exchange Date, information regarding the agent member’s account with the Clearing Agency to be debited with such decrease, and (2) with respect to an exchange or transfer of an interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note for an interest in the Rule 144A Global Note prior to the Exchange Date, a certificate in the form of Exhibit C-5 attached hereto given by the holder of such beneficial interest and stating that the Person transferring such interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note reasonably believes that the Person acquiring such interest in the Rule 144A Global Note is a QIB and is obtaining such beneficial interest in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, Euroclear or Clearstream or the Note Registrar, as the case may be, shall instruct the Clearing Agency to reduce the Temporary Regulation S Global Note by the aggregate principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note to be exchanged or transferred, and the Note Registrar shall instruct the Clearing Agency, concurrently with such reduction, to increase the principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note by the aggregate principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, and to credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note equal to the reduction in the principal amount of the Temporary Regulation S Global Note.

(v) Permanent Regulation S Global Note to Rule 144A Global Note. If a holder of a beneficial interest in the Permanent Regulation S Global Note registered in the name of the Clearing Agency or its nominee wishes at any time to exchange its interest in such Permanent Regulation S Global Note for an interest in the Rule 144A Global Note, or to transfer its interest in such Permanent Regulation S Global Note to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of an interest in the Rule 144A Global Note, such holder may, subject to the rules and procedures of Euroclear or Clearstream and the Clearing Agency, as the case may be, exchange or cause the exchange or transfer of such interest for an equivalent beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note. Upon receipt by the Note Registrar of (1) instructions from Euroclear or Clearstream or the Clearing Agency, as the case may be, directing the Note Registrar to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note equal to the beneficial interest in the Permanent Regulation S Global Note to be exchanged or transferred, such instructions to contain information regarding the agent member’s account with the Clearing Agency to be credited with such increase, and (2) a certificate in the form of Exhibit C-5 attached hereto given by the holder of such beneficial interest and stating that the Person transferring such interest in the Permanent Regulation S Global Note reasonably believes that the Person acquiring such interest in the Rule 144A Global Note is a QIB and is obtaining such beneficial interest in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, Euroclear or Clearstream or the Note Registrar, as the case may be, shall instruct the Clearing Agency to reduce the Permanent Regulation S Global Note by the aggregate principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Permanent Regulation S Global Note to be exchanged or transferred, and the Note Registrar shall instruct the Clearing Agency, concurrently with such reduction, to increase the principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note by the aggregate principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Permanent Regulation S Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, and to credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note equal to the reduction in the principal amount of the Permanent Regulation S Global Note.

(vi) Definitive Note to Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note. If a Holder of a Definitive Note wishes at any time to exchange such Definitive Note for an interest in a Rule 144A Global Note or, with respect to any Class other than the Class D Notes, a Regulation S Global Note of the same Class, or to transfer a Definitive Note to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of an interest in a Rule 144A Global Note or, with respect to any Class other than the Class D Notes, Regulation S Global Note of the same Class, such holder may, subject to the rules and procedures of the Clearing Agency, and any requirements of the Trustee, exchange or cause the exchange or transfer of such Definitive Note for an equivalent beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note; provided, however, that any Noteholder wishing to make such exchange in a Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note or such transferee of a Rule 144A Global Note or a Regulation S Global Note shall execute and deliver to the Note Registrar a letter in substantially the form of Exhibit B hereto. Any Noteholder requesting such an exchange shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses relating to such exchange, including registration of such Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note with the Clearing Agency, if applicable, and the reasonable expenses of the Note Registrar and Trustee and the Clearing Agency. In addition, any Noteholder requesting such an exchange shall deliver to the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be reasonably required by it to hold the Issuer and the Trustee harmless with respect to such exchange.

(vii) Rule 144A Global Note or Permanent Regulation S Global Note to Definitive Note. If a holder of a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note or a Permanent Regulation S Global Note registered in the name of the Clearing Agency or its nominee wishes at any time to exchange its interest in such Rule 144A Global Note or Permanent Regulation S Global Note for a Definitive Note, or to transfer its interest in such Rule 144A Global Note or Permanent Regulation S Global Note to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note (including in connection with a transfer of such Note to an Institutional Accredited Investor), such holder may, subject to the rules and procedures of the Clearing Agency, the provisions of Section 2.12 and any requirements of the Trustee, exchange or cause the exchange or transfer of such Rule 144A Global Note or Permanent Regulation S Global Note for one or more Definitive Notes (that in the aggregate represent an equivalent interest in such Rule 144A Global Note or Permanent Regulation S Global Note).

(e) All Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

(f) Every Note presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be (i) duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in the form attached to Exhibits A-1, A-2, A-3 and A-4 and duly executed by, the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney, duly authorized in writing, with such signature guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Note Registrar which requirements include membership or participation in Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Note Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Exchange Act and (ii) accompanied by such other documents as the Trustee may require.

(g) Unless the acquisition and holding of Notes will be covered by Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption (“PTCE”) 84-14, PTCE 90-1, PTCE 91-38, PTCE 95-60, PTCE 96-23 or a similar U.S. Department of Labor class exemption or other similar exemption, no Noteholder may acquire any Notes with the assets of any “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA which is subject to Title I of ERISA or any “plan” as defined in Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code (each, a “Benefit Plan”); provided, however, that no Holder of a Class C Note or a Class D Note may acquire a Class C Note or Class D Note with the assets of a Benefit Plan regardless of the availability of a PTCE.

(h) No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, but the Note Registrar may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, other than exchanges or issuances pursuant to Section 2.3 or Section 9.6 not involving any transfer.

(i) The preceding provisions of this Section 2.4 notwithstanding, the Issuer shall not be required to make and the Note Registrar shall not register transfers or exchanges of Notes selected for redemption or of any Note for a period of 15 days preceding the due date for any payment with respect to the Notes.

(j) Transfers between participants of Euroclear and Clearstream, and between participants in the Clearing Agency, will be effected in the ordinary manner in accordance with their respective rules and operating procedures.

(k) The Issuer shall provide to any Noteholder and any prospective transferee designated by any such Noteholder, information regarding the Notes, the Trust Estate and such other information as shall be necessary to satisfy the condition to eligibility set forth in Rule 144A(d)(4) for transfer of any such Note without registration thereof under the Securities Act pursuant to the registration exemption provided by Rule 144A. The Trustee and the Servicer shall cooperate with the Issuer in providing the Rule 144A information referenced in the preceding sentence, including providing to the Issuer such information regarding the Notes, the Trust Estate and other matters as the Issuer shall reasonably request to meet its obligation under the preceding sentence. Each Noteholder desiring to effect such transfer shall, and does hereby agree to, indemnify the Issuer, the Trustee and the Servicer against any liability that may result if the transfer is not so exempt or is not made in accordance with such Federal and State securities laws.

SECTION 2.5 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes.

(a) If (i) any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, or the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, and (ii) there is delivered to the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by it to hold the Issuer and the Trustee harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Issuer, the Note Registrar or the Trustee that such Note has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, and, provided that the requirements of Section 8-405 and 8-406 of the UCC are met, the Issuer shall execute, and upon request by the Issuer, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a replacement Note; provided, however, that if any such destroyed, lost or stolen Note, but not a mutilated Note, shall have become, or within seven days shall be, due and payable or shall have been called for redemption, instead of issuing a replacement Note, the Issuer may direct the Trustee, in writing, to pay such destroyed, lost or stolen Note when so due or payable or upon the Redemption Date without surrender thereof. If, after the delivery of such replacement Note or payment of a destroyed, lost or stolen Note pursuant to the proviso to the preceding sentence, a bona fide purchaser of the original Note in lieu of which such replacement Note was issued, presents for payment such original Note, the Issuer and the Trustee shall be entitled to recover such replacement Note (or such payment) from the Person to whom it was delivered or any Person taking such replacement Note from such Person to whom such replacement Note was delivered or any assignee of such Person, except a bona fide purchaser, and shall be entitled to recover upon the security or indemnity provided therefor to the extent of any loss, damage, cost or expense incurred by the Issuer or the Trustee in connection therewith.

(b) Upon the issuance of any replacement Note under this Section, the Issuer may require the payment by the Holder of such Note of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other reasonable expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith.

(c) Every replacement Note issued pursuant to this Section in replacement of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Issuer, whether or not the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

(d) The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes.

SECTION 2.6 Persons Deemed Owner. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of any Note, the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer and the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered (as of the applicable Record Date) as the owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payments of principal of and interest, if any, on such Note, for all other purposes whatsoever subject to Section 11.3(e) and whether or not such Note be overdue, and none of the Issuer, the Trustee nor any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

SECTION 2.7 Payment of Principal and Interest; Defaulted Interest.

(a) The Notes shall accrue interest as provided in the forms of the Class A Note, the Class B Note, the Class C Note and the Class D Note attached hereto as Exhibits A-1, A-2, A-3 and A-4, respectively, and such interest shall be payable on each Payment Date as specified therein. Any installment of interest or principal, if any, or any other amount payable on any Note which is punctually paid or duly provided for by the Issuer on the applicable Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered on the related Record Date, by check mailed first-class, postage prepaid, to such Person’s address as it appears on the Note Register on such Record Date, or by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account designated in writing to the Trustee by such Person at least five Business Days prior to the related Record Date, except that, unless Definitive Notes have been issued pursuant to Section 2.12, with respect to Notes registered on the related Record Date in the name of the nominee of the Clearing Agency (initially, such nominee to be Cede & Co.), payment will be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account designated by such nominee, except for the final installment of principal payable with respect to such Note on a Payment Date or on the Final Scheduled Payment Date (and except for the Redemption Price for any Note called for redemption pursuant to Section 10.1), which shall be payable as provided below. The funds represented by any such checks returned undelivered shall be held in accordance with Section 3.3.

(b) The principal of each Note shall be payable in installments on each Payment Date as provided in the forms of the Class A Note, the Class B Note, the Class C Note and the Class D Note attached hereto as Exhibits A-1, A-2, A-3 and A-4, respectively. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the entire unpaid principal amount of the Notes shall be due and payable, if not previously paid, on the date on which an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing in the manner and under the circumstances provided in Section 5.2. All principal payments on a Class of Notes shall be made pro rata to the Noteholders of such Class entitled thereto. Upon written notice from the Issuer, the Trustee shall notify the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on the Record Date preceding the Payment Date on which the Issuer expects that the final installment of principal of and interest on (or any other amount in respect of) such Note will be paid. Such notice shall be mailed or transmitted by facsimile prior to such final Payment Date and shall specify that such final installment will be payable only upon presentation and surrender of such Note and shall specify the place where such Note may be presented and surrendered for payment of such installment. Notices in connection with redemptions of Notes shall be mailed to Noteholders as provided in Section 10.2.

(c) If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on any Class of Notes entitled thereto, the Issuer shall pay defaulted interest (plus interest on such defaulted interest to the extent lawful) at the applicable Interest Rate in any lawful manner. The Issuer may pay such defaulted interest to the Persons who are Noteholders on a subsequent special record date, which date shall be at least five Business Days prior to the Payment Date. The Issuer shall fix or cause to be fixed any such special record date and Payment Date, and, at least 15 days before any such special record date, the Issuer shall mail to each Noteholder of each affected Class and the Trustee a notice that states the special record date, the Payment Date and the amount of defaulted interest to be paid.

(d) All distributions in respect of Notes represented by a Temporary Regulation S Global Note will be made only with respect to that portion of the Temporary Regulation S Global Note in respect of which Euroclear or Clearstream shall have delivered to the Trustee a certificate or certificates substantially in the form of Exhibit C-1. The delivery to the Trustee by Euroclear or Clearstream of the certificate or certificates referred to above may be relied upon by the Issuer and the Trustee as conclusive evidence that the certificate or certificates referred to therein has or have been delivered to Euroclear or Clearstream pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and the Temporary Regulation S Global Note.

SECTION 2.8 Cancellation. All Notes surrendered for payment, registration of transfer, exchange or redemption shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee and shall be promptly canceled by the Trustee. The Issuer may at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated and delivered hereunder that the Issuer may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and all Notes so delivered shall be promptly canceled by the Trustee. No Notes shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Notes canceled as provided in this Section, except as expressly permitted by this Indenture. All canceled Notes may be held or disposed of by the Trustee in accordance with its standard retention or disposal policy as in effect at the time unless the Issuer shall direct by an Issuer Order that they be destroyed or returned to it; provided that such Issuer Order is timely and the Notes have not been previously disposed of by the Trustee.

SECTION 2.9 Release of Collateral. The Trustee shall, on or after the later of (i) the Termination Date and (ii) the date upon which all Issuer Secured Obligations have been satisfied, release any remaining portion of the Trust Estate from the lien created by this Indenture and deposit in the Collection Account any funds then on deposit in any other Trust Account. The Trustee shall release property from the lien created by this Indenture pursuant to this Section 2.9 only upon receipt of an Issuer Request accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel meeting the applicable requirements of Section 11.1.

SECTION 2.10 Book-Entry Notes.

(a) Notes sold to QIBs pursuant to Rule 144A and to Non-U.S. Persons in offers and sales that occur outside of the United States, upon original issuance, will be issued in the form of typewritten Notes representing the Book-Entry Notes, to be delivered to DTC or to the Trustee as custodian for the initial Clearing Agency, by, or on behalf of, the Issuer. Such Notes shall initially be registered on the Note Register in the name of Cede & Co., the nominee of the initial Clearing Agency, and no Note Owner of such Notes will receive a Definitive Note representing such Note Owner’s interest in such Note, except as provided in Section 2.12. Unless and until definitive, fully registered Notes (the “Definitive Notes”) have been issued pursuant to Section 2.12:

(i) the provisions of this Section shall be in full force and effect;

(ii) the Note Registrar and the Trustee shall be entitled to deal with the Clearing Agency for all purposes of this Indenture (including the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes and the giving of instructions or directions hereunder) as the sole Holder of the Notes, and shall have no obligation to the Note Owners;

(iii) to the extent that the provisions of this Section conflict with any other provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Section shall control;

(iv) the rights of Note Owners shall be exercised only through the Clearing Agency and shall be limited to those established by law and agreements between such Note Owners and the Clearing Agency and/or the Clearing Agency Participants. Unless and until Definitive Notes are issued pursuant to Section 2.12, the Clearing Agency will make book-entry transfers among the Clearing Agency Participants and receive and transmit payments of principal of and interest on the Notes to such Clearing Agency Participants;

(v) whenever this Indenture requires or permits actions to be taken based upon instructions or directions of Holders of Notes evidencing a specified percentage of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes or any Class thereof, the Clearing Agency shall be deemed to represent such percentage only to the extent that it has received instructions to such effect from Note Owners and/or Clearing Agency Participants owning or representing, respectively, such required percentage of the beneficial interest in the Notes of such Class and has delivered such instructions to the Trustee; and

(vi) Note Owners may receive copies of any reports sent to Noteholders pursuant to this Indenture, upon written request, together with a certification that they are Note Owners and payment of reproduction and postage expenses associated with the distribution of such reports, from the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office.

(b) Subject to Section 2.4(i), the provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and the “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “Management Regulations” and “Instructions to Participants” of Clearstream, respectively, shall be applicable to a Global Note insofar as interests in such Global Note are held by the agent members of Euroclear or Clearstream (which shall only occur in the case of the Temporary Regulation S Global Note and the Permanent Regulation S Global Note). Account holders or participants in Euroclear and Clearstream shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to such Global Note and the registered holder may be treated by the Issuer, the Indenture, any Agent and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee as the owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever.

SECTION 2.11 Notices to Clearing Agency. Whenever a notice or other communication to the Noteholders is required under this Indenture, unless and until Definitive Notes shall have been issued to Note Owners pursuant to Section 2.12, the Trustee shall give all such notices and communications specified herein to be given to Holders of the Book-Entry Notes to the Clearing Agency and shall have no obligation to deliver such notices or communications to the Note Owners.

SECTION 2.12 Definitive Notes.

(a) Notes issued to Institutional Accredited Investor pursuant to Regulation D will be issued only as Definitive Notes. If a holder of a Note in the form of a Rule 144A Global Note or, with respect to any Class other than the Class D Notes, a Regulation S Global Note wishes at any time to exchange its interest in such Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note for an equivalent interest in a Definitive Note, or to transfer its interest in such Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, such holder may, subject to the rules and procedures of the Clearing Agency, and any requirements of the Trustee, exchange or cause the exchange or transfer of such 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note for an equivalent interest in a Definitive Note; provided that, the holder wishing to make such exchange or the transferee taking delivery of a Definitive Note is an Institutional Accredited Investor and has executed and delivered to the Note Registrar a letter substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto.

(b) If (i) the Servicer advises the Trustee in writing that the Clearing Agency is no longer willing or able to properly discharge its responsibilities with respect to the Book-Entry Notes, and the Servicer is unable to locate a qualified successor, (ii) the Servicer at its option advises the Trustee in writing that it elects to terminate the book-entry system through the Clearing Agency or (iii) after the occurrence of an Event of Default, Note Owners representing beneficial interests aggregating at least a majority of the Outstanding Amount of such Book-Entry Notes advise the Trustee through the Clearing Agency in writing that the continuation of a book entry system through the Clearing Agency is no longer in the best interests of such Note Owners, then the Clearing Agency shall notify all such Note Owners and the Trustee of the occurrence of any such event and of the availability of Definitive Notes to Note Owners requesting the same. Upon surrender to the Trustee of the typewritten Note or Notes representing the Book-Entry Notes by the Clearing Agency, accompanied by registration instructions, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate the Definitive Notes in accordance with the instructions of the Clearing Agency. None of the Issuer, the Note Registrar or the Trustee shall be liable for any delay in delivery of such instructions and may conclusively rely on, and shall be protected in relying on, such instructions. Upon the issuance of Definitive Notes, the Trustee and the Note Registrar shall recognize the Holders of the Definitive Notes as Noteholders.

(c) Interests in a Temporary Regulation S Note may only be exchanged for Definitive Notes upon the receipt by the Trustee from Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, of a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C-1 to the effect that Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, has received a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C-2 from the holder of a beneficial interest in such Note. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Definitive Notes shall not be issued in exchange for Temporary Regulation S Notes until on or after the Exchange Date.

SECTION 2.13 Restrictions on Transfer of Notes

(a) The Notes have not been registered or qualified under the Securities Act, or any State securities laws or “Blue Sky” laws, and the Notes are being offered and sold in reliance upon exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and such Blue Sky or State securities laws. No transfer, sale, pledge or other disposition of any Note shall be made unless such disposition is made (1) to the Seller or an Affiliate of the Seller, (2) to a QIB in a transaction pursuant to Rule 144A, (3) with respect to the Class A Notes, Class B Notes and Class C Notes, to a Non-U.S. Person in a transaction pursuant to Regulation S or (4) to an Institutional Accredited Investor in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. In the event that a transfer of an Ownership Interest in a Book-Entry Note is to be made in reliance upon (2) or (3) in the preceding sentence, the transferee will be deemed to have made the same representations and warranties as required of an initial purchaser of such Ownership Interest as set forth in Section 2.13(b) below. The Trustee or the Note Registrar shall require, in order to assure compliance with the Securities Act and the other terms of the Basic Documents, that the prospective transferee of a Holder of a Definitive Note desiring to effect a transfer certify to the Trustee or the Note Registrar in writing the facts surrounding such disposition pursuant to a letter, substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto. None of the Seller, the Issuer or the Trustee is obligated under this Indenture to register the Notes under the Securities Act or any other securities law or to take any action not otherwise required under this Indenture to permit the transfer of such Notes without such registration or qualification.

(b) Each Person (other than the Seller or an Affiliate of the Seller) who has or who acquires an Ownership Interest in the Notes shall be deemed by the acceptance or acquisition of such Ownership Interest to have represented and agreed, as follows:

(i) Such Person either (A)(I) is a QIB purchasing for its own account or for the account of another QIB and (II) is aware that the sale of the Notes to such Person is being made in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act, (B) is an Institutional Accredited Investor or (C) with respect to Holders of any class of Notes other than the Class D Notes, is a Non-U.S. Person and is acquiring such Notes pursuant to an offer and sale that occur outside of the United States in compliance with Regulation S under the Securities Act.

(ii) Such Person understands that the Notes have not been and will not be registered under the Securities Act, and are being sold to it in a transaction that is exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and that, if in the future it decides to offer, resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes, the Notes may be offered, sold, pledged or otherwise transferred only (A) to the Seller or an Affiliate of the Seller, (B) to a person whom the seller reasonably believes is a QIB in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, (C) to a Non-U.S. Person pursuant to an offer and sale that occurs outside of the United States in compliance with Regulation S under the Securities Act or (D) with respect to Holders of any Class of Notes other than the Class D Notes (the transferee of which takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note), to an Institutional Accredited Investor, in each case in a transaction otherwise exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other territory or jurisdiction, and in compliance with the Indenture. Such Person further understands that no representation is made as to the availability of the exemption provided by Rule 144A for resales of the Notes.

(iii) Such Person further understands that a Rule 144A Global Note and a Regulation S Global Note for each class of Notes (other than with respect to the Class D Notes for which there is no Regulation S Global Note) has been registered in the name of the nominee of the Clearing Agency, or, in the case of Definitive Notes, such Definitive Notes have been registered in the name of such Person or its nominee, and each Note bears a legend to as to the transfer restrictions therefor as reflected on the face of such Note, forms of which are attached hereto as Exhibits A-1, A-2, A-3 and A-4.

(iv) Such Person is either (i) not acquiring the Offered Notes with the assets of any “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA which is subject to Title I of ERISA or any “plan” as defined in Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code or (ii) it is acquiring a Class A Note or Class B Note and the acquisition and holding of such Class A Note or Class B Note, as applicable, will be covered by Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption (“PTCE”) 84-14, PTCE 90-1, PTCE 91-38, PTCE 95-60, PTCE 96-23 or a similar U.S. Department of Labor class exemption or other similar exemption.

ARTICLE III

Covenants

SECTION 3.1 Payment of Principal and Interest. The Issuer will duly and punctually pay the principal of and interest on the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Notes, the Sale and Servicing Agreement and this Indenture. Without limiting the foregoing, the Issuer will cause to be distributed on each Payment Date all amounts deposited in the Collection Account and the Principal Distribution Account pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement (i) for the benefit of the Class A Notes, to the Class A Noteholders, (ii) for the benefit of the Class B Notes, to the Class B Noteholders, (iii) for the benefit of the Class C Notes, to the Class C Noteholders and (iv) for the benefit of the Class D Notes, to the Class D Noteholders. Amounts properly withheld under the Code or any applicable State law by any Person from a payment to any Noteholder of interest and/or principal shall be considered as having been paid by the Issuer to such Noteholder for all purposes of this Indenture.

SECTION 3.2 Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Issuer will maintain in Minneapolis, Minnesota, an office or agency where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange, and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer hereby initially appoints the Trustee to serve as its agent for the foregoing purposes. The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and of any change in the location, of any such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office, and the Issuer hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all such surrenders, notices and demands.

SECTION 3.3 Money for Payments to be Held in Trust.

(a) On or before each Payment Date and Redemption Date, the Issuer shall deposit or cause to be deposited in the Principal Distribution Account from the Collection Account an aggregate sum sufficient to pay principal then becoming due under the Notes, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto and (unless the Note Paying Agent is the Trustee) shall promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

(b) The Issuer shall cause each Note Paying Agent other than the Trustee to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Note Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee (and if the Trustee acts as Note Paying Agent, it hereby so agrees), subject to the provisions of this Section, that such Note Paying Agent shall:

(i) hold all sums held by it for the payment of amounts due with respect to the Notes in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided and pay such sums to such Persons as herein provided;

(ii) give the Trustee notice of any default by the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes) of which it has actual knowledge in the making of any payment required to be made with respect to the Notes;

(iii) at any time during the continuance of any such default, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Note Paying Agent;

(iv) immediately resign as a Note Paying Agent and forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums held by it in trust for the payment of Notes if at any time it ceases to meet the standards required to be met by a Note Paying Agent at the time of its appointment; and

(v) comply with all requirements of the Code with respect to the withholding from any payments made by it on any Notes of any applicable withholding taxes imposed thereon and with respect to any applicable reporting requirements in connection therewith.

(c) The Issuer may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, by Issuer Order direct any Note Paying Agent to pay to the Trustee all sums held in trust by such Note Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which the sums were held by such Note Paying Agent; and upon such a payment by any Note Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Note Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such money.

(d) Subject to applicable laws with respect to the escheat of funds, any money held by the Trustee or any Note Paying Agent in trust for the payment of any amount due with respect to any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such amount has become due and payable shall be discharged from such trust and be paid to the Issuer on Issuer Request and shall be deposited by the Trustee in the Collection Account; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Issuer for payment thereof (but only to the extent of the amounts so paid to the Issuer), and all liability of the Trustee or such Note Paying Agent with respect to such trust money shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Note Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, shall at the expense of the Issuer cause to be published once, in a newspaper published in the English language, customarily published on each Business Day and of general circulation in the City of New York, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuer. The Trustee shall also adopt and employ, at the expense of the Issuer, any other reasonable means of notification of such repayment (including mailing notice of such repayment to Holders whose Notes have been called but have not been surrendered for redemption or whose right to or interest in moneys due and payable but not claimed is determinable from the records of the Trustee or of any Note Paying Agent, at the last address of record for each such Holder).

SECTION 3.4 Existence. Except as otherwise permitted by the provisions of Section 3.10, the Issuer will keep in full effect its existence, rights and franchises as a statutory trust under the laws of the State of Delaware (unless it becomes, or any successor Issuer hereunder is or becomes, organized under the laws of any other State or of the United States of America, in which case the Issuer will keep in full effect its existence, rights and franchises under the laws of such other jurisdiction) and will obtain and preserve its qualification to do business in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is or shall be necessary to protect the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes, the Collateral, the Sale and Servicing Agreement and each other instrument or agreement included in the Trust Estate.

SECTION 3.5 Protection of Trust Estate. The Issuer intends the security interest Granted pursuant to this Indenture in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders to be prior to all other liens in respect of the Trust Estate, and the Issuer shall take all actions necessary to obtain and maintain, in favor of the Trustee, for the benefit of the Noteholders, a first lien on and a first priority, perfected security interest in the Trust Estate. The Issuer will from time to time prepare (or shall cause to be prepared), execute and deliver all such supplements and amendments hereto and all such financing statements, continuation statements, instruments of further assurance and other instruments, and will take such other action necessary or advisable to:

(i) Grant more effectively all or any portion of the Trust Estate;

(ii) maintain or preserve the lien and security interest (and the priority thereof) in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders created by this Indenture or carry out more effectively the purposes hereof;

(iii) perfect, publish notice of or protect the validity of any Grant made or to be made by this Indenture;

(iv) enforce any of the Collateral;

(v) preserve and defend title to the Trust Estate and the rights of the Trustee in such Trust Estate against the claims of all persons and parties; and

(vi) pay all taxes or assessments levied or assessed upon the Trust Estate when due.

The Issuer hereby designates the Trustee its agent and attorney-in-fact to execute any financing statement, continuation statement or other instrument required by the Trustee pursuant to this Section.

The Issuer hereby authorizes the filing, transmitting, or communicating, as applicable, financing statements and amendments thereto describing the Collateral in which the Issuer has granted a security interest to the Trustee as "all personal property of debtor" or "all assets of debtor" or words of similar effect, including all proceeds thereof.

SECTION 3.6 Opinions as to Trust Estate.

(a) On the Closing Date, and on the date of execution of each indenture supplemental hereto, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel either stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, such action has been taken with respect to the recording and filing of this Indenture, any indentures supplemental hereto, and any other requisite documents, and with respect to the filing of any financing statements and continuation statements, as are necessary to perfect and make effective the first priority lien and security interest in favor of the Trustee in the Receivables, for the benefit of the Noteholders, created by this Indenture and reciting the details of such action, or stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, no such action is necessary to make such lien and security interest effective.

(b) Within 90 days after the beginning of each calendar year, commencing in 2013, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel either stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, such action has been taken with respect to the recording, filing, re-recording and re-filing of this Indenture, any indentures supplemental hereto and any other requisite documents and with respect to the filing of any financing statements and continuation statements as are necessary to maintain the first priority lien and security interest created by this Indenture in the Receivables and reciting the details of such action or stating that in the opinion of such counsel no such action is necessary to maintain such lien and security interest. Such Opinion of Counsel shall also describe any action necessary (as of the date of such opinion) to be taken in the following year to maintain the lien and security interest of this Indenture.

SECTION 3.7 Performance of Obligations; Servicing of Receivables.

(a) The Issuer will not take any action and will use its best efforts not to permit any action to be taken by others that would release any Person from any of such Person’s material covenants or obligations under any instrument or agreement included in the Trust Estate or that would result in the amendment, hypothecation, subordination, termination or discharge of or impair the validity or effectiveness of, any such instrument or agreement, except as ordered by any bankruptcy or other court or as expressly provided in this Indenture, the Basic Documents or such other instrument or agreement.

(b) The Issuer may contract with other Persons to assist it in performing its duties under this Indenture, and any performance of such duties by a Person identified to the Trustee in an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer shall be deemed to be action taken by the Issuer. Initially, the Issuer has contracted with the Servicer to assist the Issuer in performing its duties under this Indenture.

(c) The Issuer will punctually perform and observe all of its obligations and agreements contained in this Indenture, the Basic Documents and in the instruments and agreements included in the Trust Estate, including preparing (or causing to be prepared) and filing (or causing to be filed) all UCC financing statements and continuation statements required to be filed by the terms of this Indenture and the Sale and Servicing Agreement in accordance with and within the time periods provided for herein and therein.

(d) If a responsible officer of the Owner Trustee shall have written notice or actual knowledge of the occurrence of a Servicer Termination Event under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee and the Rating Agencies thereof in accordance with Section 11.4, and shall specify in such notice the action, if any, the Issuer is taking in respect of such default. If a Servicer Termination Event shall arise from the failure of the Servicer to perform any of its duties or obligations under the Sale and Servicing Agreement with respect to the Receivables, the Issuer shall take all reasonable steps available to it to remedy such failure.

(e) The Issuer agrees that it will not waive timely performance or observance by the Servicer or the Seller of their respective duties under the Basic Documents if the effect thereof would adversely affect the Holders of the Notes.

SECTION 3.8 Negative Covenants. So long as any Notes are Outstanding, the Issuer shall not:

(i) except as expressly permitted by this Indenture or the Basic Documents, without the consent of the Controlling Party and the satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition, sell, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of any of the properties or assets of the Issuer, including those included in the Trust Estate, unless directed to do so in writing by the Trustee in accordance with the terms of the Basic Documents;

(ii) claim any credit on, or make any deduction from the principal or interest payable in respect of, the Notes (other than amounts properly withheld from such payments under the Code) or assert any claim against any present or former Noteholder by reason of the payment of the taxes levied or assessed upon any part of the Trust Estate; or

(iii) (A) permit the validity or effectiveness of this Indenture to be impaired, or permit the lien in favor of the Trustee created by this Indenture to be amended, hypothecated, subordinated, terminated or discharged, or permit any Person to be released from any covenants or obligations with respect to the Notes under this Indenture or any other Basic Document except as may be expressly permitted hereby or thereby, (B) permit any lien, charge, excise, claim, security interest, mortgage or other encumbrance (other than the lien of this Indenture) to be created on or extend to or otherwise arise upon or burden the Trust Estate, any Collateral or any part thereof or any interest therein or the proceeds thereof (other than tax liens, mechanics’ liens and other liens that arise by operation of law, in each case on a Financed Vehicle and arising solely as a result of an action or omission of the related Obligor), (C) permit the lien of this Indenture not to constitute a valid first priority (other than with respect to any such tax, mechanics’ or other lien) perfected security interest in the Trust Estate or any Collateral, (D) except as otherwise provided in the Basic Documents, amend, modify or fail to comply with the provisions of the Basic Documents without the prior written consent of the Controlling Party, and if such amendments or modifications would adversely affect the interests of any Noteholder in any material respect, the consent of such Noteholder or the satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition with respect to the applicable Class of Notes; or

(iv) engage in any business or activity other than as permitted by the Trust Agreement; or

(v) incur or assume any indebtedness or guarantee any indebtedness of any Person, except for such indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 3.15; or

(vi) dissolve or liquidate in whole or in part or merge or consolidate with any other Person, other than in compliance with Section 3.10; or

(vii) take any action that would result in the Issuer becoming taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes or for the purposes of any applicable State tax.

SECTION 3.9 Annual Statement as to Compliance. The Issuer will deliver to the Trustee on or before March 31 of each year, beginning March 31, 2013, an Officer’s Certificate, dated as of December 31 of the preceding calendar year, stating, as to the Authorized Officer signing such Officer’s Certificate, that

(i) a review of the activities of the Issuer during such preceding year (or, in the case of the first such Officer’s Certificate, since the Closing Date) and of its performance under this Indenture has been made under such Authorized Officer’s supervision; and

(ii) to the best of such Authorized Officer’s knowledge, based on such review, the Issuer has complied with all conditions and covenants under this Indenture throughout such year (or, in the case of the first such Officer’s Certificate, since the Closing Date), or, if there has been a default in the compliance of any such condition or covenant, specifying each such default known to such Authorized Officer and the nature and status thereof.

SECTION 3.10 Asset Sale; Merger or Consolidation of Issuer . The Issuer shall not consolidate or merge with or into any other Person, or convey or transfer all or substantially all of its properties or assets, including those included in the Trust Estate, to any Person without Controlling Party consent and unless the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied with respect to such transaction.

SECTION 3.11 Successor or Transferee.

(a) Upon any consolidation or merger of the Issuer in accordance with Section 3.10 and upon satisfaction of each of the conditions specified in Section 3.10, the Person formed by or surviving such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer under this Indenture with the same effect as if such Person had been named as the Issuer herein.

(b) Upon a conveyance or transfer of all the assets and properties of the Issuer pursuant to Section 3.10 and upon satisfaction of each of the conditions specified in Section 3.10, CPS Auto Receivables Trust 2012-A will be released from every covenant and agreement of this Indenture to be observed or performed on the part of the Issuer with respect to the Notes immediately upon the delivery of written notice to the Trustee stating that CPS Auto Receivables Trust 2012-A is to be so released.

SECTION 3.12 No Other Business. The Issuer shall not engage in any business other than financing, purchasing, owning, selling and managing the Receivables in the manner contemplated by this Indenture and the Basic Documents and activities incidental thereto. After the end of the Funding Period, the Issuer will not purchase any additional Receivables.

SECTION 3.13 No Borrowing. The Issuer shall not issue, incur, assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable, directly or indirectly, for any Indebtedness except for (i) the Notes and (ii) any other Indebtedness permitted by or arising under the Basic Documents. The proceeds of the Notes shall be used exclusively to fund the Issuer’s purchase of the Receivables and the other assets specified in the Sale and Servicing Agreement, to fund (on behalf of the Seller) the Pre-Funding Account and the Series 2012-A Spread Account and to pay the Issuer’s organizational, transactional and start-up expenses.

SECTION 3.14 Servicer’s Obligations. The Issuer shall cause the Servicer to comply with Sections 4.9, 4.10, 4.11, 5.11 and 12.1 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

SECTION 3.15 Guarantees, Loans, Advances and Other Liabilities. Except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, the Issuer shall not make any loan or advance or credit to, or guarantee (directly or indirectly or by an instrument having the effect of assuring another’s payment or performance on any obligation or capability of so doing or otherwise), endorse or otherwise become contingently liable, directly or indirectly, in connection with the obligations, stocks or dividends of, or own, purchase, repurchase or acquire (or agree contingently to do so) any stock, obligations, assets or securities of, or any other interest in, or make any capital contribution to, any other Person.

SECTION 3.16 Capital Expenditures. The Issuer shall not make any expenditure (by long-term or operating lease or otherwise) for capital assets (either realty or personalty).

SECTION 3.17 Compliance with Laws. The Issuer shall comply with the requirements of all applicable laws.

SECTION 3.18 Restricted Payments. The Issuer shall not, directly or indirectly, (i) pay any dividend or make any distribution (by reduction of capital or otherwise), whether in cash, property, securities or a combination thereof, to the Owner Trustee or any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or otherwise with respect to any ownership or equity interest or security in or of the Issuer or to the Servicer, (ii) redeem, purchase, retire or otherwise acquire for value any such ownership or equity interest or security or (iii) set aside or otherwise segregate any amounts for any such purpose; provided, however, that the Issuer may make, or cause to be made, distributions to the Servicer, the Owner Trustee, the Trustee, the Backup Servicer, the Noteholders and the Certificateholders as permitted by, and to the extent funds are available for such purpose under, the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Trust Agreement or any other Basic Document. The Issuer will not, directly or indirectly, make payments to or distributions from the Collection Account except in accordance with this Indenture and the Basic Documents.

SECTION 3.19 Notice of Events of Default. Upon a responsible officer of the Owner Trustee having notice or actual knowledge thereof, the Issuer agrees to give the Trustee and the Rating Agencies prompt written notice of each Event of Default hereunder and each default on the part of the Servicer or the Seller of its obligations under any of the Basic Documents.

SECTION 3.20 Further Instruments and Acts. Upon request of the Trustee or the Controlling Party, the Issuer will execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture.

SECTION 3.21 Amendments of Sale and Servicing Agreement and Trust Agreement». The Issuer shall not agree to any amendment to Section 13.1 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement or Section 11.1 of the Trust Agreement to eliminate the requirements thereunder that the Trustee or the Holders of the Notes consent to amendments thereto as provided therein.

SECTION 3.22 Income Tax Characterization. For purposes of federal income tax, State and local income tax, franchise tax and any other income taxes, the Issuer and each Noteholder, by its acceptance of its Note or in the case of a Note Owner, by its acceptance of a beneficial interest in a Note, will treat such Note as indebtedness of the Issuer and hereby instructs the Trustee to treat the Notes as indebtedness of the Issuer for federal and State tax reporting purposes.

SECTION 3.23 Separate Existence of the Issuer. During the term of this Indenture, the Issuer shall observe the applicable legal requirements for the recognition of the Issuer as a legal entity separate and apart from its Affiliates, including as follows:

(a) The Issuer shall maintain business records and books of account separate from those of its Affiliates;

(b) Except as otherwise provided in the Basic Documents, the Issuer shall not commingle its assets and funds with those of its Affiliates;

(c) The Issuer shall at all times hold itself out to the public under the Issuer’s own name as a legal entity separate and distinct from its Affiliates; and

(d) All transactions and dealings between the Issuer and its Affiliates will be conducted on an arm’s-length basis.

SECTION 3.24 Representations and Warranties of the Issuer.

The Issuer hereby makes the following representations and warranties as to the Trust Estate to the Trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders:

(i) Creation of Security Interest. This Indenture creates a valid and continuing security interest (as defined in the UCC) in the Trust Estate in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders, which security interest is prior to all other Liens (except, as to priority, for any tax liens or mechanics’ lien which may arise after the Closing Date or as a result of an Obligor’s failure to pay its obligations, as applicable) and is enforceable as such as against creditors of and purchasers from the Issuer.

(ii) Perfection of Security Interest in Trust Property. The Issuer has caused, on or prior to the Closing Date, the filing of all appropriate financing statements in the proper filing office in the appropriate jurisdictions under applicable law in order to perfect the security interest in the Trust Estate Granted to the Trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders hereunder.

(iii) No other Security Interests. Other than the security interest Granted to the Trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders hereunder, the Issuer has not pledged, assigned, sold, granted a security interest in, or otherwise conveyed any of the Trust Estate. The Issuer has not authorized the filing of and is not aware of any financing statements filed against the Issuer that include a description of collateral covering the Trust Estate other than any financing statement relating to the security interest Granted to the Trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders hereunder or that has been terminated. The Issuer is not aware of any judgment or tax lien filings against the Issuer.

(iv) Notations on Contracts; Financing Statement Disclosure. The Servicer has in its possession copies of all the original Contracts that constitute or evidence the Initial Receivables and, from and after each Subsequent Transfer Date, will have in its possession copies of all the original Contracts that constitute or evidence the related Subsequent Receivables. The Contracts that constitute or evidence the Receivables do not and will not have any marks or notations indicating that they have been pledged, assigned or otherwise conveyed to any Person other than the Issuer and/or the Trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders. All financing statements filed or to be filed against the Issuer in favor of the Trustee in connection herewith describing the Trust Estate contain a statement to the following effect: “A purchase of or security interest in any collateral described in this financing statement will violate the rights of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee and secured party.”

(v) Title. Immediately prior to the Grant herein contemplated, the Issuer had good and marketable title to each Receivable and the other property Granted hereunder and was the sole owner thereof, free and clear of all liens, claims, encumbrances, security interests, and rights of others, and, immediately upon the transfer thereof, the Trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders shall have good and marketable title to each such Receivable and other property and will be the sole owner thereof, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, security interests, and rights of others, and the transfer has been perfected under the UCC.

The representations and warranties of the Issuer in this Section 3.24 may not be waived, modified or amended in any material respect without the prior written consent of the Trustee and satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition with respect to each Class of Notes then rated, and shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

ARTICLE IV

Satisfaction and Discharge

SECTION 4.1 Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture. This Indenture shall cease to be of further effect with respect to the Notes except as to (i) rights of registration of transfer and exchange, (ii) substitution of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes, (iii) rights of Noteholders to receive payments of principal thereof and interest thereon, (iv) Sections 2.9, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.8, 3.10, 3.12, 3.13, 3.20, 3.21, 3.22 and 11.17, (v) the rights, obligations and immunities of the Trustee hereunder (including the rights of the Trustee under Section 6.7 and the obligations of the Trustee under Section 4.2) and (vi) the rights of Noteholders as beneficiaries hereof with respect to the property so deposited with the Trustee payable to all or any of them, and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to the Notes, when

(a) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (i) Notes that have been destroyed, lost or stolen and that have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.5 and (ii) Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuer and thereafter repaid to the Issuer or discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 3.3) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;

(b) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all Issuer Secured Obligations; and

(c) the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each meeting the applicable requirements of Section 11.1(a) and each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with.

SECTION 4.2 Application of Trust Money. All moneys deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Note Paying Agent, as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of the particular Notes for the payment or redemption of which such moneys have been deposited with the Trustee, of all sums due and to become due thereon for principal and interest; but such moneys need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required herein or in the Sale and Servicing Agreement or required by law.

SECTION 4.3 Repayment of Moneys Held by Note Paying Agent. In connection with the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to the Notes, all moneys then held by any Note Paying Agent other than the Trustee under the provisions of this Indenture with respect to such Notes shall, upon demand of the Issuer, be paid to the Trustee to be held and applied according to Section 3.3 and thereupon such Note Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such moneys.

ARTICLE V

Remedies

SECTION 5.1 Events of Default.

(a) “Event of Default”, wherever used herein, means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

(i) default in the payment of any interest on (A) any Class A Note, or (B) if no Class A Note remains Outstanding, any Class B Note, or (C) if no Class A Note or Class B Note remains Outstanding, any Class C Note, or (D) if no Class A Note or Class B Note or Class C Note remains Outstanding, any Class D Note, in each case when the same becomes due and payable, and such default shall continue for a period of five days (solely for purposes of this clause, a payment on the Notes funded from the Series 2012-A Spread Account shall be deemed to be a payment made by the Issuer); or

(ii) default in the payment of the principal of any Note on the Final Scheduled Payment Date and such default shall continue for a period of five days (solely for purposes of this clause, a payment on the Notes funded from the Series 2012-A Spread Account shall be deemed to be a payment made by the Issuer); or

(iii) a default in the observance or performance in any material respect of any covenant or agreement of the Issuer, the Seller or the Servicer made in this Indenture or any other Basic Document (other than a covenant or agreement, a default in the observance or performance of which is elsewhere in this Section specifically dealt with), or any representation or warranty or statement of the Issuer, the Servicer or the Seller made in this Indenture or in any other Basic Document or in any certificate, report or other writing delivered in connection with the Basic Documents proving to have been incorrect in any material respect as of the time when the same shall have been made, which default materially and adversely affects the rights of the Noteholders, and such default shall continue or not be cured, or the circumstance or condition in respect of which such misrepresentation or warranty was incorrect shall not have been eliminated or otherwise cured, for a period of 30 days (or such longer period not in excess of 90 days as is reasonably necessary to cure such default; provided that such default is capable of remedy within 90 days or less and the Servicer on behalf of the Owner Trustee delivers an officer’s certificate to the Trustee to the effect that the Issuer has commenced, or will promptly commence and diligently pursue, all reasonable efforts to remedy such default) after written notice thereof shall have been given to the Issuer by the Trustee or to the Issuer and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% of the Outstanding Amount of each class of Notes, specifying such default or incorrect representation or warranty and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder;or

(iv) the occurrence of an Insolvency Event with respect to the Issuer.

(b) The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within five days after the occurrence thereof, written notice in the form of an Officer’s Certificate of any event which with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both would become an Event of Default under clause (iii), its status and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

SECTION 5.2 Rights Upon Event of Default.

(a) If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Trustee may, and at the direction of the Controlling Party shall, declare by written notice to the Issuer that the Notes have become immediately due and payable, and upon any such declaration the unpaid principal amount of the Notes, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon, shall become immediately due and payable; provided, however, the occurrence of an Event of Default of the type described in clause (iv) of Section 5.1 shall, without any further action by any Person, automatically result in the Notes becoming immediately due and payable as of the occurrence of such Event of Default.

(b) At any time after such declaration of acceleration of maturity has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee as hereinafter provided in this Article V, the Controlling Party, in their sole discretion, by written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if:

(i) the Issuer has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay:

(A) all payments of principal of and interest on all Notes and all other amounts that would then be due hereunder or upon such Notes if the Event of Default giving rise to such acceleration had not occurred; and

(B) all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee and its agents and counsel; and

(ii) all Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal of the Notes that has become due solely by such acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 5.13.

No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereto.

SECTION 5.3 Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee»

(a) The Issuer covenants that if (i) default is made in the payment of any interest on any Note when the same becomes due and payable, and such default continues for a period of five days, or (ii) default is made in the payment of the principal of or any installment of the principal of any Note when the same becomes due and payable and such default continues for a period of five days, the Issuer will, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to it, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, the whole amount then due and payable on such Notes for principal and interest, with interest upon the overdue principal, and, to the extent payment at such rate of interest shall be legally enforceable, upon overdue installments of interest, at the applicable Interest Rate and in addition thereto such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee and its agents and counsel.

(b) Each Noteholder by its acceptance of a Note irrevocably and unconditionally appoints the Controlling Party, to the extent the Controlling Party is granted rights under this Indenture or any other Basic Document to direct the Trustee or consent to or take any action hereunder or under the other Basic Documents, as the true and lawful attorney-in-fact of such Noteholder with respect to such consent or action and for so long as such Noteholder is not the Controlling Party, with full power of substitution, to execute, acknowledge and deliver any notice, document, certificate, paper, pleading or instrument and to do in the name of the Controlling Party as well as in the name, place and stead of such Noteholder such acts, things and deeds for or on behalf of and in the name of such Noteholder under this Indenture (including specifically under Section 5.4) and under the Basic Documents which such Noteholder could or might do or that may be necessary, desirable or convenient in such Controlling Party’s sole discretion to effect the purposes contemplated hereunder and under the Basic Documents and, without limitation, following the occurrence of an Event of Default, exercise full right, power and authority to take, or defer from taking, any and all acts with respect to the administration, maintenance or disposition of the Trust Estate.

(c) If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may in its discretion, and at the direction of the Controlling Party shall, proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Noteholders by such appropriate Proceedings as the Trustee, in its discretion or as directed by the Controlling Party, shall deem most effective to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy or legal or equitable right vested in the Trustee by this Indenture or by law.

(d) In case there shall be pending, relative to the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Person having or claiming an ownership interest in the Trust Estate, proceedings under Title 11 of the United States Code or any other applicable Federal or State bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law, or in case a receiver, assignee or trustee in bankruptcy or reorganization, liquidator, sequestrator or similar official shall have been appointed for or taken possession of the Issuer or its property or such other obligor or Person, or in case of any other comparable judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer or other obligor upon the Notes, or to the creditors or property of the Issuer or such other obligor, the Trustee, irrespective of whether the principal of any Notes shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand pursuant to the provisions of this Section, subject to the direction of the Controlling Party, shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceedings or otherwise:

(i) to file and prove a claim or claims for the whole amount of principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Notes and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for reasonable compensation to the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee, and their respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and for reimbursement of all expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee, except as a result of negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct) and of the Noteholders allowed in such proceedings;

(ii) unless prohibited by applicable law and regulations, to vote on behalf of the Holders of Notes in any election of a trustee, a standby trustee or person performing similar functions in any such Proceedings;

(iii) to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute all amounts received with respect to the claims of the Noteholders and of the Trustee on their behalf; and

(iv) to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee or the Holders of Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer, its creditors and its property;

and any trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official in any such proceeding is hereby authorized by each of such Noteholders to make payments to the Trustee, and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of payments directly to such Noteholders, to pay to the Trustee such amounts as shall be sufficient to cover reasonable compensation to the Trustee, each predecessor Trustee and their respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and all other expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee except as a result of negligence or bad faith.

(e) Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or vote for or accept or adopt on behalf of any Noteholder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Noteholder in any such proceeding except, as aforesaid, to vote for the election of a trustee in bankruptcy or similar person.

(f) All rights of action and of asserting claims under this Indenture, any other Basic Document or under any of the Notes, may be enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Notes or the production thereof in any trial or other proceedings relative thereto, and any such action or proceedings instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment, subject to the payment of the expenses, disbursements and compensation of the Trustee, each predecessor Trustee and their respective agents and attorneys, shall be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes.

(g) In any Proceedings brought by the Trustee (and also any proceedings involving the interpretation of any provision of this Indenture or any other Basic Document), the Trustee shall be held to represent all the Holders of the Notes, and it shall not be necessary to make any Noteholder a party to any such proceedings.

SECTION 5.4 Remedies. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Trustee may, in its discretion, or at the direction of the Controlling Party shall, do one or more of the following (subject to Section 5.5):

(i) institute Proceedings in its own name and as trustee of an express trust for the collection of all amounts then payable on the Notes or under this Indenture with respect thereto, whether by declaration or otherwise, enforce any judgment obtained, and collect from the Issuer and any other obligor upon such Notes moneys adjudged due;

(ii) institute Proceedings from time to time for the complete or partial foreclosure of this Indenture with respect to the Trust Estate;

(iii) exercise any remedies of a secured party under the UCC and take any other appropriate action to protect and enforce the rights and remedies of the Trustee and Holders of the Notes; and

(iv) sell the Trust Estate or any portion thereof or rights or interest therein, at one or more public or private sales called and conducted in any manner permitted by law; provided that, the Trustee may not sell or otherwise liquidate the Trust Estate following an Event of Default unless (A) such Event of Default is of the type described in Section 5.1(a)(i) or (a)(ii) or (B) either (x) the Holders of 100% of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes consent thereto, or (y) the proceeds of such sale or liquidation distributable to the Noteholders are sufficient to discharge in full all amounts then due and unpaid upon such Notes for principal and interest.

In determining such sufficiency or insufficiency with respect to clause (y) of subsection (iv), the Trustee may, but need not, obtain and rely upon an opinion of an Independent investment banking or accounting firm of national reputation as to the feasibility of such proposed action and as to the sufficiency of the Trust Estate for such purpose.

SECTION 5.5 Optional Preservation of the Receivables. If the Notes have been declared to be due and payable under Section 5.2 following an Event of Default and such declaration and its consequences have not been rescinded and annulled, the Trustee may, but need not, elect to maintain possession of the Trust Estate. It is the desire of the parties hereto and the Noteholders that there be at all times sufficient funds for the payment of principal of and interest and any other amounts on the Notes and the Trustee shall take such desire into account when determining whether or not to maintain possession of the Trust Estate. In determining whether to maintain possession of the Trust Estate, the Trustee may, but need not, obtain and rely upon an opinion of an Independent investment banking or accounting firm of national reputation as to the feasibility of such proposed action and as to the sufficiency of the Trust Estate for such purpose.

SECTION 5.6 Priorities.

(a) Following the acceleration of principal of and interest on the Notes upon or after the occurrence of an Event of Default pursuant to Section 5.2, the Total Distribution Amount, including any money or property collected pursuant to Section 5.4 shall be applied by the Trustee on the related Payment Date in the following order of priority:

FIRST: amounts due and owing and required to be distributed pursuant to priorities (i) through (iv) of Section 5.7(a) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement and not previously distributed to the Persons set forth therein, in the order of such priorities and without preference or priority of any kind within such priorities, and, if applicable, subject to the monetary limitations set forth therein;

SECOND: to the Holders of the Class A Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Class A Notes for interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Class A Notes for interest;

THIRD: to the Holders of the Class A Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Class A Notes for principal, ratably and without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Class A Notes in respect of principal, until the Class A Note Balance has been reduced to zero;

FOURTH: to the Holders of the Class B Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Class B Notes for interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Class B Notes for interest;

FIFTH: to the Holders of the Class B Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Class B Notes for principal, ratably and without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Class B Notes in respect of principal, until the Class B Note Balance has been reduced to zero;

SIXTH: to the Holders of the Class C Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Class C Notes for interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Class C Notes for interest;

SEVENTH: to the Holders of the Class C Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Class C Notes for principal, ratably and without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Class C Notes in respect of principal, until the Class C Note Balance has been reduced to zero;

EIGHTH: to the Holders of the Class D Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Class D Notes for interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Class D Notes for interest;

NINTH: to the Holders of the Class D Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Class D Notes for principal, ratably and without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Class D Notes in respect of principal, until the Class D Note Balance has been reduced to zero;

TENTH: any remaining amounts due and owing and required to be distributed to pursuant to priorities (i) through (iv) of Section 5.7(a) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement and not previously distributed to the Persons set forth therein, in the order of such priorities and without preference or priority of any kind within such priorities without regard to the monetary limitations therein; and

ELVENTH: to the Certificate Distribution Account, for distribution by the Trust Paying Agent in accordance with the provisions of the Trust Agreement, any remaining amount.

(b) The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Noteholders pursuant to this Section. At least 15 days before such record date the Issuer shall mail to each Noteholder and the Trustee a notice that states such record date, the payment date and the amount to be paid.

SECTION 5.7 Limitation of Suits. No Residual Certificateholder shall have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder while any Issuer Secured Obligations remain outstanding. No Holder of any Note shall have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless:

(i) such Holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee of a continuing Event of Default;

(ii) the Holders of not less than 25% of the Outstanding Amount of each class of Notes have made written request to the Trustee to institute such proceeding in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Trustee hereunder;

(iii) such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in complying with such request;

(iv) the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute such proceedings; and

(v) no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the Trustee during such 60-day period by the Controlling Party;

it being understood and intended that no one or more Holders of Notes shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other Holders of Notes or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided.

SECTION 5.8 Unconditional Rights of Noteholders To Receive Principal and Interest. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, the Holder of any Note shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal of and interest, if any, on such Note on or after the respective due dates thereof expressed in such Note or in this Indenture (or, in the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date) and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, and such right shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder.

SECTION 5.9 Restoration of Rights and Remedies. If the Controlling Party or any Noteholder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Noteholder, then and in every such case the Issuer, the Trustee and the Noteholders shall, subject to any determination in such Proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Noteholders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

SECTION 5.10 Rights and Remedies Cumulative. No right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Controlling Party or to the Noteholders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

SECTION 5.11 Delay or Omission Not a Waiver. No delay or omission of the Trustee, the Controlling Party or any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Default or Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Default or Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article V or by law to the Trustee, the Controlling Party or to the Noteholders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee, the Controlling Party or by the Noteholders, as the case may be.

SECTION 5.12 Control by Noteholders. The Controlling Party shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or the Noteholders with respect to the Notes or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee or the Controlling Party; provided that

(i) such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture;

(ii) any direction to the Trustee to sell or liquidate the Trust Estate shall be subject to the express terms of Section 5.4;

(iii) if the conditions set forth in Section 5.5 have been satisfied and the Trustee elects to retain the Trust Estate pursuant to such Section, then any direction to the Trustee by Holders of Notes representing less than 100% of the Outstanding Amount of each class of Notes to sell or liquidate the Trust Estate shall be of no force and effect; and

(iv) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction;

provided, however, that, subject to Section 6.1, the Trustee need not take any action that it determines might involve it in liability or might materially adversely affect the rights of any Noteholders not consenting to such action.

SECTION 5.13 Waiver of Past Defaults. Prior to the declaration of the acceleration of the maturity of the Notes as provided in Section 5.2, the Controlling Party may waive any past Default or Event of Default and its consequences except a Default or Event of Default (i) in payment of principal of or interest on any of the Notes or (ii) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Note. In the case of any such waiver, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder, respectively; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

Upon any such waiver, such Default or Event of Default shall cease to exist and be deemed to have been cured and not to have occurred, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured and not to have occurred, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

SECTION 5.14 Undertaking for Costs. All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Note by such Holder’s acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; but the provisions of this Section shall not apply to (a) any suit instituted by the Trustee, (b) any suit instituted by any Noteholder, or group of Noteholders, in each case holding in the aggregate more than 10% of the Outstanding Amount of each class of Notes or (c) any suit instituted by any Noteholder for the enforcement of the payment of principal of or interest on any Note on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note and in this Indenture (or, in the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date).

SECTION 5.15 Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws. The Issuer covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead or in any manner whatsoever, claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power granted to the Trustee herein and any right of the Issuer to take such action shall be suspended.

ARTICLE VI

The Trustee

SECTION 6.1 Duties of Trustee»

(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and the Basic Documents and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(i) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; however, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform on their face to the requirements of this Indenture.

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section;

(ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

(iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 5.12.

(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer.

(e) Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law or the terms of the Basic Documents.

(f) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee in any of its capacities to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

(g) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section.

(h) The Trustee shall permit any representative of the Issuer, during the Trustee’s normal business hours, to examine all books of account, records, reports and other papers of the Trustee relating to the Notes, to make copies and extracts therefrom and to discuss the Trustee’s affairs and actions, as such affairs and actions relate to the Trustee’s duties with respect to the Notes, with the Trustee’s officers and employees responsible for carrying out the Trustee’s duties with respect to the Notes.

(i) The Trustee shall, and hereby agrees that it will, perform all of the obligations and duties required of it under the Basic Documents.

(j) In no event shall Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, in any of its capacities hereunder, be deemed to have assumed any duties of the Owner Trustee under the Delaware Statutory Trust Statute, common law, or the Trust Agreement.

(k) Except for actions expressly authorized by this Indenture, the Trustee shall take no action reasonably likely to impair the security interests created or existing under any Receivable or Financed Vehicle or to impair the value of any Receivable or Financed Vehicle.

(l) All information obtained by the Trustee regarding the Obligors and the Receivables, whether upon the exercise of its rights under this Indenture or otherwise, shall be maintained by the Trustee in confidence and shall not be disclosed to any other Person, other than the Trustee’s attorneys, accountants and agents unless such disclosure is required by this Indenture or any applicable law or regulation.

SECTION 6.2 Rights of Trustee»

(a) Subject to Section 6.1 and other provisions of this Section 6.2, the Trustee shall be protected and shall incur no liability to the Issuer or any Issuer Secured Party in relying upon the accuracy, acting in reliance upon the contents, and assuming the genuineness of any notice, demand, certificate, signature, instrument or other document reasonably believed by the Trustee to be genuine and to have been duly executed by the appropriate signatory, and, except to the extent the Trustee has actual knowledge to the contrary or as required pursuant to Section 6.1 or Section 6.2(g) the Trustee shall not be required to make any independent investigation with respect thereto.

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate. Subject to Section 6.1(c), the Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on the Officer’s Certificate.

(c) The Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys or a custodian or nominee, and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of, or for the supervision of Consumer Portfolio Services, Inc., or any other such agent, attorney, custodian or nominee appointed with due care by it hereunder.

(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers; provided, however, that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.

(e) The Trustee may consult with counsel, and the advice of such counsel or any opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters relating to the Basic Documents and the Notes shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect to any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

(f) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to institute, conduct or defend any litigation under this Indenture or in relation to this Indenture or any of the Basic Documents, at the request, order or direction of any of the Holders of Notes, pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless such Holders of Notes shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities that may be incurred therein or thereby; provided, however, that the Trustee shall, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default (that has not been cured or waived), exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture in accordance with Section 6.1.

(g) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond or other paper or document, unless requested in writing to do so by the Controlling Party or Holders of Notes evidencing not less than 25% of the Outstanding Amount of each Class; provided, however, that if the payment within a reasonable time to the Trustee of the costs, expenses or liabilities likely to be incurred by it in the making of such investigation is, in the opinion of the Trustee, not reasonably assured to the Trustee by the security afforded to it by the terms of this Indenture or the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Trustee may require reasonable indemnity against such cost, expense or liability as a condition to so proceeding; the reasonable expense of every such examination shall be paid by the Person making such request, or, if paid by the Trustee, shall be reimbursed by the Person making such request upon demand.

SECTION 6.3 Individual Rights of Trustee»

. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not the Trustee. Any Note Paying Agent, Note Registrar, co-registrar or co-paying agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Section 6.11.

SECTION 6.4 Trustee’s Disclaimer»

. The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture, any Basic Documents, the Trust Estate, the Collateral or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Issuer in this Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or in the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication.

SECTION 6.5 Notice of Defaults»

. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is either known by, or written notice of the existence thereof has been delivered to, a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to each Noteholder notice of the Default within 30 days after such knowledge or notice occurs. Except in the case of a Default in payment of principal of or interest on any Note (including payments pursuant to the mandatory redemption provisions of such Note, if any), the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of Noteholders.

SECTION 6.6 Reports by Trustee to Holders»

. The Trustee shall on behalf of the Issuer deliver to each Noteholder such information as may be reasonably required to enable such Holder to prepare its Federal and State income tax returns.

SECTION 6.7 Compensation and Indemnity»

(a) Pursuant to Section 5.7(a) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement and Section 5.6 hereof, the Issuer shall pay to the Trustee from time to time compensation for its services, as separately agreed. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee, pursuant to Section 5.7(a) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement and Section 5.6 hereof, for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made by it, including costs of collection, in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee’s agents, counsel, accountants and experts. The Issuer shall or shall cause the Servicer to indemnify the Trustee against any and all loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee without willful misfeasance, negligence or bad faith on the Trustee’s part arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or the administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in connection therewith and including any loss, liability or expense directly or indirectly incurred (regardless of negligence on the part of the Trustee or the Issuer) by the Trustee as a result of any penalty or other cost imposed by the Internal Revenue Service or other taxing authority (except any penalties arising out of fees paid to the Trustee or as a result of any action taken contrary to the Indenture) related to the tax status of the Issuer or the Notes. The Trustee shall notify the Issuer and the Servicer promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuer and the Servicer shall not relieve the Issuer of its obligations hereunder or the Servicer of its obligations under Article XII of the Sale and Servicing Agreement. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Issuer shall or shall cause the Servicer to pay the fees and expenses of such counsel. Neither the Issuer nor the Servicer need reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.

(b) The Issuer’s payment obligations to the Trustee pursuant to this Section shall survive the discharge of this Indenture. When the Trustee incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section 5.1(a)(iv) with respect to the Issuer, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under Title 11 of the United States Code or any other applicable Federal or State bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law. Notwithstanding anything else set forth in this Indenture or the Basic Documents, the recourse of the Trustee hereunder and under the Basic Documents shall be to the Trust Estate only and specifically shall not be recourse to the assets of the Seller, the Depositor, any Noteholder or any Residual Certificateholder. In addition, the Trustee agrees that its recourse to the Trust Estate shall be limited to the right to receive the distributions referred to in Section 5.7(a) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement and Section 5.6 hereof.

SECTION 6.8 Replacement of Trustee»

. The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Issuer. The Issuer may remove the Trustee if:

(i) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 6.11;

(ii) an Insolvency Event with respect to the Trustee occurs; or

(iii) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of the Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and the Issuer, whereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the retiring Trustee under this Indenture, subject to satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to each Noteholder. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee.

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Issuer or the Controlling Party may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

Any resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section shall not become effective until acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee pursuant to Section 6.8.

Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section, the Issuer’s and the Servicer’s obligations under Section 6.7 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

SECTION 6.9 Successor Trustee by Merger»

(a) If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee. The Trustee shall provide the Rating Agencies with written notice of any such transaction.

(b) In case at the time such successor or successors to the Trustee by merger, conversion or consolidation shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Notes or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have.

SECTION 6.10 Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee»

(a) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, at any time, for the purpose of meeting any legal requirement of any jurisdiction in which any part of the Trust Estate may at the time be located, the Trustee shall have the power and may execute and deliver all instruments to appoint one or more Persons to act as a co-trustee or co-trustees, or separate trustee or separate trustees, of all or any part of the Trust Estate, and to vest in such Person or Persons, in such capacity and for the benefit of the Noteholders, such title to the Trust Estate, or any part hereof, and, subject to the other provisions of this Section, such powers, duties, obligations, rights and trusts as the Trustee may consider necessary or desirable. No co-trustee or separate trustee hereunder shall be required to meet the terms of eligibility as a successor trustee under Section 6.11 and no notice to Noteholders of the appointment of any co-trustee or separate trustee shall be required under Section 6.8.

(b) Every separate trustee and co-trustee shall, to the extent permitted by law, be appointed and act subject to the following provisions and conditions:

(i) all rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred or imposed upon the Trustee shall be conferred or imposed upon and exercised or performed by the Trustee and such separate trustee or co-trustee jointly (it being understood that such separate trustee or co-trustee is not authorized to act separately without the Trustee joining in such act), except to the extent that under any law of any jurisdiction in which any particular act or acts are to be performed the Trustee shall be incompetent or unqualified to perform such act or acts, in which event such rights, powers, duties and obligations (including the holding of title to the Trust or any portion thereof in any such jurisdiction) shall be exercised and performed singly by such separate trustee or co-trustee, but solely at the direction of the Trustee;

(ii) no trustee hereunder shall be personally liable by reason of any act or omission of any other trustee hereunder, including acts or omissions of predecessor or successor trustees; and

(iii) the Trustee may at any time accept the resignation of or remove any separate trustee or co-trustee.

(c) Any notice, request or other writing given to the Trustee shall be deemed to have been given to each of the then separate trustees and co-trustees, as effectively as if given to each of them. Every instrument appointing any separate trustee or co-trustee shall refer to this Agreement and the conditions of this Article VI. Each separate trustee and co-trustee, upon its acceptance of the trusts conferred, shall be vested with the estates or property specified in its instrument of appointment, either jointly with the Trustee or separately, as may be provided therein, subject to all the provisions of this Indenture, specifically including every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct of, affecting the liability of, or affording protection to, the Trustee. Every such instrument shall be filed with the Trustee.

(d) Any separate trustee or co-trustee may at any time constitute the Trustee, its agent or attorney-in-fact with full power and authority, to the extent not prohibited by law, to do any lawful act under or in respect of this Agreement on its behalf and in its name. If any separate trustee or co-trustee shall die, dissolve, become insolvent, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all of its estates, properties, rights, remedies and trusts shall vest in and be exercised by the Trustee, to the extent permitted by law, without the appointment of a new or successor trustee.

SECTION 6.11 Eligibility: Disqualification»

. The Trustee, and any successor thereto, shall at all times have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition and subject to supervision or examination by federal or State authorities; and having a rating, both with respect to long-term and short-term unsecured obligations, of not less than investment grade by the Rating Agencies.

SECTION 6.12 Reserved»

SECTION 6.13 Appointment and Powers»

. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association is hereby appointed as the Trustee with respect to the Collateral, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to act as Trustee with respect to the Collateral for the Noteholders, to maintain custody and possession of such Collateral (except as otherwise provided hereunder) and to perform the other duties of the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the other Basic Documents. Each Issuer Secured Party hereby authorizes the Trustee to take such action on its behalf, and to exercise such rights, remedies, powers and privileges hereunder, as the Controlling Party may direct and as are specifically authorized to be exercised by the Trustee by the terms hereof, together with such actions, rights, remedies, powers and privileges as are reasonably incidental thereto. The Trustee shall act upon and in compliance with the written instructions of the Controlling Party delivered pursuant to this Indenture promptly following receipt of such written instructions; provided that the Trustee shall not act in accordance with any instructions (i) which are not authorized by, or in violation of the provisions of, this Indenture, (ii) which are in violation of any applicable law, rule or regulation or (iii) for which the Trustee has not received reasonable indemnity. Receipt of such instructions shall not be a condition to the exercise by the Trustee of its express duties hereunder, except where this Indenture provides that the Trustee is permitted to act only following and in accordance with such instructions.

SECTION 6.14 Performance of Duties»

. The Trustee shall have no duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth in this Indenture and the other Basic Documents to which the Trustee is a party or as directed by the Controlling Party in accordance with this Indenture. The Trustee shall not be required to take any discretionary actions hereunder except at the written direction and with the indemnification of the Controlling Party and as provided in Section 5.12. The Trustee shall, and hereby agrees that it will, perform all of the duties and obligations required of it under the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

SECTION 6.15 Limitation on Liability»

. Neither the Trustee nor any of its directors, officers or employees shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it or them in good faith hereunder, or in connection herewith, except that the Trustee shall be liable for its negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct. Notwithstanding any term or provision of this Indenture, the Trustee shall incur no liability to the Issuer or the Noteholders for any action taken or omitted by the Trustee in connection with the Collateral, except for the negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, and, further, shall incur no liability to the Noteholder except for negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct in carrying out its duties to the Noteholders. The Trustee shall at all times be free independently to establish to its reasonable satisfaction, but shall have no duty to independently verify, the existence or nonexistence of facts that are a condition to the exercise or enforcement of any right or remedy hereunder or under any of the Basic Documents. The Trustee may consult with counsel, and shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the written advice of such counsel. The Trustee shall not be under any obligation to exercise any of the remedial rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture or to follow any direction from the Controlling Party unless it shall have received reasonable security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it.

SECTION 6.16 Reserved»

SECTION 6.17 Successor Trustee»

(a) Merger. Any Person into which the Trustee may be converted or merged, or with which it may be consolidated, or to which it may sell or transfer its trust business and assets as a whole or substantially as a whole, or any Person resulting from any such conversion, merger, consolidation, sale or transfer to which the Trustee is a party, shall (provided it is otherwise qualified to serve as the Trustee hereunder) be and become a successor Trustee hereunder and be vested with all of the title to and interest in the Collateral and all of the trusts, powers, discretions, immunities, privileges and other matters as was its predecessor without the execution or filing of any instrument or any further act, deed or conveyance on the part of any of the parties hereto, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, except to the extent, if any, that any such action is necessary to perfect, or continue the perfection of, the security interest of the Noteholders in the Collateral; provided that any such successor shall also be the successor Trustee under Section 6.9.

(b) [Reserved].

(c) Acceptance by Successor. The Issuer shall have the sole right to appoint each successor Trustee subject to satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition. Every temporary or permanent successor Trustee appointed hereunder shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to its predecessor and to the Trustee and the Issuer an instrument in writing accepting such appointment hereunder and the relevant predecessor shall execute, acknowledge and deliver such other documents and instruments as will effectuate the delivery of all Collateral to the successor Trustee, whereupon such successor, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become fully vested with all the estates, properties, rights, powers, duties and obligations of its predecessor. Such predecessor shall, nevertheless, on the written request of the Issuer, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor all the estates, properties, rights and powers of such predecessor hereunder. In the event that any instrument in writing from the Issuer is reasonably required by a successor Trustee to more fully and certainly vest in such successor the estates, properties, rights, powers, duties and obligations vested or intended to be vested hereunder in the Trustee, any and all such written instruments shall at the request of the temporary or permanent successor Trustee, be forthwith executed, acknowledged and delivered by the Trustee or the Issuer, as the case may be. The designation of any successor Trustee and the instrument or instruments removing any Trustee and appointing a successor hereunder, together with all other instruments provided for herein, shall be maintained with the records relating to the Collateral and, to the extent required by applicable law, filed or recorded by the successor Trustee in each place where such filing or recording is necessary to effect the transfer of the Collateral to the successor Trustee or to protect or continue the perfection of the security interests granted hereunder.

SECTION 6.18 Reserved»

SECTION 6.19 Representations and Warranties of the Trustee»

. The Trustee represents and warrants to the Issuer and to each Issuer Secured Party as follows:

(a) Due Organization. The Trustee is a national banking association, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the United States and is duly authorized and licensed under applicable law to conduct its business as presently conducted.

(b) Corporate Power. The Trustee has all requisite right, power and authority to execute and deliver this Indenture and to perform all of its duties as Trustee hereunder.

(c) Due Authorization. The execution and delivery by the Trustee of this Indenture and the other Basic Documents to which it is a party, and the performance by the Trustee of its duties hereunder and thereunder, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate proceedings and no further approvals or filings, including any governmental approvals, are required for the valid execution and delivery by the Trustee, or the performance by the Trustee, of this Indenture and such other Basic Documents.

(d) Valid and Binding Indenture. The Trustee has duly executed and delivered this Indenture and each other Basic Document to which it is a party, and each of this Indenture and each such other Basic Document constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Trustee, enforceable against the Trustee in accordance with its terms, except as (i) such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and similar laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (ii) the availability of equitable remedies may be limited by equitable principles of general applicability.

SECTION 6.20 Waiver of Setoffs»

. The Trustee hereby expressly waives any and all rights of setoff that the Trustee may otherwise at any time have under applicable law with respect to any Trust Account and agrees that amounts in the Trust Accounts shall at all times be held and applied solely in accordance with the provisions hereof.

ARTICLE VII

Noteholders’ Lists and Reports

SECTION 7.1 Issuer To Furnish To Trustee Names and Addresses of Noteholders»

. The Issuer will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee (a) not more than five days after the earlier of (i) each Record Date and (ii) three months after the last Record Date, a list, in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders as of such Record Date, (b) at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days after receipt by the Issuer of any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than 10 days prior to the time such list is furnished; provided, however, that so long as the Trustee is the Note Registrar, no such list shall be required to be furnished.

SECTION 7.2 Preservation of Information; Communications to Noteholders»

. The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, the names and addresses of the Holders contained in the most recent list furnished to the Trustee as provided in Section 7.1 and the names and addresses of Holders received by the Trustee in its capacity as Note Registrar. The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in such Section 7.1 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

ARTICLE VIII

Collection of Money and Releases of Trust Estate

SECTION 8.1 Collection of Money»

. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the Trustee may demand payment or delivery of, and shall receive and collect, directly and without intervention or assistance of any fiscal agent or other intermediary, all money and other property payable to or receivable by the Trustee pursuant to this Indenture and the Sale and Servicing Agreement. The Trustee shall apply all such money received by it as provided in this Indenture and the Sale and Servicing Agreement. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Indenture or in the Sale and Servicing Agreement, if any default occurs in the making of any payment or performance under any agreement or instrument that is part of the Trust Estate, the Trustee may take such action as may be appropriate to enforce such payment or performance, including the institution and prosecution of appropriate proceedings. Any such action shall be without prejudice to any right to claim a Default or Event of Default under this Indenture and any right to proceed thereafter as provided in Article V.

SECTION 8.2 Release of Trust Estate»

(a) Subject to the payment of its fees and expenses pursuant to Section 6.7, the Trustee may, and when required by the provisions of this Indenture shall, execute instruments to release property from the lien of this Indenture, in a manner and under circumstances that are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture. No party relying upon an instrument executed by the Trustee as provided in this Article VIII shall be bound to ascertain the Trustee’s authority, inquire into the satisfaction of any conditions precedent or see to the application of any moneys.

(b) The Trustee shall, at such time as there are no Notes outstanding, all Issuer Secured Obligations have been paid in full and all sums due the Trustee pursuant to Section 6.7 have been paid, release any remaining portion of the Trust Estate that secured the Notes from the lien of this Indenture and release to the Issuer or any other Person entitled thereto any funds then on deposit in the Trust Accounts. The Trustee shall release property from the lien of this Indenture pursuant to this Section 8.2(b) only upon receipt of an Issuer Request accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel meeting the applicable requirements of Section 11.1.

SECTION 8.3 Opinion of Counsel»

. The Trustee shall receive at least seven days’ notice when requested by the Issuer to take any action pursuant to Section 8.2(a), accompanied by copies of any instruments involved, and the Trustee shall also require as a condition to such action, an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee, stating the legal effect of any such action, outlining the steps required to complete the same, and concluding that all conditions precedent to the taking of such action have been complied with and such action will not materially and adversely affect the security for the Notes or the rights of the Noteholders in contravention of the provisions of this Indenture; provided, however, that such Opinion of Counsel shall not be required to express an opinion as to the fair value of the Trust Estate. Counsel rendering any such opinion may rely, without independent investigation, on the accuracy and validity of any certificate or other instrument delivered to the Trustee in connection with any such action.

ARTICLE IX

Supplemental Indentures

SECTION 9.1 Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Noteholders»

(a) Without the consent of the Holders of any Notes and with prior notice to the Rating Agencies by the Issuer, the Issuer and the Trustee, when authorized by an Issuer Order, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto (which shall conform to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act as in force at the date of the execution thereof), in form satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the following purposes:

(i) to correct or amplify the description of any property at any time subject to the lien of this Indenture, or better to assure, convey and confirm unto the Trustee any property subject or required to be subjected to the lien of this Indenture, or to subject to the lien of this Indenture additional property;

(ii) to evidence the succession, in compliance with the applicable provisions hereof, of another person to the Issuer, and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Issuer herein and in the Notes contained;

(iii) to add to the covenants of the Issuer, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Issuer;

(iv) to convey, transfer, assign, mortgage or pledge any property to or with the Trustee;

(v) to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein or in any supplemental indenture which may be inconsistent with any other provision herein or in any supplemental indenture or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture or in any supplemental indenture; provided that such action shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of the Notes or the rating of any Class of Notes; or

(vi) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of the appointment hereunder by a successor trustee with respect to the Notes and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one trustee, pursuant to the requirements of Article VI.

The Trustee is hereby authorized to join in the execution of any such supplemental indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained not inconsistent with the foregoing.

(b) The Issuer and the Trustee, when authorized by an Issuer Order, may, also without the consent of any of the Holders of the Notes but with prior notice to the Rating Agencies by the Issuer, enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to, or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of, this Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of the Notes under this Indenture; provided, however, that such action shall not, as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel, adversely affect the interests of any Noteholder in any material respect. Any such action shall be deemed to not adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Noteholder if the Rating Agency Condition with respect to the related Class of Notes has been satisfied.

SECTION 9.2 Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Noteholders»

. The Issuer and the Trustee, when authorized by an Issuer Order, also may, with prior notice to the Rating Agencies and with the consent of the Controlling Party, by Act of such Holders delivered to the Issuer and the Trustee, enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to, or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of, this Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of the Notes under this Indenture; provided, however, that, no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note affected thereby:

(i) change the date of payment of any installment of principal of or interest on any Note, or reduce the principal amount thereof, the interest rate thereon or the Redemption Price with respect thereto, change the provision of this Indenture relating to the application of collections on, or the proceeds of the sale of, the Trust Estate to payment of principal of or interest on the Notes, or change any place of payment where, or the coin or currency in which, any Note or the interest thereon is payable;

(ii) impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of the provisions of this Indenture requiring the application of funds available therefor, as provided in Article V, to the payment of any such amount due on the Notes on or after the respective due dates thereof (or, in the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date);

(iii) reduce the percentage of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, the consent of the Holders of which is required for any such supplemental indenture, or the consent of the Holders of which is required for any waiver of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or certain defaults hereunder and their consequences provided for in this Indenture;

(iv) modify or alter the provisions of the proviso to the definition of the term “Outstanding”, “Controlling Party” or “Controlling Class”;

(v) reduce the percentage of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes required to direct the Trustee to direct the Issuer to sell or liquidate the Trust Estate pursuant to Section 5.4;

(vi) modify any provision of this Section except to increase any percentage specified herein or to provide that certain additional provisions of this Indenture or the Basic Documents cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note affected thereby;

(vii) modify any of the provisions of this Indenture in such manner as to affect the calculation of the amount of any payment of interest or principal due on, or other amount distributable in respect of, any Note on any Payment Date (including the calculation of any of the individual components of such calculation) or as to affect the rights of the Holders of Notes to the benefit of any provisions for the mandatory redemption of the Notes contained herein; or

(viii) permit the creation of any lien ranking prior to or on a parity with the lien of this Indenture with respect to any part of the Trust Estate or, except as otherwise permitted or contemplated herein or in any of the Basic Documents, terminate the lien of this Indenture on any property at any time subject hereto or deprive the Holder of any Note of the security provided by the lien of this Indenture.

It shall not be necessary for any Act of Noteholders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof.

Promptly after the execution by the Issuer and the Trustee of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Section, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the Notes to which such amendment or supplemental indenture relates a notice setting forth in general terms the substance of such supplemental indenture. Any failure of the Trustee to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental indenture.

SECTION 9.3 Execution of Supplemental Indentures»

. In executing, or permitting the additional trusts created by, any supplemental indenture permitted by this Article IX or the modifications thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and subject to Sections 6.1 and 6.2, shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such supplemental indenture that affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties, liabilities or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

SECTION 9.4 Effect of Supplemental Indenture»

. Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions hereof, this Indenture shall be and be deemed to be modified and amended in accordance therewith with respect to the Notes affected thereby, and the respective rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties, liabilities and immunities under this Indenture of the Trustee, the Issuer and the Holders of the Notes shall thereafter be determined, exercised and enforced hereunder subject in all respects to such modifications and amendments, and all the terms and conditions of any such supplemental indenture shall be and be deemed to be part of the terms and conditions of this Indenture for any and all purposes.

SECTION 9.5 Reserved»

SECTION 9.6 Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures»

. Notes authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article IX may, and if required by the Issuer shall, bear a notation in form approved by the Issuer as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Issuer shall so determine, new Notes so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Issuer, to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Issuer and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for Outstanding Notes.

ARTICLE X

Redemption of Notes

SECTION 10.1 Redemption»

(a) The Notes shall be redeemed in whole, but not in part, on any Payment Date upon which the Servicer exercises its option to purchase the Trust Estate (other than the Trust Accounts) pursuant to Section 11.1(a) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, for a purchase price at least equal to the Redemption Price; provided, however, that no such redemption may be effected unless the Issuer has available funds sufficient to pay the Redemption Price on such Payment Date. The Servicer or the Issuer shall furnish the Rating Agencies notice of such redemption. If the Notes are to be redeemed pursuant to this Section 10.1, the Servicer shall furnish notice of such election to the Issuer and Trustee not later than 35 days prior to the Redemption Date and deposit the proceeds from the sale of the Receivables into the Collection Account. If the proceeds of such sale are not so deposited into Collection Account with the Trustee at least one Business Day prior to the Redemption Date, such redemption shall be deemed to be automatically rescinded and the Noteholders shall receive the payments of interest and principal that would be due to the Noteholders on such Payment Date as if such option to redeem the Notes had never been exercised. For the avoidance of any doubt, no Event of Default shall occur solely as a result of such rescission.

(b) If, on the Mandatory Redemption Date, the Pre-Funded Amount is greater than zero after giving effect to the purchase of all Subsequent Receivables during the Funding Period, including any such purchase on the last day of the Funding Period, the Notes will be redeemed in part pursuant to Section 5.8 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement in an amount equal to the Note Prepayment Amount.

SECTION 10.2 Form of Redemption Notice.»

(a) Notice of redemption under Section 10.1 shall be given by the Trustee by facsimile or by first-class mail, postage prepaid, transmitted or mailed prior to the applicable Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes, as of the close of business on the Record Date preceding the applicable Redemption Date, at such Holder’s address appearing in the Note Register.

All notices of redemption shall state:

(i) the Redemption Date;

(ii) the Redemption Price;

(iii) that the Record Date otherwise applicable to such Redemption Date is not applicable and that payments shall be made only upon presentation and surrender of such Notes and the place where such Notes are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price (which shall be the office or agency of the Issuer to be maintained as provided in Section 3.2); and

(iv) that interest on the Notes shall cease to accrue on the Redemption Date.

Notice of redemption of the Notes shall be given by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer. Failure to give notice of redemption, or any defect therein, to any Holder of any Note shall not impair or affect the validity of the redemption of any other Note.

(b) Prior notice of redemption under Section 10.1(b) is not required to be given to Noteholders.

SECTION 10.3 Notes Payable on Redemption Date»

. The Notes to be redeemed shall, following notice of redemption as required by Section 10.2 (in the case of redemption pursuant to Section 10.1), on the Redemption Date become due and payable at the Redemption Price and (unless the Issuer shall default in the payment of the Redemption Price) no interest shall accrue on the Redemption Price for any period after the date to which accrued interest is calculated for purposes of calculating the Redemption Price.

ARTICLE XI

Miscellaneous

SECTION 11.1 Compliance Certificates and Opinions, etc»

(a) Upon any application or request by the Issuer to the Trustee to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee (i) an Officer’s Certificate stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with, and (ii) an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent, if any, have been complied with except that, in the case of any such application or request as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.

Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:

(i) a statement that each signatory of such certificate or opinion has read or has caused to be read such covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating thereto;

(ii) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(iii) a statement that, in the opinion of each such signatory, such signatory has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable such signatory to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(iv) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such signatory such condition or covenant has been complied with.

(b) (i) Prior to the deposit of any Collateral or other property or securities with the Trustee that is to be made the basis for the release of any property or securities subject to the lien of this Indenture, the Issuer shall, in addition to any obligation imposed in Section 11.1(a) or elsewhere in this Indenture, furnish to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate certifying or stating the opinion of each person signing such certificate as to the fair value (on the date of such deposit) to the Issuer of the Collateral or other property or securities to be so deposited.

(ii) Whenever the Issuer is required to furnish to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate certifying or stating the opinion of any signer thereof as to the matters described in clause (i) above, the Issuer shall also deliver to the Trustee an Independent Certificate as to the same matters, if the fair value to the Issuer of the securities to be so deposited and of all other such securities made the basis of any such withdrawal or release since the commencement of the then-current fiscal year of the Issuer, as set forth in the certificates delivered pursuant to clause (i) above and this clause (ii) is 10% or more of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, but such a certificate need not be furnished with respect to any securities so deposited, if the fair value thereof to the Issuer as set forth in the related Officer’s Certificate is less than $25,000 or less than 1% of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes.

(iii) Other than with respect to the release of any Purchased Receivables, Defaulted Texas Receivables or Liquidated Receivables, whenever any property or securities are to be released from the lien of this Indenture, the Issuer shall also furnish to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate certifying or stating the opinion of each person signing such certificate as to the fair value (within 90 days of such release) of the property or securities proposed to be released and stating that in the opinion of such person the proposed release will not impair the security under this Indenture in contravention of the provisions hereof.

(iv) Whenever the Issuer is required to furnish to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate certifying or stating the opinion of any signer thereof as to the matters described in clause (iii) above, the Issuer shall also furnish to the Trustee an Independent Certificate as to the same matters if the fair value of the property or securities and of all other property other than Purchased Receivables, Defaulted Texas Receivables and Liquidated Receivables, or securities released from the lien of this Indenture since the commencement of the then current calendar year, as set forth in the certificates required by clause (iii) above and this clause (iv), equals 10% or more of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, but such certificate need not be furnished in the case of any release of property or securities if the fair value thereof as set forth in the related Officer’s Certificate is less than $25,000 or less than 1% of the then Outstanding Amount of the Notes.

(v) Notwithstanding Section 2.9 or any provision of this Section, the Issuer may (A) collect, liquidate, sell or otherwise dispose of Receivables as and to the extent permitted or required by the Basic Documents and (B) make cash payments out of the Trust Accounts as and to the extent permitted or required by the Basic Documents.

SECTION 11.2 Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee»

(a) In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.

(b) Any certificate or opinion of an Authorized Officer of the Issuer may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, counsel, unless such officer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which his or her certificate or opinion is based are erroneous. Any such certificate of an Authorized Officer or Opinion of Counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an officer or officers of the Servicer, the Seller or the Issuer, stating that the information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Servicer, the Seller or the Issuer, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous.

(c) Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.

(d) Whenever in this Indenture, in connection with any application or certificate or report to the Trustee, it is provided that the Issuer shall deliver any document as a condition of the granting of such application, or as evidence of the Issuer’s compliance with any term hereof, it is intended that the truth and accuracy, at the time of the granting of such application or at the effective date of such certificate or report (as the case may be), of the facts and opinions stated in such document shall in such case be conditions precedent to the right of the Issuer to have such application granted or to the sufficiency of such certificate or report. The foregoing shall not, however, be construed to affect the Trustee’s right to rely upon the truth and accuracy of any statement or opinion contained in any such document as provided in Article VI.

SECTION 11.3 Acts of Noteholders»

(a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Noteholders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Noteholders in person or by agents duly appointed in writing; and except as herein otherwise expressly provided such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee, and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuer. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “Act” of the Noteholders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 6.1) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Issuer, if made in the manner provided in this Section.

(b) The fact and date of the execution by any person of any such instrument or writing may be proved in any customary manner of the Trustee.

(d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Notes shall bind the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee or the Issuer in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.

(e) The Seller and any Affiliate thereof may in its individual or any other capacity become the owner or pledgee of the Notes with the same rights as it would have if it were not the Seller or an Affiliate thereof, except as expressly provided herein or in any Basic Document. Notes so owned by the Seller or such Affiliate shall have an equal and proportionate benefit under the provisions of the Basic Documents, without preference, priority or distinction as among all of the Notes; provided, however, that any Notes owned by the Seller or any Affiliate thereof, during the time such Notes are so owned by them, shall be without voting or consent rights for any purpose set forth in the Basic Documents and such Notes. The Seller shall notify the Trustee promptly after it or any of its Affiliates become the owner of a Note.

SECTION 11.4 Notices, etc., to Trustee, Issuer, and Rating Agencies»

(a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Noteholders or other documents provided or permitted by this Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to or filed with:

(i) the Trustee by any Noteholder or by the Issuer shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if personally delivered, delivered by overnight courier or mailed certified mail, return receipt requested and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt to the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office; or

(ii) the Issuer by the Trustee or by any Noteholder shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if personally delivered, delivered by overnight courier or mailed certified mail, return receipt requested and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt to the Issuer addressed to: CPS Auto Receivables Trust 2012-A, in care of Wilmington Trust, National Association, Rodney Square North, 1100 N. Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890-0001, or at such other address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Issuer. The Issuer shall promptly transmit any notice received by it from the Noteholders to the Trustee.

(b) Notices required to be given to the Rating Agencies by the Issuer, the Trustee or the Owner Trustee shall be in writing, personally delivered, electronically delivered, delivered by overnight courier or mailed certified mail, return receipt requested to (i) Standard & Poor’s via electronic delivery to Servicer_reports@sandp.com; for any information not available in electronic format, send hard copies to: Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, 55 Water Street, 41st Floor, New York, New York 10041-0003, Attention: ABS Surveillance Group; and (ii) Moody’s via electronic delivery to Servicerreports@moodys.com; for any information not available in electronic format, send hard copies to: Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., ABS Monitoring Department, 7 World Trade Center, 250 Greenwich Street, New York, NY 10007; or as to each of the foregoing, at such other address as shall be designated by written notice to the other parties.

SECTION 11.5 Notices to Noteholders; Waiver»

(a) Where this Indenture provides for notice to Noteholders of any event, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise expressly provided herein) if in writing and mailed, first-class, postage prepaid to each Noteholder affected by such event, at his address as it appears on the Note Register, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice. In any case where notice to Noteholders is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice nor any defect in any notice so mailed to any particular Noteholder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Noteholders, and any notice that is mailed in the manner herein provided shall conclusively be presumed to have been duly given.

(b) Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by any Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Noteholders shall be filed with the Trustee but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such a waiver.

(c) In case, by reason of the suspension of regular mail service as a result of a strike, work stoppage or similar activity, it shall be impractical to mail notice of any event to Noteholders when such notice is required to be given pursuant to any provision of this Indenture, then any manner of giving such notice as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee shall be deemed to be a sufficient giving of such notice.

(d) Where this Indenture provides for notice to the Rating Agencies, failure to give such notice shall not affect any other rights or obligations created hereunder, and shall not under any circumstance constitute a Default or Event of Default.

SECTION 11.6 Alternate Payment and Notice Provisions»

. Notwithstanding any provision of this Indenture or any of the Notes to the contrary, the Issuer may enter into any agreement with any Holder of a Note providing for a method of payment, or notice by the Trustee or any Note Paying Agent to such Holder, that is different from the methods provided for in this Indenture for such payments or notices, provided that such methods are reasonable and consented to by the Trustee (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The Issuer will furnish to the Trustee a copy of each such agreement and the Trustee will cause payments to be made and notices to be given in accordance with such agreements.

SECTION 11.7 Reserved»

SECTION 11.8 Effect of Headings and Table of Contents»

. The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

SECTION 11.9 Successors and Assigns»

. All covenants and agreements in this Indenture and the Notes by the Issuer shall bind its successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.

SECTION 11.10 Severability»

. In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

SECTION 11.11 Benefits of Indenture»

. Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors hereunder, and the Noteholders, and any other party secured hereunder, and any other person with an ownership interest in any part of the Trust Estate, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.

SECTION 11.12 Legal Holidays»

. In any case where the date on which any payment is due shall not be a Business Day, then (notwithstanding any other provision of the Notes or this Indenture) payment need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the date on which nominally due, and no interest shall accrue for the period from and after any such nominal date.

SECTION 11.13 Governing Law»

. THIS INDENTURE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND THIS INDENTURE AND ALL MATTERS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING IN ANY WAY TO THIS INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES.

SECTION 11.14 Counterparts»

. This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

SECTION 11.15 Recording of Indenture»

. If this Indenture is subject to recording in any appropriate public recording offices, such recording is to be effected by the Issuer and at its expense accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel (which may be counsel to the Trustee or any other counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee) to the effect that such recording is necessary either for the protection of the Noteholders or any other person secured hereunder or for the enforcement of any right or remedy granted to the Trustee under this Indenture.

SECTION 11.16 Trust Obligation»

. No recourse may be taken, directly or indirectly, with respect to the obligations of the Issuer, the Seller, the Servicer, the Depositor, the Owner Trustee or the Trustee on the Notes or under this Indenture or any certificate or other writing delivered in connection herewith or therewith, against (i) the Seller, the Servicer, the Depositor, the Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, (ii) any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or (iii) any partner, owner, beneficiary, agent, officer, director, employee or agent of the Seller, the Servicer, the Depositor, the Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, any holder of a beneficial interest in the Issuer, the Seller, the Servicer, the Depositor, the Owner Trustee or the Trustee or of any successor or assign of the Seller, the Servicer, the Depositor, the Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, except as any such Person may have expressly agreed (it being understood that the Trustee and the Owner Trustee have no such obligations in their individual capacity) and except that any such partner, owner or beneficiary shall be fully liable, to the extent provided by applicable law, for any unpaid consideration for stock, unpaid capital contribution or failure to pay any installment or call owing to such entity. For all purposes of this Indenture, in the performance of any duties or obligations of the Issuer hereunder, the Owner Trustee shall be subject to, and entitled to the benefits of, the terms and provisions of Articles VI, VII and VIII of the Trust Agreement.

SECTION 11.17 No Petition»

. The Trustee, by entering into this Indenture, and each Noteholder and Note Owner, by accepting a Note or a beneficial interest therein, hereby covenant and agree that they will not at any time institute against the Seller, the Depositor, or the Issuer, or join in, or collude or cooperate with, any institution against the Seller, the Depositor, or the Issuer of, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings under any United States Federal or State bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any obligations relating to the Notes, this Indenture or any of the Basic Documents.

SECTION 11.18 Inspection»

. The Issuer agrees that, on reasonable prior notice, it will permit any representative of the Trustee, during the Issuer’s normal business hours, to examine all the books of account, records, reports, and other papers of the Issuer, to make copies and extracts therefrom, to cause such books to be audited by independent certified public accountants, and to discuss the Issuer’s affairs, finances and accounts with the Issuer’s officers, employees, and independent certified public accountants, all at such reasonable times and as often as may be reasonably requested. The Trustee shall and shall cause its representatives to hold in confidence all such information except to the extent disclosure may be required by law (and all reasonable applications for confidential treatment are unavailing) and except to the extent that the Trustee may reasonably determine that such disclosure is consistent with its Obligations hereunder.

SECTION 11.19 Limitation on Recourse to Seller»

. The obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture are solely the obligations of the Issuer and do not represent any obligation or interest in any assets of the Depositor. The Trustee, by entering into this Indenture, and each Noteholder and Note Owner, by accepting a Note or a beneficial interest in a Note, acknowledge and agree that they have no right, title or interest in or to any Other Assets of the Depositor. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if such Trustee, Noteholder or Note Owner either (i) asserts an interest or claim to, or benefit from, the Other Assets, or (ii) is deemed to have any such interest, claim to, or benefit in or from the Other Assets, whether by operation of law, legal process, pursuant to insolvency laws or otherwise (including by virtue of Section 1111(b) of the United States Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. §§ 101 et seq., as amended (“Bankruptcy Code”)), then such Indenture Trustee, Noteholder or Note Owner further acknowledges and agrees that any such interest, claim or benefit in or from the Other Assets is expressly subordinated to the indefeasible payment in full of the other obligations and liabilities, which, under the relevant documents relating to the securitization or conveyance of such Other Assets, are entitled to be paid from, entitled to the benefits of, or otherwise secured by such Other Assets (whether or not any such entitlement or security interest is legally perfected or otherwise entitled to a priority of distributions or application under applicable law, including insolvency laws, and whether or not asserted against the Depositor), including the payment of post-petition interest on such other obligations and liabilities. This subordination agreement is deemed a subordination agreement within the meaning of Section 510(a) of the Bankruptcy Code. The Trustee, each Noteholder and each Note Owner further acknowledges and agrees that no adequate remedy at law exists for a breach of this Section 11.19 and this Section 11.19 may be enforced by an action for specific performance. This Section 11.19 is for the third party benefit of those entitled to rely on this Section 11.19 and will survive the termination of this Indenture.

DAL:825641.2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer and the Trustee have caused this Indenture to be duly executed by their respective officers, hereunto duly authorized, all as of the day and year first above written.

CPS AUTO RECEIVABLES TRUST 2012-A,

By: WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

not in its individual capacity, but solely as Owner Trustee

By:

Name:

Title:

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

By:

Name:

Title:

DAL:825641.2

Indenture – Signature Page

CPS ART 2012-A

EXHIBIT A-1

Form of Class A Note

[Unless this Note is presented by an authorized representative of The Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation (“DTC”), to the Issuer or its agent for registration of transfer, exchange or payment, and any Note issued is registered in the name of Cede & Co. or in such other name as is requested by an authorized representative of DTC (and any payment is made to Cede & Co. or to such other entity as is requested by an authorized representative of DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL inasmuch as the registered owner hereof, Cede & Co., has an interest herein.]

[THIS NOTE IS A TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE FOR PURPOSES OF REGULATION S UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED. NEITHER THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD OR DELIVERED, EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO BELOW.]

[THIS NOTE IS A PERMANENT GLOBAL NOTE FOR PURPOSES OF REGULATION S UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED. NEITHER THIS PERMANENT REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD OR DELIVERED, EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO BELOW.]

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “1933 ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES (“BLUE SKY LAWS”), AND THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT (A) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE 1933 ACT IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (B) TO A NON-U.S. PERSON PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S OF THE 1933 ACT, (C) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) OF REGULATION D UNDER THE 1933 ACT WHO HOLDS ITS INTEREST IN THIS NOTE IN DEFINITIVE FORM OR (D) TO CPS RECEIVABLES FIVE LLC OR AN AFFILIATE THEREOF, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INDENTURE AND ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF THE EXEMPTION PROVIDED BY RULE 144A OF THE 1933 ACT FOR RESALES OF THIS NOTE.

THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE IN INSTALLMENTS AS SET FORTH HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF.

[IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE, IN ORDER TO ASSURE COMPLIANCE WITH THE 1933 ACT, THE TRANSFEREE OF SUCH NOTE MUST DELIVER A CERTIFICATION REGARDING THE FACTS SURROUNDING SUCH TRANSFER IN THE FORM OF EXHIBIT B TO THE INDENTURE.]

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

DAL:825641.2

A-1-

REGISTERED $___________________1

[No. A-R144A-[__] CUSIP NO. 126185 AA5]

[No. A-REGS-[__] CUSIP NO. U1266W AA1]

CPS AUTO RECEIVABLES TRUST 2012-A

CLASS A 2.78% ASSET-BACKED NOTES

CPS Auto Receivables Trust 2012-A, a statutory trust organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein referred to as the “Issuer”), for value received, hereby promises to pay to [CEDE & CO.], or registered assigns, the principal sum of _____________________ AND NO/100 DOLLARS payable on each Payment Date in an amount equal to the aggregate amount, if any, payable from the Principal Distribution Account in respect of principal on the Class A Notes pursuant to Section 3.1 of the Indenture and Section 5.8 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement; provided, however, that the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and payable on the Payment Date occurring on June 17, 2019 (the “Final Scheduled Payment Date”). The Issuer will pay interest on this Note at the rate per annum shown above on each Payment Date until the principal of this Note is paid or made available for payment, on the principal amount of this Note outstanding on the preceding Payment Date (after giving effect to all payments of principal made on the preceding Payment Date). Interest on this Note will accrue for each Payment Date from and including the immediately preceding Payment Date to but excluding such current Payment Date; provided that for the April 2012 Payment Date interest will accrue for the number of days from and including the Closing Date to and including April 15, 2012. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. Such principal of and interest on this Note shall be paid in the manner specified on the reverse hereof. Capitalized terms used in this Note and not defined herein have the meaning assigned to such terms in the Indenture.

The principal of and interest on this Note are payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. All payments made by the Issuer with respect to this Note shall be applied first to interest due and payable on this Note as provided above and then to the unpaid principal of this Note.

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Note.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee whose name appears below by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

1 Minimum denominations of $100,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 thereof

DAL:825641.2

A-1-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be signed, manually or in facsimile, by its Authorized Officer as of the date set forth below.

CPS AUTO RECEIVABLES TRUST 2012-A

By: WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

not in its individual capacity,

but solely as Owner Trustee

By:

Name:

Title:

DAL:825641.2

A-1-

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Notes designated above and referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not in its individual capacity, but solely as Trustee

By:

Authorized Signatory

Date: ___________ ___, 20___

DAL:825641.2

A-1-

[REVERSE OF NOTE]

This note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Issuer, designated as its Class A 2.78% Asset-Backed Notes (herein called the “Class A Notes”), all issued under an Indenture dated as of March 1, 2012 (such indenture, as supplemented or amended, is herein called the “Indenture”), between the Issuer and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”, which term includes any successor Trustee under the Indenture), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights and obligations thereunder of the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes. The Notes are subject to all terms of the Indenture.

The Class A Notes, the Class B Notes, Class C Notes, and the Class D Notes (collectively, the “Notes”) are and will be equally and ratably secured by the collateral pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture.

Principal of the Class A Notes will be payable on each Payment Date in an amount described on the face hereof. “Payment Date” means the fifteenth day of each month, or, if any such date is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day, commencing April 16, 2012.

As described above, the entire unpaid principal amount of this Class A Note shall be due and payable on the earlier of the Final Scheduled Payment Date and the Redemption Date, if any, pursuant to Section 10.1 of the Indenture. In addition, a portion of the unpaid principal balance of this Note shall be due and payable on the Mandatory Redemption Date, if any, pursuant to Section 10.1(b) of the Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the entire unpaid principal amount of the Class A Notes shall be due and payable on the date on which an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Notes have been declared immediately due and payable in the manner provided in Section 5.2 of the Indenture. All principal payments on the Class A Notes shall be made pro rata to the Class A Noteholders entitled thereto.

Payments of interest on this Class A Note due and payable on each Payment Date, together with the installment of principal, if any, to the extent not in full payment of this Class A Note, shall be made by check mailed to the Person whose name appears as the Holder of this Class A Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) in the Note Register as of the close of business on each Record Date or by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account designated in writing to the Trustee by such Person at least five Business Days prior to the related Record Date, except that with respect to Notes registered on the Record Date in the name of the nominee of the Clearing Agency (initially, such nominee to be Cede & Co.), payments will be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account designated by such nominee. Such checks shall be mailed to the Person entitled thereto at the address of such Person as it appears on the Note Register as of the applicable Record Date without requiring that this Class A Note be submitted for notation of payment. Any reduction in the principal amount of this Class A Note (or any one or more Predecessor Notes) effected by any payments made on any Payment Date shall be binding upon all future Holders of this Class A Note and of any Class A Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof, whether or not noted hereon. If funds are expected to be available, as provided in the Indenture, for payment in full of the then remaining unpaid principal amount of this Class A Note on a Payment Date, then the Trustee, in the name of and on behalf of the Issuer, will notify the Person who was the Holder hereof as of the Record Date preceding such Payment Date by notice mailed prior to such Payment Date and the amount then due and payable shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of this Class A Note at the Trustee’s principal Corporate Trust Office.

The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the Class A Interest Rate to the extent lawful.

As provided in the Indenture, the Notes may be redeemed (a) pursuant to Section 10.1 of the Indenture, in whole, but not in part, at the option of the Servicer, on any Payment Date on or after the date on which the Pool Balance is less than or equal to 10% of the Original Collateral Balance; and (b) pursuant to Section 10.1(b) of the Indenture, in part, on a pro rata basis, on the Mandatory Redemption Date if any Pre-Funded Amount remains on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account after giving effect to the purchase of all Subsequent Receivables during the Funding Period.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set forth therein, the transfer of this Class A Note may be registered on the Note Register upon surrender of this Class A Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, (i) duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, with such signature guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Note Registrar which requirements include membership or participation in Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Note Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Exchange Act, and (ii) accompanied by such other documents as the Trustee may require, and thereupon one or more new Class A Notes of authorized denominations and in the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service charge will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Class A Note, but the transferor may be required to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any such registration of transfer or exchange. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Indenture or any other Basic Document, (i) the transfer of a Class A Note, including the right to receive principal and any stated interest thereon, may be effected only by surrender of the old Class A Note (or satisfactory evidence of the destruction, loss or theft of such Note) to the Note Registrar, and the issuance by the Issuer (through the Note Registrar) of a new Class A Note to the new Holder, and (ii) each Class A Note must be registered in the name of the Holder thereof as to both principal and any stated interest with the Note Registrar.

Each Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Class A Note or, in the case of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Class A Note agrees to treat the Class A Notes as indebtedness of the Issuer for Federal and State income tax reporting purposes and further covenants and agrees that no recourse may be taken, directly or indirectly, with respect to the obligations of the Issuer, the Owner Trustee or the Trustee on the Notes or under the Indenture or any certificate or other writing delivered in connection therewith, against (i) the Seller, the Servicer, the Depositor, the Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, (ii) any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or (iii) any partner, owner, beneficiary, agent, officer, director or employee of the Issuer, the Seller, the Servicer, the Depositor, the Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, any holder of a beneficial interest in the Issuer, the Seller, the Servicer, the Depositor, the Owner Trustee or the Trustee or of any successor or assign of the Issuer, the Seller, the Servicer, the Depositor, the Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, except as any such Person may have expressly agreed (it being understood that the Trustee and the Owner Trustee have no such obligations in their individual capacity) and except that any such partner, owner or beneficiary shall be fully liable, to the extent provided by applicable law, for any unpaid consideration for stock, unpaid capital contribution or failure to pay any installment or call owing to such entity.

Each Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Class A Note or, in the case of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Class A Note covenants and agrees by accepting the benefits of the Indenture that such Noteholder will not at any time institute against the Depositor or the Issuer or join in any institution against the Depositor or the Issuer of, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings, under any United States Federal or State bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any obligations relating to the Notes, the Indenture or the Basic Documents.

Each Noteholder by its acquisition of a Class A Note (or a beneficial interest therein) shall be deemed to have represented and warranted for the benefit of the Issuer, the Trustee, the Owner Trustee and the Noteholders, that either (i) it is not acquiring such Class A Note with the assets of any “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA which is subject to Title I of ERISA or any “plan” as defined in Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code or (ii) the acquisition and holding of such Class A Note will be covered by Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption (“PTCE”) 84-14, PTCE 90-1, PTCE 91-38, PTCE 95-60, PTCE 96-23 or a similar U.S. Department of Labor class exemption or other similar exemption.

Prior to the due presentment for registration of transfer of this Class A Note, the Issuer and the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Class A Note (as of the day of determination or as of such other date as may be specified in the Indenture) is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Class A Note be overdue, and neither the Issuer, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

The Indenture permits, subject to certain limitations and exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Issuer and the rights of the Holders of the Notes under the Indenture at any time by the Issuer without the consent of Noteholders. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of Notes representing a majority (by Outstanding Amount) of the Controlling Class, on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes, to waive compliance by the Issuer with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Class A Note and of any Class A Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Class A Note. The Indenture also permits the Trustee to amend or waive certain terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture without the consent of Holders of the Notes issued thereunder.

The term “Issuer” as used in this Class A Note includes any successor to the Issuer under the Indenture.

The Issuer is permitted by the Indenture, under certain circumstances, to merge or consolidate, subject to the rights of the Trustee and the Holders of Notes under the Indenture.

The Class A Notes are issuable only in registered form in denominations as provided in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations therein set forth.

This Class A Note and the Indenture shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without reference to its conflict of law provisions, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Class A Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Class A Note at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.

Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, except as expressly provided in the Indenture or the Basic Documents, neither the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer, nor any of their respective partners, beneficiaries, agents, officers, directors, employees or successors or assigns shall be personally liable for, nor shall recourse be had to any of them for, the payment of principal of or interest on, or performance of, or omission to perform, any of the covenants, obligations or indemnifications contained in this Class A Note or the Indenture, it being expressly understood that said covenants, obligations and indemnifications have been made by the Owner Trustee for the sole purposes of binding the interests of the Owner Trustee in the assets of the Issuer. The Holder of this Class A Note by the acceptance hereof agrees that except as expressly provided in the Indenture or the Basic Documents, in the case of an Event of Default under the Indenture, the Holder shall have no claim against any of the foregoing for any deficiency, loss or claim therefrom; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall be taken to prevent recourse to, and enforcement against, the assets of the Issuer for any and all liabilities, obligations and undertakings contained in the Indenture or in this Class A Note.

DAL:825641.2

A-1-

ASSIGNMENT

Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee:___________________

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

_________________________________________________________________

(name and address of assignee)

the within Note and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints, attorney, to transfer said Note on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated: _________________________

1/ Signature Guaranteed:________________________

1/ NOTE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Note in every particular, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

DAL:825641.2

A-1-

EXHIBIT A-2

Form of Class B Note

THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE IN INSTALLMENTS AS SET FORTH HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF.

THIS NOTE IS SUBORDINATE IN RIGHT OF PAYMENT TO THE CLASS A NOTES ISSUED UNDER THE INDENTURE.

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

DAL:825641.2

A-2-

REGISTERED $_______________1

[No. B-R144A-[__] CUSIP NO. 126185 AB3]

[No. B-REGS-[__] CUSIP NO. U1266W AB9]

CPS AUTO RECEIVABLES TRUST 2012-A

CLASS B 5.01% ASSET-BACKED NOTES

CPS Auto Receivables Trust 2012-A, a statutory trust organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein referred to as the “Issuer”), for value received, hereby promises to pay to [CEDE & CO.], or registered assigns, the principal sum of ___________________ AND NO/100 DOLLARS payable on each Payment Date in an amount equal to the aggregate amount, if any, payable from the Principal Distribution Account in respect of principal on the Class B Notes pursuant to Section 3.1 of the Indenture and Section 5.8 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, provided, however, that the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and payable on the Payment Date occurring in June 17, 2019 (the “Final Scheduled Payment Date”). The Issuer will pay interest on this Note at the rate per annum shown above on each Payment Date until the principal of this Note is paid or made available for payment, on the principal amount of this Note outstanding on the preceding Payment Date (after giving effect to all payments of principal made on the preceding Payment Date). Interest on this Note will accrue for each Payment Date from and including the immediately preceding Payment Date to but excluding such current Payment Date; provided that for the April 2012 Payment Date interest will accrue for the number of days from and including the Closing Date to and including April 15, 2012. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. Such principal of and interest on this Note shall be paid in the manner specified on the reverse hereof. Capitalized terms used in this Note and not defined herein have the meaning assigned to such terms in the Indenture.

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Note.

1 Minimum denominations of $100,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 thereof

DAL:825641.2

A-2-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be signed, manually or in facsimile, by its Authorized Officer as of the date set forth below.

CPS AUTO RECEIVABLES TRUST 2012-A

By: WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

not in its individual capacity, but solely as Owner Trustee

By:

Name:

Title:

DAL:825641.2

A-2-

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Notes designated above and referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

not in its individual capacity, but solely as Trustee

By:

Authorized Signatory

Date: _____________, 20__

DAL:825641.2

A-2-

[REVERSE OF NOTE]

This note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Issuer, designated as its Class B 5.01% Asset-Backed Notes (herein called the “Class B Notes”), all issued under an Indenture dated as of March 1, 2012 (such indenture, as supplemented or amended, is herein called the “Indenture”), between the Issuer and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”, which term includes any successor Trustee under the Indenture), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights and obligations thereunder of the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes. The Notes are subject to all terms of the Indenture.

The Class A Notes, the Class B Notes, the Class C Notes and the Class D Notes (collectively, the “Notes”) are and will be equally and ratably secured by the collateral pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture, however, the Class B Notes are subordinate in priority of payment to the Class A Notes on each Payment Date and upon a liquidation of the Trust Estate as described in the Indenture and the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

Principal of the Class B Notes will be payable on each Payment Date in an amount described on the face hereof. “Payment Date” means the fifteenth day of each month, or, if any such date is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day, commencing April 16, 2012.

As described above, the entire unpaid principal amount of this Class B Note shall be due and payable on the earlier of the Final Scheduled Payment Date and the Redemption Date, if any, pursuant to Section 10.1 of the Indenture. In addition, a portion of the unpaid principal balance of this Note shall be due and payable on the Mandatory Redemption Date, if any, pursuant to Section 10.1(b) of the Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the entire unpaid principal amount of the Class B Notes shall be due and payable on the date on which an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Notes have been declared immediately due and payable in the manner provided in Section 5.2 of the Indenture. All principal payments on the Class B Notes shall be made pro rata to the Class B Noteholders entitled thereto.

Payments of interest on this Class B Note due and payable on each Payment Date, together with the installment of principal, if any, to the extent not in full payment of this Class B Note, shall be made by check mailed to the Person whose name appears as the Holder of this Class B Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) in the Note Register as of the close of business on each Record Date or by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account designated in writing to the Trustee by such Person at least five Business Days prior to the related Record Date, except that with respect to Notes registered on the Record Date in the name of the nominee of the Clearing Agency (initially, such nominee to be Cede & Co.), payments will be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account designated by such nominee. Such checks shall be mailed to the Person entitled thereto at the address of such Person as it appears on the Note Register as of the applicable Record Date without requiring that this Class B Note be submitted for notation of payment. Any reduction in the principal amount of this Class B Note (or any one or more Predecessor Notes) effected by any payments made on any Payment Date shall be binding upon all future Holders of this Class B Note and of any Class B Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof, whether or not noted hereon. If funds are expected to be available, as provided in the Indenture, for payment in full of the then remaining unpaid principal amount of this Class B Note on a Payment Date, then the Trustee, in the name of and on behalf of the Issuer, will notify the Person who was the Holder hereof as of the Record Date preceding such Payment Date by notice mailed prior to such Payment Date and the amount then due and payable shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of this Class B Note at the Trustee’s principal Corporate Trust Office.

The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the Class B Interest Rate to the extent lawful.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set forth therein, the transfer of this Class B Note may be registered on the Note Register upon surrender of this Class B Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, (i) duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, with such signature guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Note Registrar which requirements include membership or participation in Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Note Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Exchange Act, and (ii) accompanied by such other documents as the Trustee may require, and thereupon one or more new Class B Notes of authorized denominations and in the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service charge will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Class B Note, but the transferor may be required to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any such registration of transfer or exchange. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Indenture or any other Basic Document, (i) the transfer of a Class B Note, including the right to receive principal and any stated interest thereon, may be effected only by surrender of the old Class B Note (or satisfactory evidence of the destruction, loss or theft of such Note) to the Note Registrar, and the issuance by the Issuer (through the Note Registrar) of a new Class B Note to the new Holder, and (ii) each Class B Note must be registered in the name of the Holder thereof as to both principal and any stated interest with the Note Registrar.

Each Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Class B Note or, in the case of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Class B Note agrees to treat the Class B Notes as indebtedness of the Issuer for federal and State income tax reporting purposes and further covenants and agrees that no recourse may be taken, directly or indirectly, with respect to the obligations of the Issuer, the Owner Trustee or the Trustee on the Notes or under the Indenture or any certificate or other writing delivered in connection therewith, against (i) the Seller, the Servicer, the Depositor, the Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, (ii) any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or (iii) any partner, owner, beneficiary, agent, officer, director or employee of the Issuer, the Seller, the Servicer, the Depositor, the Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, any holder of a beneficial interest in the Issuer, the Seller, the Servicer, the Depositor, the Owner Trustee or the Trustee or of any successor or assign of the Issuer, the Seller, the Servicer, the Depositor, the Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, except as any such Person may have expressly agreed (it being understood that the Trustee and the Owner Trustee have no such obligations in their individual capacity) and except that any such partner, owner or beneficiary shall be fully liable, to the extent provided by applicable law, for any unpaid consideration for stock, unpaid capital contribution or failure to pay any installment or call owing to such entity.

Each Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Class B Note or, in the case of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Class B Note covenants and agrees by accepting the benefits of the Indenture that such Noteholder will not at any time institute against the Depositor or the Issuer or join in any institution against the Depositor or the Issuer of, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings, under any United States Federal or State bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any obligations relating to the Notes, the Indenture or the Basic Documents.

Each Noteholder by its acquisition of a Class B Note (or a beneficial interest therein) shall be deemed to have represented and warranted for the benefit of the Issuer, the Trustee, the Owner Trustee and the Noteholders, that either (i) it is not acquiring any such Class B Note with the assets of any “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA which is subject to Title I of ERISA or any “plan” as defined in Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code or (ii) the acquisition and holding of such Class B Note will be covered by Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption (“PTCE”) 84-14, PTCE 90-1, PTCE 91-38, PTCE 95-60, PTCE 96-23 or a similar U.S. Department of Labor class exemption or other similar exemption.

Prior to the due presentment for registration of transfer of this Class B Note, the Issuer and the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Class B Note (as of the day of determination or as of such other date as may be specified in the Indenture) is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Class B Note be overdue, and neither the Issuer, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

The Indenture permits, subject to certain limitations and exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Issuer and the rights of the Holders of the Notes under the Indenture at any time by the Issuer without the consent of Noteholders. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of Notes representing a majority (by Outstanding Amount) of the Controlling Class, on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes, to waive compliance by the Issuer with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Class B Note and of any Class B Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Class B Note. The Indenture also permits the Trustee to amend or waive certain terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture without the consent of Holders of the Notes issued thereunder.

The term “Issuer” as used in this Class B Note includes any successor to the Issuer under the Indenture.

The Issuer is permitted by the Indenture, under certain circumstances, to merge or consolidate, subject to the rights of the Trustee and the Holders of Notes under the Indenture.

The Class B Notes are issuable only in registered form in denominations as provided in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations therein set forth.

This Class B Note and the Indenture shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without reference to its conflict of law provisions, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Class B Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Class B Note at the times, place, and rate, and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.

Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, except as expressly provided in the Indenture or the Basic Documents, neither the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer, nor any of their respective partners, beneficiaries, agents, officers, directors, employees or successors or assigns shall be personally liable for, nor shall recourse be had to any of them for, the payment of principal of or interest on, or performance of, or omission to perform, any of the covenants, obligations or indemnifications contained in this Class B Note or the Indenture, it being expressly understood that said covenants, obligations and indemnifications have been made by the Owner Trustee for the sole purposes of binding the interests of the Owner Trustee in the assets of the Issuer. The Holder of this Class B Note by the acceptance hereof agrees that except as expressly provided in the Indenture or the Basic Documents, in the case of an Event of Default under the Indenture, the Holder shall have no claim against any of the foregoing for any deficiency, loss or claim therefrom; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall be taken to prevent recourse to, and enforcement against, the assets of the Issuer for any and all liabilities, obligations and undertakings contained in the Indenture or in this Class B Note.

DAL:825641.2

A-2-

ASSIGNMENT

Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee:___________________

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

_________________________________________________________________

(name and address of assignee)

Dated: _________________________

1/ Signature Guaranteed:________________________

DAL:825641.2

A-2-

EXHIBIT A-3

[Form of Class C Note]

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “1933 ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES (“BLUE SKY LAWS”), AND THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT (A) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE 1933 ACT IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (B) TO A NON-U.S. PERSON PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S OF THE 1933 ACT, (C) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) OF REGULATION D UNDER THE 1933 ACT WHO HOLDS ITS INTEREST IN THIS NOTE IN DEFINITIVE FORM, OR (D) TO CPS RECEIVABLES FIVE LLC OR AN AFFILIATE THEREOF, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INDENTURE AND ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF THE EXEMPTION PROVIDED BY RULE 144A OF THE 1933 ACT FOR RESALES OF THIS NOTE.

IN NO EVENT SHALL THIS NOTE BE TRANSFERRED TO OR ACQUIRED ON BEHALF OF (I) AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”)) THAT IS SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF TITLE I OF ERISA, (II) A PLAN DESCRIBED IN SECTION 4975(e)(1) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED, OR (III) ANY ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE PLAN ASSETS BY REASON OF A PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY OR OTHERWISE (EACH, A “BENEFIT PLAN”). BY ACCEPTING AND HOLDING THIS NOTE, THE HOLDER HEREOF SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT IT IS NOT A BENEFIT PLAN.

IN NO EVENT SHALL THIS NOTE BE TRANSFERRED TO OR ACQUIRED BY CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION.

THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE IN INSTALLMENTS AS SET FORTH HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF.

THIS NOTE IS SUBORDINATE IN RIGHT OF PAYMENT TO THE CLASS A NOTES AND CLASS B NOTES ISSUED UNDER THE INDENTURE.

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

DAL:825641.2

A-3-

REGISTERED $_______________1

[No. C-R144A-[__] CUSIP NO. 126185 AC1]

[No. C-REGS-[__] CUSIP NO. U1266W AC7]

CPS AUTO RECEIVABLES TRUST 2012-A

CLASS C 6.51% ASSET-BACKED NOTES

CPS Auto Receivables Trust 2012-A, a statutory trust organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein referred to as the “Issuer”), for value received, hereby promises to pay to [CEDE & CO.], or registered assigns, the principal sum of ___________________________________ AND NO/100 DOLLARS payable on each Payment Date in an amount equal to the aggregate amount, if any, payable from the Principal Distribution Account in respect of principal on the Class C Notes pursuant to Section 3.1 of the Indenture and Section 5.8 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, provided, however, that the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and payable on the Payment Date occurring in June 17, 2019 (the “Final Scheduled Payment Date”). The Issuer will pay interest on this Note at the rate per annum shown above on each Payment Date until the principal of this Note is paid or made available for payment, on the principal amount of this Note outstanding on the preceding Payment Date (after giving effect to all payments of principal made on the preceding Payment Date). Interest on this Note will accrue for each Payment Date from and including the immediately preceding Payment Date to but excluding such current Payment Date; provided that for the April 2012 Payment Date interest will accrue for the number of days from and including the Closing Date to and including April 15, 2012. Such principal of and interest on this Note shall be paid in the manner specified on the reverse hereof. Capitalized terms used in this Note and not defined herein have the meaning assigned to such terms in the Indenture.

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Note.

1 Minimum denominations of $100,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 thereof

DAL:825641.2

A-3-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be signed, manually or in facsimile, by its Authorized Officer as of the date set forth below.

CPS AUTO RECEIVABLES TRUST 2012-A

By: WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

not in its individual capacity, but solely as Owner Trustee

By:

Name:

Title:

DAL:825641.2

A-3-

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Notes designated above and referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

not in its individual capacity, but solely as Trustee

By:

Authorized Signatory

Date: ___________, 20__

DAL:825641.2

A-3-

[REVERSE OF NOTE]

This note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Issuer, designated as its Class C 6.51% Asset-Backed Notes (herein called the “Class C Notes”), all issued under an Indenture dated as of March 1, 2012 (such indenture, as supplemented or amended, is herein called the “Indenture”), between the Issuer and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”, which term includes any successor Trustee under the Indenture), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights and obligations thereunder of the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes. The Notes are subject to all terms of the Indenture.

The Class A Notes, the Class B Notes, the Class C Notes and the Class D Notes (collectively, the “Notes”) are and will be equally and ratably secured by the collateral pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture, however, the Class C Notes are subordinate in priority of payment to the Class A Notes and the Class B Notes on each Payment Date and upon a liquidation of the Trust Estate as described in the Indenture and the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

Principal of the Class C Notes will be payable on each Payment Date in an amount described on the face hereof. “Payment Date” means the fifteenth day of each month, or, if any such date is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day, commencing April 16, 2012.

As described above, the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and payable on the earlier of the Final Scheduled Payment Date and the Redemption Date, if any, pursuant to Section 10.1 of the Indenture. In addition, a portion of the unpaid principal balance of this Note shall be due and payable on the Mandatory Redemption Date, if any, pursuant to Section 10.1(b) of the Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the entire unpaid principal amount of the Class C Notes shall be due and payable on the date on which an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Notes have been declared immediately due and payable in the manner provided in Section 5.2 of the Indenture. All principal payments on the Class C Notes shall be made pro rata to the Class C Noteholders entitled thereto.

Payments of interest on this Class C Note due and payable on each Payment Date, together with the installment of principal, if any, to the extent not in full payment of this Class C Note, shall be made by check mailed to the Person whose name appears as the Holder of this Class C Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) in the Note Register as of the close of business on each Record Date or by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account designated in writing to the Trustee by such Person at least five Business Days prior to the related Record Date. Such checks shall be mailed to the Person entitled thereto at the address of such Person as it appears on the Note Register as of the applicable Record Date without requiring that this Note be submitted for notation of payment. Any reduction in the principal amount of this Class C Note (or any one or more Predecessor Notes) effected by any payments made on any Payment Date shall be binding upon all future Holders of this Class C Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof, whether or not noted hereon. If funds are expected to be available, as provided in the Indenture, for payment in full of the then remaining unpaid principal amount of this Class C Note on a Payment Date, then the Trustee, in the name of and on behalf of the Issuer, will notify the Person who was the Holder hereof as of the Record Date preceding such Payment Date by notice mailed prior to such Payment Date and the amount then due and payable shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of this Class C Note at the Trustee’s principal Corporate Trust Office.

The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the Class C Interest Rate to the extent lawful.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set forth therein, the transfer of this Class C Note may be registered on the Note Register upon surrender of this Class C Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, (i) duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, with such signature guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Note Registrar which requirements include membership or participation in Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Note Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Exchange Act, and (ii) accompanied by a certificate of the transferee in the form of Exhibit B to the Indenture and such other documents as the Trustee may require, and thereupon one or more new Class C Notes of authorized denominations and in the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service charge will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Class C Note, but the transferor may be required to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any such registration of transfer or exchange. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Indenture or any other Basic Document, (i) the transfer of a Class C Note, including the right to receive principal and any stated interest thereon, may be effected only by surrender of the old Class C Note (or satisfactory evidence of the destruction, loss or theft of such Note) to the Note Registrar, and the issuance by the Issuer (through the Note Registrar) of a new Class C Note to the new Holder, and (ii) each Class C Note must be registered in the name of the Holder thereof as to both principal and any stated interest with the Note Registrar.

Each Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Class C Note or, in the case of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Class C Note, agrees to treat the Class C Notes as indebtedness of the Issuer for federal and State income tax reporting purposes and further covenants and agrees that no recourse may be taken, directly or indirectly, with respect to the obligations of the Issuer, the Owner Trustee or the Trustee on the Notes or under the Indenture or any certificate or other writing delivered in connection therewith, against (i) the Seller, the Servicer, the Depositor, the Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, (ii) any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or (iii) any partner, owner, beneficiary, agent, officer, director or employee of the Issuer, the Seller, the Servicer, the Depositor, the Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, any holder of a beneficial interest in the Issuer, the Seller, the Servicer, the Depositor, the Owner Trustee or the Trustee or of any successor or assign of the Issuer, the Seller, the Servicer, the Depositor, the Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, except as any such Person may have expressly agreed (it being understood that the Trustee and the Owner Trustee have no such obligations in their individual capacity) and except that any such partner, owner or beneficiary shall be fully liable, to the extent provided by applicable law, for any unpaid consideration for stock, unpaid capital contribution or failure to pay any installment or call owing to such entity.

Each Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Class C Note or, in the case of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Class C Note, covenants and agrees by accepting the benefits of the Indenture that such Noteholder will not at any time institute against the Depositor or the Issuer or join in any institution against the Depositor or the Issuer of, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings, under any United States Federal or State bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any obligations relating to the Notes, the Indenture or the Basic Documents.

Each Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Class C Note or, in the case of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Class C Note, shall be deemed to have represented and warranted for the benefit of the Issuer, the Trustee, the Owner Trustee and the Noteholders, that it is not acquiring any such Class C Note with the assets of any “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA which is subject to Title I of ERISA or any “plan” as defined in Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code.

Prior to the due presentment for registration of transfer of this Class C Note, the Issuer and the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Class C Note (as of the day of determination or as of such other date as may be specified in the Indenture) is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Class C Note be overdue, and neither the Issuer, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

The Indenture permits, subject to certain limitations and exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Issuer and the rights of the Holders of the Notes under the Indenture at any time by the Issuer without the consent of Noteholders. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of Notes representing a majority (by Outstanding Amount) of the Controlling Class, on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes, to waive compliance by the Issuer with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Class C Note and of any Class C Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Class C Note. The Indenture also permits the Trustee to amend or waive certain terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture without the consent of Holders of the Notes issued thereunder.

The term “Issuer” as used in this Class C Note includes any successor to the Issuer under the Indenture.

The Issuer is permitted by the Indenture, under certain circumstances, to merge or consolidate, subject to the rights of the Trustee and the Holders of Notes under the Indenture.

The Class C Notes are issuable only in registered form in denominations as provided in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations therein set forth.

This Class C Note and the Indenture shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without reference to its conflict of law provisions, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Class C Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Class C Note at the times, place, and rate, and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.

Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, except as expressly provided in the Indenture or the Basic Documents, neither the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer, nor any of their respective partners, beneficiaries, agents, officers, directors, employees or successors or assigns shall be personally liable for, nor shall recourse be had to any of them for, the payment of principal of or interest on, or performance of, or omission to perform, any of the covenants, obligations or indemnifications contained in this Class C Note or the Indenture, it being expressly understood that said covenants, obligations and indemnifications have been made by the Owner Trustee for the sole purposes of binding the interests of the Owner Trustee in the assets of the Issuer. The Holder of this Class C Note by the acceptance hereof agrees that except as expressly provided in the Indenture or the Basic Documents, in the case of an Event of Default under the Indenture, the Holder shall have no claim against any of the foregoing for any deficiency, loss or claim therefrom; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall be taken to prevent recourse to, and enforcement against, the assets of the Issuer for any and all liabilities, obligations and undertakings contained in the Indenture or in this Class C Note.

DAL:825641.2

A-3-

ASSIGNMENT

Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee:___________________

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

_________________________________________________________________

(name and address of assignee)

Dated: _________________________

1/ Signature Guaranteed:________________________

DAL:825641.2

A-3-

EXHIBIT A-4

[Form of Class D Note]

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “1933 ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES (“BLUE SKY LAWS”), AND THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT (A) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE 1933 ACT IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (B) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) OF REGULATION D UNDER THE 1933 ACT WHO HOLDS ITS INTEREST IN THIS NOTE IN DEFINITIVE FORM, OR (C) TO CPS RECEIVABLES FIVE LLC OR AN AFFILIATE THEREOF, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INDENTURE AND ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF THE EXEMPTION PROVIDED BY RULE 144A FOR RESALES OF THIS NOTE.

IN NO EVENT SHALL THIS NOTE BE TRANSFERRED TO OR ACQUIRED BY CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION.

THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE IN INSTALLMENTS AS SET FORTH HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF.

THIS NOTE IS SUBORDINATE IN RIGHT OF PAYMENT TO THE CLASS A NOTES, CLASS B NOTES AND CLASS C NOTES ISSUED UNDER THE INDENTURE.

THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE ACQUIRED BY A PERSON THAT IS NOT A “UNITED STATES PERSON” AS SUCH TERM IS DEFINED IN THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED.

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

DAL:825641.2

A-4-

REGISTERED $_______________1

No. D-R144A-[__] CUSIP NO. 126185 AD9

CPS AUTO RECEIVABLES TRUST 2012-A

CLASS D 8.59% ASSET-BACKED NOTES

CPS Auto Receivables Trust 2012-A, a statutory trust organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein referred to as the “Issuer”), for value received, hereby promises to pay to [CEDE & CO.], or registered assigns, the principal sum of ___________________________________ AND NO/100 DOLLARS payable on each Payment Date in an amount equal to the aggregate amount, if any, payable from the Principal Distribution Account in respect of principal on the Class D Notes pursuant to Section 3.1 of the Indenture and Section 5.8 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, provided, however, that the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and payable on the Payment Date occurring in June 17, 2019 (the “Final Scheduled Payment Date”). The Issuer will pay interest on this Note at the rate per annum shown above on each Payment Date until the principal of this Note is paid or made available for payment, on the principal amount of this Note outstanding on the preceding Payment Date (after giving effect to all payments of principal made on the preceding Payment Date). Interest on this Note will accrue for each Payment Date from and including the immediately preceding Payment Date to but excluding such current Payment Date; provided that for the April 2012 Payment Date interest will accrue for the number of days from and including the Closing Date to and including April 15, 2012. Such principal of and interest on this Note shall be paid in the manner specified on the reverse hereof. Capitalized terms used in this Note and not defined herein have the meaning assigned to such terms in the Indenture.

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Note.

1 Minimum denominations of $100,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 thereof

DAL:825641.2

A-4-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be signed, manually or in facsimile, by its Authorized Officer as of the date set forth below.

CPS AUTO RECEIVABLES TRUST 2012-A

By: WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

not in its individual capacity, but solely as Owner Trustee

By:

Name:

Title:

DAL:825641.2

A-4-

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Notes designated above and referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

not in its individual capacity, but solely as Trustee

By:

Authorized Signatory

Date: ___________, 20__

DAL:825641.2

A-4-

[REVERSE OF NOTE]

This note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Issuer, designated as its Class D 8.59% Asset-Backed Notes (herein called the “Class D Notes”), all issued under an Indenture dated as of March 1, 2012 (such indenture, as supplemented or amended, is herein called the “Indenture”), between the Issuer and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”, which term includes any successor Trustee under the Indenture), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights and obligations thereunder of the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes. The Notes are subject to all terms of the Indenture.

The Class A Notes, the Class B Notes, the Class C Notes and the Class D Notes (collectively, the “Notes”) are and will be equally and ratably secured by the collateral pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture, however, the Class D Notes are subordinate in priority of payment to the Class A Notes, the Class B Notes and the Class C Notes on each Payment Date and upon a liquidation of the Trust Estate as described in the Indenture and the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

Principal of the Class D Notes will be payable on each Payment Date in an amount described on the face hereof. “Payment Date” means the fifteenth day of each month, or, if any such date is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day, commencing April 16, 2012.

As described above, the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and payable on the earlier of the Final Scheduled Payment Date and the Redemption Date, if any, pursuant to Section 10.1 of the Indenture. In addition, a portion of the unpaid principal balance of this Note shall be due and payable on the Mandatory Redemption Date, if any, pursuant to Section 10.1(b) of the Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the entire unpaid principal amount of the Class D Notes shall be due and payable on the date on which an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Notes have been declared immediately due and payable in the manner provided in Section 5.2 of the Indenture. All principal payments on the Class D Notes shall be made pro rata to the Class D Noteholders entitled thereto.

Payments of interest on this Class D Note due and payable on each Payment Date, together with the installment of principal, if any, to the extent not in full payment of this Class D Note, shall be made by check mailed to the Person whose name appears as the Holder of this Class D Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) in the Note Register as of the close of business on each Record Date or by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account designated in writing to the Trustee by such Person at least five Business Days prior to the related Record Date. Such checks shall be mailed to the Person entitled thereto at the address of such Person as it appears on the Note Register as of the applicable Record Date without requiring that this Note be submitted for notation of payment. Any reduction in the principal amount of this Class D Note (or any one or more Predecessor Notes) effected by any payments made on any Payment Date shall be binding upon all future Holders of this Class D Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof, whether or not noted hereon. If funds are expected to be available, as provided in the Indenture, for payment in full of the then remaining unpaid principal amount of this Class D Note on a Payment Date, then the Trustee, in the name of and on behalf of the Issuer, will notify the Person who was the Holder hereof as of the Record Date preceding such Payment Date by notice mailed prior to such Payment Date and the amount then due and payable shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of this Class D Note at the Trustee’s principal Corporate Trust Office.

The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the Class D Interest Rate to the extent lawful.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set forth therein, the transfer of this Class D Note may be registered on the Note Register upon surrender of this Class D Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, (i) duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, with such signature guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Note Registrar which requirements include membership or participation in Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Note Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Exchange Act, and (ii) accompanied by a certificate of the transferee in the form of Exhibit B to the Indenture and such other documents as the Trustee may require, and thereupon one or more new Class D Notes of authorized denominations and in the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service charge will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Class D Note, but the transferor may be required to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any such registration of transfer or exchange. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Indenture or any other Basic Document, (i) the transfer of a Class D Note, including the right to receive principal and any stated interest thereon, may be effected only by surrender of the old Class D Note (or satisfactory evidence of the destruction, loss or theft of such Note) to the Note Registrar, and the issuance by the Issuer (through the Note Registrar) of a new Class D Note to the new Holder, and (ii) each Class D Note must be registered in the name of the Holder thereof as to both principal and any stated interest with the Note Registrar.

Each Noteholder, by acceptance of a Class D Note, covenants and agrees that no recourse may be taken, directly or indirectly, with respect to the obligations of the Issuer, the Owner Trustee or the Trustee on the Notes or under the Indenture or any certificate or other writing delivered in connection therewith, against (i) the Seller, the Servicer, the Depositor, the Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, (ii) any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or (iii) any partner, owner, beneficiary, agent, officer, director or employee of the Issuer, the Seller, the Servicer, the Depositor, the Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, any holder of a beneficial interest in the Issuer, the Seller, the Servicer, the Depositor, the Owner Trustee or the Trustee or of any successor or assign of the Issuer, the Seller, the Servicer, the Depositor, the Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, except as any such Person may have expressly agreed (it being understood that the Trustee and the Owner Trustee have no such obligations in their individual capacity) and except that any such partner, owner or beneficiary shall be fully liable, to the extent provided by applicable law, for any unpaid consideration for stock, unpaid capital contribution or failure to pay any installment or call owing to such entity.

Each Noteholder, by acceptance of a Class D Note, covenants and agrees by accepting the benefits of the Indenture that such Noteholder will not at any time institute against the Depositor or the Issuer or join in any institution against the Depositor or the Issuer of, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings, under any United States Federal or State bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any obligations relating to the Notes, the Indenture or the Basic Documents.

Each Noteholder by its acquisition of a Class D Note (or a beneficial interest therein) shall be deemed to have represented and warranted for the benefit of the Issuer, the Trustee, the Owner Trustee and the Noteholders, that it is not acquiring any such Class D Note with the assets of any “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA which is subject to Title I of ERISA or any “plan” as defined in Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code.

Prior to the due presentment for registration of transfer of this Class D Note, the Issuer and the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Class D Note (as of the day of determination or as of such other date as may be specified in the Indenture) is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Class D Note be overdue, and neither the Issuer, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

The Indenture permits, subject to certain limitations and exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Issuer and the rights of the Holders of the Notes under the Indenture at any time by the Issuer without the consent of Noteholders. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of Notes representing a majority (by Outstanding Amount) of the Controlling Class, on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes, to waive compliance by the Issuer with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Class D Note and of any Class D Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Class D Note. The Indenture also permits the Trustee to amend or waive certain terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture without the consent of Holders of the Notes issued thereunder.

The term “Issuer” as used in this Class D Note includes any successor to the Issuer under the Indenture.

The Issuer is permitted by the Indenture, under certain circumstances, to merge or consolidate, subject to the rights of the Trustee and the Holders of Notes under the Indenture.

The Class D Notes are issuable only in registered form in denominations as provided in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations therein set forth.

This Class D Note and the Indenture shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without reference to its conflict of law provisions, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Class D Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Class D Note at the times, place, and rate, and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.

Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, except as expressly provided in the Indenture or the Basic Documents, neither the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer, nor any of their respective partners, beneficiaries, agents, officers, directors, employees or successors or assigns shall be personally liable for, nor shall recourse be had to any of them for, the payment of principal of or interest on, or performance of, or omission to perform, any of the covenants, obligations or indemnifications contained in this Class D Note or the Indenture, it being expressly understood that said covenants, obligations and indemnifications have been made by the Owner Trustee for the sole purposes of binding the interests of the Owner Trustee in the assets of the Issuer. The Holder of this Class D Note by the acceptance hereof agrees that except as expressly provided in the Indenture or the Basic Documents, in the case of an Event of Default under the Indenture, the Holder shall have no claim against any of the foregoing for any deficiency, loss or claim therefrom; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall be taken to prevent recourse to, and enforcement against, the assets of the Issuer for any and all liabilities, obligations and undertakings contained in the Indenture or in this Class D Note.

DAL:825641.2

A-4-

ASSIGNMENT

Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee:___________________

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

_________________________________________________________________

(name and address of assignee)

Dated: _________________________

1/ Signature Guaranteed:________________________

DAL:825641.2

A-4-

EXHIBIT B

Form of Transferee Representation Letter

_____________, 20___

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Note Registrar

MAC N9311-161, Sixth Street & Marquette Avenue

Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479

Attention: Corporate Trust Services/Asset-Backed Administration, CPS 2012-A

Re: CPS Auto Receivables Trust 2012-A

Asset-Backed Notes, [Class A][Class B][Class C][Class D] (the “Notes”)

Dear Sirs:

This letter is delivered to you in connection with the transfer by ________________ (the “Transferor”) to ____________________________ (the “Transferee”) of the captioned Notes (the “Notes”), pursuant to Section 2.13 of the Indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of March 1, 2012, between CPS Auto Receivables Trust 2012-A, as Issuer, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee. All terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Indenture. The Transferee hereby certifies, represents and warrants to you, as Note Registrar, that:

1. The Transferee either (A) is a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A of the Securities Act, that is aware that the Transferor may be relying on the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act provided by Rule 144A and is acquiring the Notes for its own account or for the account of one or more qualified institutional buyers for whom it is authorized to act, and has completed one of the forms of certification to that effect attached hereto as Annex 1 and Annex 2, (B) with respect to the Class A Notes, Class B Notes and Class C Notes only, is a Non-U.S. Person and is acquiring the Notes pursuant to an offer and sale that occurs outside of the United States in compliance with Regulation S under the Securities Act, or (C) is an Institutional “Accredited Investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D of the Securities Act and is acquiring such Note in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

2. The Transferee understands that the Notes have not been and will not be registered under the Securities Act, and are being sold to it in a transaction that is exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and that, if in the future it decides to offer, resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes, the Notes may be offered, sold, pledged or otherwise transferred only (A) to CPS Receivables Five LLC or an Affiliate thereof, (B) to a person whom the seller reasonably believes is a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, (C) with respect to the Class A Notes, Class B Notes and Class C Notes only, to a Non-U.S. Person pursuant to offers and sales that occur outside of the United States in compliance with Regulation S under the Securities Act or (D) to an Institutional “Accredited Investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D of the Securities Act, in each case in a transaction otherwise exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable securities laws of any State or any other territory or jurisdiction, and in compliance with the Indenture. The Transferee further understands that no representation is made as to the availability of the exemption provided by Rule 144A for resales of the Notes.

3. The Transferee is not a pension, profit-sharing or other employee benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA or an individual retirement account, a Keogh plan or any other plan within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (each, a “Benefit Plan”) and is not acquiring any Notes with the assets of a Benefit Plan [CLASS A NOTES AND B NOTES ONLY SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: [or its acquisition of and continued holding of such Note will be covered by Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption (“PTCE”) 84-14, PTCE 90-1, PTCE 91-38, PTCE 95-60, PTCE 96-23 or a similar U.S. Department of Labor class exemption]].

4. The Transferee has received a copy of the Confidential Private Placement Memorandum dated March 13, 2012, relating to the Notes, including all exhibits and schedules thereto, and has been furnished with all information that it has requested regarding (a) the Notes and payments thereon, (b) the Trust Estate, and (c) the Basic Documents. The Transferee understands that substantial risks are involved in an investment in the Notes and the Transferee represents that in making its investment decision to acquire the Notes, it has not relied on representations, warranties, opinions, projections, financial or other information or analysis, if any, supplied to it by any person, including Citigroup Global Markets Inc. or CRT Capital Group LLC, as Placement Agents, except as expressly set forth in the Confidential Private Placement Memorandum. The Transferee has had an opportunity, within a reasonable period of time prior to purchasing the Notes, to ask questions concerning the Notes and the Trust Estate and has received satisfactory answers to such questions.

5. The Transferee will comply with all applicable United States federal and State securities laws, rules and regulations in connection with any subsequent resale of the Notes by the Transferee.

6. The Transferee understands that the Notes may not be presented or surrendered to the Note Registrar or any Transfer Agent for registration of transfer or for exchange unless they are accompanied by (i) a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Note Registrar, duly executed by the holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, with guaranty of signature and (ii) either (A) a Transferee Letter from the person transferring such Note in the form of this letter, or (B) an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Note Registrar to the effect that such transfer is exempt from registration under the Securities Act and applicable State securities laws.

7. The Transferee further understands that the Notes bear a legend to the following effect:

“THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES, AND THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT (A) TO CPS RECEIVABLES FIVE LLC OR AN AFFILIATE THEREOF, (B) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, [(C) WITH RESPECT TO THE CLASS A NOTES, CLASS B NOTES AND THE CLASS C NOTES ONLY, TO A NON-U.S. PERSON PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT] OR (D) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF REGULATION D OF THE SECURITIES ACT], IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INDENTURE AND ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF THE EXEMPTION PROVIDED BY RULE 144A OF THE SECURITIES ACT FOR RESALES OF THIS NOTE.

[CLASS C AND CLASS D NOTES ONLY][IN NO EVENT SHALL THIS NOTE BE TRANSFERRED TO OR ACQUIRED ON BEHALF OF (I) AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”)) THAT IS SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF TITLE I OF ERISA, (II) A PLAN DESCRIBED IN SECTION 4975(e)(1) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED, OR (III) ANY ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE PLAN ASSETS BY REASON OF A PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY OR OTHERWISE (EACH, A “BENEFIT PLAN”). BY ACCEPTING AND HOLDING THIS NOTE, THE HOLDER HEREOF SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT IT IS NOT A BENEFIT PLAN.

IN NO EVENT SHALL THIS NOTE BE TRANSFERRED TO OR ACQUIRED BY CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION.]

[[CLASS D NOTES ONLY] THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE ACQUIRED BY A PERSON THAT IS NOT A “UNITED STATES PERSON” AS SUCH TERM IS DEFINED IN THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED.]

8. [CLASS D NOTES ONLY][It is a “United States Person” as defined in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.]

Very truly yours,

(Transferee)

By:

Name:

Title:

DAL:825641.2

B-

ANNEX I TO EXHIBIT B

QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER STATUS UNDER SEC RULE 144A

[For Transferees Other Than Registered Investment Companies]

The undersigned hereby certifies as follows to [name of Transferor] (the “Transferor”) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, with respect to the Notes (the “Notes”) described in the Transferee Letter to which this certification relates and to which this certification is an Annex:

(i) As indicated below, the undersigned is the chief financial officer, a person fulfilling an equivalent function, or other executive officer of the entity purchasing the Notes (the “Transferee”).

(ii) The Transferee is a “qualified institutional buyer” as that term is defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933 (“Rule 144A”) because (i) the Transferee owned and/or invested on a discretionary basis $_________________1 in securities (other than the excluded securities referred to below) as of the end of the Transferee’s most recent fiscal year (such amount being calculated in accordance with Rule 144A) and (ii) the Transferee satisfies the criteria in the category marked below.

___

Corporation, etc. The Transferee is a corporation (other than a bank, savings and loan association or similar institution), Massachusetts or similar business trust, partnership, or any organization described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

___

Bank. The Transferee (a) is a national bank or a banking institution organized under the laws of any State, U.S. territory or the District of Columbia, the business of which is substantially confined to banking and is supervised by the State or territorial banking commission or similar official or is a foreign bank or equivalent institution, and (b) has an audited net worth of at least $25,000,000 as demonstrated in its latest annual financial statements, a copy of which is attached hereto, as of a date not more than 16 months preceding the date of sale of the Notes in the case of a U.S. bank, and not more than 18 months preceding such date of sale for a foreign bank or equivalent institution.

___

Savings and Loan. The Transferee (a) is a savings and loan association, building and loan association, cooperative bank, homestead association or similar institution, which is supervised and examined by a United States State or federal authority having supervision over any such institutions or is a foreign savings and loan association or equivalent institution and (b) has an audited net worth of at least $25,000,000 as demonstrated in its latest annual financial statements, a copy of which is attached hereto, as of a date not more than 16 months preceding the date of sale of the Notes in the case of a U.S. savings and loan association, and not more than 18 months preceding such date of sale for a foreign savings and loan association or equivalent institution.

___

Broker-dealer. The Transferee is a dealer registered pursuant to Section 15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

___

Insurance Company. The Transferee is an insurance company whose primary and predominant business activity is the writing of insurance or the reinsuring of risks underwritten by insurance companies and which is subject to supervision by the insurance commissioner or a similar official or agency of a State, U.S. territory or the District of Columbia.

___

State or Local Plan. The Transferee is a plan established and maintained by a State, its political subdivisions, or any agency or instrumentality of the State or its political subdivisions, for the benefit of its employees.

___

ERISA Plan. The Transferee is an employee benefit plan within the meaning of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

___

Investment Advisor. The Transferee is an investment advisor registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.

___

Other. (Please supply a brief description of the entity and a cross-reference to the paragraph and subparagraph under subsection (a)(1) of Rule 144A pursuant to which it qualifies. Note that registered investment companies should complete Annex 2 rather than this Annex 1.)

(iii) The term “securities” as used herein does not include (i) securities of issuers that are affiliated with the Transferee, (ii) securities that are part of an unsold allotment to or subscription by the Transferee, if the Transferee is a dealer, (iii) bank deposit notes and certificates of deposit, (iv) loan participations, (v) repurchase agreements, (vi) securities owned but subject to a repurchase agreement and (vii) currency, interest rate and commodity swaps. For purposes of determining the aggregate amount of securities owned and/or invested on a discretionary basis by the Transferee, the Transferee did not include any of the securities referred to in this paragraph.

(iv) For purposes of determining the aggregate amount of securities owned and/or invested on a discretionary basis by the Transferee, the Transferee used the cost of such securities to the Transferee, unless the Transferee reports its securities holdings in its financial statements on the basis of their market value, and no current information with respect to the cost of those securities has been published, in which case the securities were valued at market. Further, in determining such aggregate amount, the Transferee may have included securities owned by subsidiaries of the Transferee, but only if such subsidiaries are consolidated with the Transferee in its financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and if the investments of such subsidiaries are managed under the Transferee’s direction. However, such securities were not included if the Transferee is a majority-owned, consolidated subsidiary of another enterprise and the Transferee is not itself a reporting company under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

(v) The Transferee acknowledges that it is familiar with Rule 144A and understands that the Transferor and other parties related to the Notes are relying and will continue to rely on the statements made herein because one or more sales to the Transferee may be in reliance on Rule 144A.

___ ___ Will the Transferee be purchasing the Notes

Yes No only for the Transferee’s own account?

(vi) If the answer to the foregoing question is “no”, then in each case where the Transferee is purchasing for an account other than its own, such account belongs to a third party that is itself a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, and the “qualified institutional buyer” status of such third party has been established by the Transferee through one or more of the appropriate methods contemplated by Rule 144A.

(vii) The Transferee will notify each of the parties to which this certification is made of any changes in the information and conclusions herein. Until such notice is given, the Transferee’s purchase of the Notes will constitute a reaffirmation of this certification as of the date of such purchase. In addition, if the Transferee is a bank or savings and loan as provided above, the Transferee agrees that it will furnish to such parties any updated annual financial statements that become available on or before the date of such purchase, promptly after they become available.

Print Name of Transferee:

By:

Name:

Title:

Date:

1 Transferee must own and/or invest on a discretionary basis at least $100,000,000 in securities unless Transferee is a dealer, and, in that case, Transferee must own and/or invest on a discretionary basis at least $10,000,000 in securities.

DAL:825641.2

B-

ANNEX 2 TO EXHIBIT B

QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER STATUS UNDER SEC RULE 144A

[For Transferees That Are Registered Investment Companies]

1. As indicated below, the undersigned is the chief financial officer, a person fulfilling an equivalent function, or other executive officer of the entity purchasing the Notes (the “Transferee”) or, if the Transferee is a “qualified institutional buyer” as that term is defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933 (“Rule 144A”) because the Transferee is part of a Family of Investment Companies (as defined below), is an executive officer of the investment adviser (the “Adviser”).

2. The Transferee is a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A because (i) the Transferee is an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, and (ii) as marked below, the Transferee alone owned and/or invested on a discretionary basis, or the Transferee’s Family of Investment Companies owned, at least $100,000,000 in securities (other than the excluded securities referred to below) as of the end of the Transferee’s most recent fiscal year. For purposes of determining the amount of securities owned by the Transferee or the Transferee’s Family of Investment Companies, the cost of such securities was used, unless the Transferee or any member of the Transferee’s Family of Investment Companies, as the case may be, reports its securities holdings in its financial statements on the basis of their market value, and no current information with respect to the cost of those securities has been published, in which case the securities of such entity were valued at market.

___

The Transferee owned and/or invested on a discretionary basis $________________ in securities (other than the excluded securities referred to below) as of the end of the Transferee’s most recent fiscal year (such amount being calculated in accordance with Rule 144A).

___

The Transferee is part of a Family of Investment Companies which owned in the aggregate $________________ in securities (other than the excluded securities referred to below) as of the end of the Transferee’s most recent fiscal year (such amount being calculated in accordance with Rule 144A).

3. The term “Family of Investment Companies” as used herein means two or more registered investment companies (or series thereof) that have the same investment adviser or investment advisers that are affiliated (by virtue of being majority-owned subsidiaries of the same parent or because one investment adviser is a majority-owned subsidiary of the other).

4. The term “securities” as used herein does not include (i) securities of issuers that are affiliated with the Transferee or are part of the Transferee’s Family of Investment Companies, (ii) bank deposit notes and certificates of deposit, (iii) loan participations, (iv) repurchase agreements, (v) securities owned but subject to a repurchase agreement and (vi) currency, interest rate and commodity swaps. For purposes of determining the aggregate amount of securities owned and/or invested on a discretionary basis by the Transferee, or owned by the Transferee’s Family of Investment Companies, the securities referred to in this paragraph were excluded.

5. The Transferee is familiar with Rule 144A and understands that the parties to which this certification is being made are relying and will continue to rely on the statements made herein because one or more sales to the Transferee will be in reliance on Rule 144A.

___ ___ Will the Transferee be purchasing the Notes

Yes No only for the Transferee’s own account?

6. If the answer to the foregoing question is “no”, then in each case where the Transferee is purchasing for an account other than its own, such account belongs to a third party that is itself a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, and the “qualified institutional buyer” status of such third party has been established by the Transferee through one or more of the appropriate methods contemplated by Rule 144A.

7. The undersigned will notify the parties to which this certification is made of any changes in the information and conclusions herein. Until such notice, the Transferee’s purchase of the Notes will constitute a reaffirmation of this certification by the undersigned as of the date of such purchase.

Print Name of Transferee or Adviser:

Name

Title:

IF AN ADVISER:

Print Name of Transferee:

DAL:825641.2

B-

EXHIBIT C-1

FORM OF CLEARING SYSTEM CERTIFICATE

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee

Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue

MAC N9311-161

Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479

Attention: Corporate Trust Services/Asset-Backed Administration - CPS 2012-A

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture dated as of March 1, 2012 (the “Indenture”) between CPS Auto Receivables Trust 2012-A, as Issuer, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

This is to certify that, based solely on certificates we have received in writing, by tested telex or by electronic transmissions from noteholders (our “Noteholders”) appearing in our records as persons being entitled to a portion of the original principal amount of the Issuer’s Asset-Backed Notes, [Class A] [Class B] [Class C] (the “Notes”) substantially to the effect set forth in Exhibit C-2 to the Indenture, U.S. $____________ principal balance of Notes held by us or on our behalf are beneficially owned by non-U.S. Persons. As used in this paragraph the terms “U.S. Person” has the meaning given to it by Regulation S under the Act.

We further certify (i) that we are not making available herewith for exchange any portion of the Temporary Regulation S Global Note excepted in such certificates and (ii) that as of the date hereof we have not received any notification from any of our Noteholders to the effect that the statements made by such Noteholder with respect to any portion of the part submitted herewith for exchange are no longer true and cannot be relied upon as at the date hereof. We understand that this certification is required in connection with certain securities laws of the United States.

DAL:825641.2

B-

In connection therewith, if administrative or legal proceedings are commenced or threatened in connection with which this certificate is or would be relevant, we irrevocably authorize you to produce this certification to any interested party in such proceedings.

Dated: __________, 20__223

Yours faithfully,

MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK,

Brussels office, as operator of the

Euroclear System

CLEARSTREAM LUXEMBOURG

By:__________________________

Name:

Title:

2 To be dated no earlier than the earliest of the Exchange Date or the relevant Payment Date or Redemption Date (as the case may be).

DAL:825641.2

B-

EXHIBIT C-2

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP

Re: CPS Auto Receivables Trust 2012-A

Asset-Backed Notes, [Class A][Class B][Class C] (the “Notes”)

The Notes are of the category contemplated in Section 230.903(c)(3) of Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), and therefore this is to certify that, except as set forth below, the Notes are beneficially owned by non-U.S. Persons. As used in this paragraph the terms “U.S. Person” has the meaning given to it by Regulation S under the Act.

We undertake to advise you promptly by tested telex on or prior to the date on which you intend to submit your certification relating to the Notes held by you for our account in accordance with your operating procedures if any applicable statement herein is not correct on such date, and in the absence of any such notification it may be assumed that this certification applies as of such date.

This certification excepts and does not relate to U.S. $_________ of such interest in the above Notes in respect of which we are not able to certify and as to which we understand exchange and delivery of an interest in a Permanent Regulation S Global Note or definitive Notes (or, if relevant, exercise of any rights or collection of any interest) cannot be made until we do so certify.

DAL:825641.2

B-2-

We understand that this certification is required in connection with certain securities laws of the United States. In connection therewith, if administrative or legal proceedings are commenced or threatened in connection with which this certification is or would be relevant, we irrevocably authorize you to produce this certification to any interested party in such proceedings.

Date: ________, 20__42

By: _______________________

As, or as agent for, the beneficial owner(s) of the Securities to which this certificate relates.

1 Not earlier than 15 days prior to the certification event to which the certification relates.

2 To be dated no earlier than the earliest of the Exchange Date or the relevant Payment Date or Redemption Date (as the case may be).

DAL:825641.2

B-2-

EXHIBIT C-3

FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

FOR EXCHANGE OR TRANSFER FROM RULE 144A GLOBAL

NOTE TO TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE

(exchanges or transfers pursuant to

Section 2.4 of the Indenture)

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Indenture Trustee

Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue

MAC N9311-161

Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479

Attention: Corporate Trust Services/Asset-Backed Administration - CPS 2012-A

Re:

CPS Auto Receivables Trust 2012-A

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of March 1, 2012 (the “Indenture”), between CPS Auto Receivables Trust 2012-A (the “Trust”) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

This letter relates to $________ principal amount of Asset-Backed Notes, [Class A][Class B][Class C] (the “Notes”) represented by a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note (CUSIP No.___) held with DTC by or on behalf of [transferor] as beneficial owner (the “Transferor”). The Transferor has requested an exchange or transfer of its beneficial interest for an interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP (CINS) No. _____) to be held with [Euroclear] [Clearstream] (ISIN Code _____ (Common Code _____)) through DTC.

In connection with such request and in respect of such Note, the Transferor does hereby certify that such exchange or transfer has been effected in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S under the Securities Act, and accordingly the Transferor does hereby certify that:

(1) the offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States;

(2)

(A)

at the time the buy order was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or the Transferor and any person acting on its behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States, or

(B) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither the Transferor nor any person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States;

(3) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or 904(b) of Regulation S, as applicable;

(4) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act; and

(5) upon completion of the transaction, the beneficial interest being transferred as described above was held with DTC through Euroclear or Clearstream or both (Common Code ___ (ISIN Code _____)).

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Trust.

[Insert Name of Transferor]

By:_______________________

Name:

Title:

Dated: _________, 20__

DAL:825641.2

B-3-

EXHIBIT C-4

FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE FOR EXCHANGE OR TRANSFER

FROM RULE 144A GLOBAL

NOTE TO PERMANENT REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE

(exchanges or transfers pursuant to

Section 2.4 of the Indenture)

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Indenture Trustee

Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue

MAC N9311-161

Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479

Attention: Corporate Trust Services/Asset-Backed Administration - CPS 2012-A

Re:

CPS Auto Receivables Trust 2012-A

This letter relates to $________ principal amount of Asset-Backed Notes, [Class A][Class B][Class C] (the “Notes”) represented by, a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note (CUSIP No. held with DTC by or on behalf of [transferor] as beneficial owner (the “Transferor”). The Transferor has requested an exchange or transfer of its beneficial interest for an interest in the Permanent Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP (CINS) No. ____).

In connection with such request and in respect of such Notes, the Transferor does hereby certify that such exchange or transfer has been effected in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Notes and (i) that, with respect to transfers made in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act:

(1) the offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States;

(2)

(A)

(3) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or 904(b) of Regulation S, as applicable, and

(4) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act;

or (ii) that, with respect to transfers made in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act, the Notes are being transferred in a transaction permitted by Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Trust.

[Insert Name of Transferor]

By:_______________________

Name:

Title:

Dated: ________, 20__

DAL:825641.2

B-4-

EXHIBIT C-5

FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE FOR TRANSFER OR

EXCHANGE FROM [TEMPORARY][PERMANENT] REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE TO RULE 144A GLOBAL NOTE

(exchanges or transfers pursuant to

Section 2.4 of the Indenture)

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Indenture Trustee

Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue

MAC N9311-161

Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479

Attention: Corporate Trust Services/Asset-Backed Administration - CPS 2012-A

Re:

CPS Auto Receivables Trust 2012-A

This letter relates to ________ principal amount of Asset-Backed Notes, [Class A][Class B][Class C] (the “Notes”) which are held in the form of the [Temporary][Permanent] Global Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP (CINS) No. with Euroclear/Clearstream5 (ISIN Code _____) (Common Code _____) through DTC by or on behalf of [transferor] as beneficial owner (the “Transferor”). The Transferor has requested an exchange or transfer of its beneficial interest in the Notes for an interest in the Rule 144A Global Note (CUSIP No. ____).

In connection with such request, and in respect of such Notes, the Transferor does hereby certify that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), to a transferee that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the Notes for its own account or an account with respect to which the transferee exercises sole investment discretion and the transferee and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, in each case in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other jurisdiction.

5 Select appropriate depositary.

DAL:825641.2

B-4-

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Trust.

[Insert Name of Transferor]

By:_______________________

Name:

Title:

DAL:825641.2

B-4-

cpss10qexh438_dtd120420.htm

SALE AND SERVICING

AGREEMENT

among

CPS AUTO RECEIVABLES TRUST 2012-A, as

Issuer,

CPS RECEIVABLES FIVE LLC, as

Seller,

CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC.,

Individually and as Servicer

and

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as

Backup Servicer and Trustee

Dated as of March 1, 2012

DAL:825521.4

SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT dated as of March 1, 2012, among CPS AUTO RECEIVABLES TRUST 2012-A, a Delaware statutory trust, as Issuer, CPS RECEIVABLES FIVE LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as Seller, CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC., a California corporation, individually and as Servicer, WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as Backup Servicer and Trustee.

WHEREAS the Issuer desires to purchase a portfolio of receivables arising in connection with motor vehicle retail installment sale contracts and promissory notes and security agreements initially acquired by Consumer Portfolio Services, Inc. through motor vehicle dealers and independent finance companies;

WHEREAS, the Seller has purchased such receivables from Consumer Portfolio Services, Inc. and is willing to sell such receivables to the Issuer;

WHEREAS the Issuer desires to purchase additional receivables arising in connection with motor vehicle retail installment sale contracts and promissory notes and security agreements to be acquired on or after the Closing Date by Consumer Portfolio Services, Inc. through motor vehicle dealers and independent finance companies;

WHEREAS the Seller has agreements to purchase such additional receivables from Consumer Portfolio Services, Inc. and is willing to sell such receivables to the Issuer; and

WHEREAS the Servicer is willing to service all such receivables.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.1 Definitions. (a) Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings:

“Accountants’ Report” means the report of a firm of nationally recognized independent accountants described in Section 4.11.

“Addition Notice” means, with respect to any transfer of Subsequent Receivables to the Trust pursuant to Section 2.2, notice of the Seller’s election to transfer Subsequent Receivables to the Trust, such notice to designate the related Subsequent Transfer Date and the approximate principal amount of Subsequent Receivables to be transferred on such Subsequent Transfer Date.

“Additional Servicing Compensation” shall mean, with respect to a Receivable, any late fees, prepayment charges and other administrative fees or similar charges allowed by applicable law with respect to the Receivables collected (from whatever source) on the Receivables.

“Affiliate” of any Person means any Person who directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under direct or indirect common control with such Person. For purposes of this definition, the term “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

“Aggregate Extension Limitation” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.2.

“Aggregate Note Balance” means, as of any date of determination, the sum of the Class A Note Balance, the Class B Note Balance, the Class C Note Balance and the Class D Note Balance.

“Aggregate Noteholders’ Principal Distributable Amount” means, with respect to any Payment Date, the sum of the Class A Noteholders’ Principal Distributable Amount, the Class B Noteholders’ Principal Distributable Amount, the Class C Noteholders’ Principal Distributable Amount and the Class D Noteholders’ Principal Distributable Amount.

“Agreement” means this Sale and Servicing Agreement, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

“Amount Financed” means, with respect to a Receivable, the aggregate amount advanced under such Receivable toward the purchase price of the Financed Vehicle and any related costs, including amounts advanced in respect of accessories, insurance premiums, service and warranty contracts, other items customarily financed as part of retail automobile installment sale contracts or promissory notes, and related costs.

“Annual Percentage Rate” or “APR” of a Receivable means the annual percentage rate of finance charges or service charges, as stated in the related Contract.

“Assignment” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Receivables Purchase Agreement.

“Assumption Date” has the meaning specified in Section 10.3(a).

“Backup Servicer” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, in its capacity as Backup Servicer under this Agreement.

“Backup Servicing Fee” means, so long as the Backup Servicer is not then acting as Servicer, the “Monthly Backup Servicing Fee,” as reflected on Exhibit H, due and payable on each Payment Date in respect of the immediately preceding Collection Period; provided, however, that on the first Payment Date the Backup Servicer will be entitled to receive an amount equal to Backup Servicing Fee multiplied by a fraction, the numerator

of which is the number of days from and including the Closing Date to and including March 31, 2012, and the denominator of which is 360.

“Basic Documents” means this Agreement, each Subsequent Transfer Agreement, the Certificate of Trust, the Trust Agreement, the Indenture, the Receivables Purchase Agreement, each Subsequent Receivables Purchase Agreement, each Assignment, the Lockbox Agreement, the Placement Agency Agreement, the Notes, the Residual Pass-through Certificates and any and all other documents and certificates delivered in connection with the foregoing.

“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York, the State of Minnesota, the State of Delaware or the State in which the executive offices of the Servicer are located shall be authorized or obligated by law, executive order, or governmental decree to be closed.

“Called Receivables” means Receivables acquired by CPS pursuant to the exercise of optional purchase rights under the CPS Auto Receivables Trust 2005-C, 2005-D, 2005-TFC, 2006-A, 2006-B, 2006-C, 2006-D, 2007-TFC and 2007-A securitization transactions.

“Casualty” means, with respect to a Financed Vehicle, the total loss or destruction of such Financed Vehicle.

“Certificate Distribution Account” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Trust Agreement.

“Certificate Register” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Trust Agreement.

“Certificate Registrar” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Trust Agreement.

“Class” means the Class A Notes, the Class B Notes, the Class C Notes or the Class D Notes as the context requires.

“Class A Interest Rate” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Indenture.

“Class A Note Balance” on the Closing Date will equal the Original Class A Note Balance and on any date thereafter will equal the Original Class A Note Balance reduced by all distributions of principal previously made in respect of the Class A Notes.

“Class A Notes” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Indenture.

“Class A Noteholders’ Principal Distributable Amount” means, with respect to any Payment Date (other than the Final Scheduled Payment Date and any Payment Date after the acceleration of the Notes pursuant to Section 5.2 of the Indenture), the sum of (a) any Class A Parity Deficit Amount and (b) the amount by which (i) the Class A Note Balance (after giving effect to any required payment of any Class A Parity Deficit

Amount on such Payment Date) exceeds (ii) the Class A Target Balance. On the Final Scheduled Payment Date and on any Payment Date after the acceleration of the Notes pursuant to Section 5.2 of the Indenture, the Class A Noteholders’ Principal Distributable Amount shall be the Class A Note Balance.

“Class A Parity Deficit Amount” means, with respect to any Payment Date, the excess, if any, of (x) the Class A Note Balance on such Payment Date over (y) the Collateral Balance at the end of the related Collection Period.

“Class A Target Balance” means the positive difference, if any, of the Collateral Balance over the Class A Target Overcollateralization Amount.

“Class A Target Overcollateralization Amount” means (a) as of any Payment Date prior to the occurrence of a Trigger Event, the greater of 26.00% of the Collateral Balance as of the end of the immediately preceding Collection Period and (ii) 2.00% of the Original Collateral Balance; (b) as of any Payment Date on or after the occurrence of a Level 1 Trigger Event, the greater of (i) 31.00% of the Collateral Balance as of the end of the immediately preceding Collection Period and (ii) 7.00% of the Original Collateral Balance; (c) as of any Payment Date on or after the occurrence of a Level 2 Trigger Event, the greater of (i) 36.00% of the Collateral Balance as of the end of the immediately preceding Collection Period and (ii) 12.00% of the Original Collateral Balance; and (d) as of any Payment Date on or after the occurrence of a Level 3 Trigger Event, the greater of (i) 41.00% of the Collateral Balance as of the end of the immediately preceding Collection Period and (ii) 17.00% of the Original Collateral Balance.

“Class B Interest Rate” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Indenture.

“Class B Note Balance” on the Closing Date will equal the Original Class B Note Balance and on any date thereafter will equal the Original Class B Note Balance reduced by all distributions of principal previously made in respect of the Class B Notes.

“Class B Noteholders’ Principal Distributable Amount” means, with respect to any Payment Date (other than the Final Scheduled Payment Date and any Payment Date after the acceleration of the Notes pursuant to Section 5.2 of the Indenture), the sum of (a) any Class B Parity Deficit Amount and (b) the amount by which (i) the sum of (A) the Class A Note Balance (after giving effect to any payment of the Class A Noteholders’ Principal Distributable Amount on such Payment Date) and (B) the Class B Note Balance (after giving effect to any required payment of any Class B Parity Deficit Amount on such Payment Date) exceeds (ii) the Class B Target Balance. On the Final Scheduled Payment Date and on any Payment Date after the acceleration of the Notes pursuant to Section 5.2 of the Indenture, the Class B Noteholders’ Principal Distributable Amount shall be the Class B Note Balance.

“Class B Notes” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Indenture.

“Class B Parity Deficit Amount” means, with respect to any Payment Date, the excess, if any, of (x) the sum of the Class A Note Balance (after giving effect to any

payments of Class A Parity Deficit Amounts on such Payment Date) and the Class B Note Balance on such Payment Date over (y) the Collateral Balance at the end of the related Collection Period.

“Class B Target Balance” means the positive difference, if any, of the Collateral Balance over the Class B Target Overcollateralization Amount.

“Class B Target Overcollateralization Amount” means (a) as of any Payment Date prior to the occurrence of a Trigger Event, the greater of (i) 16.00% of the Collateral Balance as of the end of the immediately preceding Collection Period and (ii) 2.00% of the Original Collateral Balance; (b) as of any Payment Date on or after the occurrence of a Level 1 Trigger Event, the greater of (i) 21.00% of the Collateral Balance as of the end of the immediately preceding Collection Period and (ii) 7.00% of the Original Collateral Balance; (c) as of any Payment Date on or after the occurrence of a Level 2 Trigger Event, the greater of (i) 26.00% of the Collateral Balance as of the end of the immediately preceding Collection Period and (ii) 12.00% of the Original Collateral Balance; and (d) as of any Payment Date on or after the occurrence of a Level 3 Trigger Event, the greater of (i) 31.00% of the Collateral Balance as of the end of the immediately preceding Collection Period and (ii) 17.00% of the Original Collateral Balance.

“Class C Interest Rate” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Indenture.

“Class C Note Balance” on the Closing Date will equal the Original Class C Note Balance and on any date thereafter will equal the Original Class C Note Balance reduced by all distributions of principal previously made in respect of the Class C Notes.

“Class C Noteholders’ Principal Distributable Amount” means, with respect to any Payment Date (other than the Final Scheduled Payment Date and any Payment Date after the acceleration of the Notes pursuant to Section 5.2 of the Indenture), the sum of (a) any Class C Parity Deficit Amount and (b) the amount by which (i) the sum of (A) the Class A Note Balance (after giving effect to any payment of the Class A Noteholders’ Principal Distributable Amount on such Payment Date) plus (B) the Class B Note Balance (after giving effect to any payment of the Class B Noteholders’ Principal Distributable Amount on such Payment Date) plus (C) the Class C Note Balance (after giving effect to any required payment of any Class C Parity Deficit Amount on such Payment Date) exceeds (ii) the Class C Target Balance. On the Final Scheduled Payment Date and on any Payment Date after the acceleration of the Notes pursuant to Section 5.2 of the Indenture, the Class C Noteholders’ Principal Distributable Amount shall be the Class C Note Balance.

“Class C Notes” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Indenture.

“Class C Parity Deficit Amount” means, with respect to any Payment Date, the excess, if any, of (x) the sum of the Class A Note Balance and the Class B Note Balance (after giving effect to any payments of Class A Parity Deficit Amounts and Class B

Parity Deficit Amounts on such Payment Date) and the Class C Note Balance on such Payment Date over (y) the Collateral Balance at the end of the related Collection Period.

“Class C Target Balance” means the positive difference, if any, of the Collateral Balance over the Class C Target Overcollateralization Amount.”

“Class C Target Overcollateralization Amount” means (a) as of any Payment Date prior to the occurrence of a Trigger Event, the greater of (i) 9.00% of the Collateral Balance as of the end of the immediately preceding Collection Period and (ii) 2.00% of the Original Collateral Balance; (b) as of any Payment Date on or after the occurrence of a Level 1 Trigger Event, the greater of (i) 14.00% of the Collateral Balance as of the end of the immediately preceding Collection Period and (ii) 7.00% of the Original Collateral Balance; (c) as of any Payment Date on or after the occurrence of a Level 2 Trigger Event, the greater of (i) 19.00% of the Collateral Balance as of the end of the immediately preceding Collection Period and (ii) 12.00% of the Original Collateral Balance; and (d) as of any Payment Date on or after the occurrence of a Level 3 Trigger Event, the greater of (i) 24.00% of the Collateral Balance as of the end of the immediately preceding Collection Period and (ii) 17.00% of the Original Collateral Balance.

“Class D Interest Rate” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Indenture.

“Class D Noteholders’ Principal Distributable Amount” means, with respect to any Payment Date (other than the Final Scheduled Payment Date and any Payment Date after the acceleration of the Notes pursuant to Section 5.2 of the Indenture), the sum of (a) any Class D Parity Deficit Amount and (b) the amount by which (i) the sum of (A) the Class A Note Balance (after giving effect to any payment of the Class A Noteholders’ Principal Distributable Amount on such Payment Date) plus (B) the Class B Note Balance (after giving effect to any payment of the Class B Noteholders’ Principal Distributable Amount on such Payment Date) plus (C) the Class C Note Balance (after giving effect to any payment of the Class C Noteholders’ Principal Distributable Amount on such Payment Date) plus (D) the Class D Note Balance (after giving effect to any required payment of any Class D Parity Deficit Amount on such Payment Date) exceeds (ii) the Class D Target Balance. On the Final Scheduled Payment Date and on any Payment Date after the acceleration of the Notes pursuant to Section 5.2 of the Indenture, the Class D Noteholders’ Principal Distributable Amount shall be the Class D Note Balance.

“Class D Notes” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Indenture.

“Class D Parity Deficit Amount” means, with respect to any Payment Date, the excess, if any, of (x) the sum of the Class A Note Balance, the Class B Note Balance and the Class C Note Balance (after giving effect to any payments of Class A Parity Deficit Amounts, Class B Parity Deficit Amounts and Class C Parity Deficit Amounts on such Payment Date) and the Class D Note Balance on such Payment Date over (y) the Collateral Balance at the end of the related Collection Period.

“Class D Target Balance” means the positive difference, if any, of the Collateral Balance over the Class D Target Overcollateralization Amount.

“Class D Target Overcollateralization Amount” means (a) as of any Payment Date prior to the occurrence of a Trigger Event, the greater of (i) 2.00% of the Collateral Balance as of the end of the immediately preceding Collection Period and (ii) 2.00% of the Original Collateral Balance; (b) as of any Payment Date on or after the occurrence of a Level 1 Trigger Event, the greater of (i) 7.00% of the Collateral Balance as of the end of the immediately preceding Collection Period and (ii) 7.00% of the Original Collateral Balance; (c) as of any Payment Date on or after the occurrence of a Level 2 Trigger Event, the greater of (i) 12.00% of the Collateral Balance as of the end of the immediately preceding Collection Period and (ii) 12.00% of the Original Collateral Balance; and (d) as of any Payment Date on or after the occurrence of a Level 3 Trigger Event, the greater of (i) 17.00% of the Collateral Balance as of the end of the immediately preceding Collection Period and (ii) 17.00% of the Original Collateral Balance.

“Closing Date” means March 21, 2012.

“Code” has the meaning specified in Section 3.2(b).

“Collateral” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Indenture.

“Collateral Balance” means, as of any date of determination, the sum of (i) the Pool Balance as of such date, and (ii) the Pre-Funded Amount as of such date.

“Collection Account” means the account designated as such, established and maintained pursuant to Section 5.1(a).

“Collection Period” means, with respect to each Payment Date, the calendar month preceding the calendar month in which such Payment Date occurs. Any amount stated “as of the close of business on the last day of a Collection Period” shall give effect to the following calculations as determined as of the end of the day on such last day: (i) all applications of collections, and (ii) all distributions.

“Collection Policy” means the collection policies of the Seller/Servicer, which are the practices and procedures employed in the servicing of Receivables as of the Closing Date, as described in Exhibit E hereto.

“Consumer Lender” means a Person that is licensed under applicable law to originate loans to natural persons resident in one or more of the United States of America and authorized by CPS to participate in its direct lending program, but shall not include CPS or any of its Affiliates.

“Contract” means a motor vehicle retail installment sale contract or an installment promissory note and security agreement, in each case relating to the sale or refinancing of new or used automobiles, light duty trucks, vans or minivans, and any other documents related thereto from time to time.

“Corporate Trust Office” means (i) with respect to the Owner Trustee, the principal corporate trust office of the Owner Trustee, which at the time of execution of this agreement is Rodney Square North, 1100 N. Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890-0001, and (ii) with respect to the Trustee, the principal corporate trust office of the Trustee, which at the time of execution of this agreement is Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue, MAC N9311-161, Minneapolis, Minnesota, 55479, Attention: Corporate Trust Services/Asset Backed Administration – CPS 2012-A.

“CPS” means Consumer Portfolio Services, Inc., a California corporation and its successors.

“Cram Down Loss” means, with respect to a Receivable (other than a Liquidated Receivable), if a court of appropriate jurisdiction in an insolvency proceeding issues a ruling that reduces the amount owed on a Receivable or otherwise modifies or restructures the Scheduled Receivable Payments to be made thereon, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the Principal Balance of the Receivable immediately prior to such order minus the Principal Balance of such Receivable as so reduced, modified or restructured, plus (b) if such court shall have issued an order reducing the effective rate of interest on such Receivable, an amount equal to the excess of (i) the net present value (using as a discount rate a rate equal to the adjusted APR on such Receivable) of the Scheduled Receivable Payments as so modified or restructured over (ii) the net present value (using as a discount rate a rate equal to the original APR on such Receivable) of the Scheduled Receivable Payments as so modified or restructured. A Cram Down Loss will be deemed to have occurred on the date of issuance of such order.

“Cumulative Net Losses” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate cumulative principal amount of all Receivables that have become Liquidated Receivables since the Initial Cutoff Date, net of all Net Liquidation Proceeds and Recoveries with respect to such Receivables as of last day of the most recently ended Collection Period.

“Cumulative Net Loss Rate” means, as of any date of determination, a rate expressed as a percentage equal to a fraction (I) the numerator of which is the Cumulative Net Losses with respect to all Receivables and (II) the denominator of which is the Original Pool Balance.

“Cutoff Date” means the Initial Cutoff Date (in the case of the Initial Receivables) or the applicable Subsequent Cutoff Date (in the case of a Subsequent Receivable), as applicable.

“Dealer” means, with respect to a Receivable, the seller of the related Financed Vehicle, who originated and assigned such Receivable to CPS.

“Defaulted Texas Receivables” means Receivables the related Obligors of which reside in the State of Texas or the related Financed Vehicles of which are located in the State of Texas and as to which more than 10% of a Scheduled Receivable Payment of more than ten dollars shall have become 90 or more days delinquent as of the end of a Collection Period, and which are subject to repurchase pursuant to Section 4.16.

“Deficiency Claim Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.5(a).

“Deficiency Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.5(a).

“Delinquency Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, a rate expressed as a percentage equal to a fraction (I) the numerator of which is the aggregate Principal Balance of all Receivables that are Delinquent Receivables as of the last day of the most recently ended Collection Period and (II) the denominator of which is the aggregate Principal Balance of all Receivables as of the last day of the most recently ended Collection Period.

“Delinquent Receivable” means any Contract as to which more than ten percent (10%) of the Scheduled Receivable Payment is more than 30 days contractually delinquent as of the last day of the most recently ended Collection Period, including any Contract for which the related Financed Vehicle has been repossessed and the proceeds thereof have not yet been realized by the Servicer.

“Delivery” means, when used with respect to Trust Account Property (terms used in the following provisions that are not otherwise defined are used as defined in Articles 8 and 9 of the UCC):

(i) in the case of such Trust Account Property consisting of security entitlements not covered by the following paragraphs in this definition of Delivery, by (1) causing the Trustee or related securities intermediary to indicate by book-entry that a financial asset related to such securities entitlement has been credited to the related Trust Account and (2) causing the Trustee or related securities intermediary to indicate that the Trustee is the sole entitlement holder of each such securities entitlement and causing the Trustee or related securities intermediary to agree that it will comply with entitlement orders originated by the Trustee with respect to each such security entitlement without further consent by the Issuer;

(ii) in the case of each certificated security (other than a clearing corporation security (as defined below)) or instrument by: (1) the delivery of such certificated security or instrument to the Trustee or related securities intermediary registered in the name of the Trustee or related securities intermediary or its respective affiliated nominee or endorsed to the Trustee or related securities intermediary in blank; (2) causing the Trustee or related securities intermediary to continuously indicate by book-entry that such certificated security or instrument is credited to the related Trust Account; and (3) the Trustee or related securities intermediary maintaining continuous possession of such certificated security or instrument;

(iii) in the case of each uncertificated security (other than a clearing corporation security (as defined below)), by causing: (1) such uncertificated security to be continuously registered in the books of the issuer thereof to the Trustee or related securities intermediary; and (2) the Trustee or related securities intermediary to continuously indicate by book-entry that such uncertificated security is credited to the related Trust Account;

(iv) in the case of each security in the custody of or maintained on the books of a clearing corporation (a “clearing corporation security”), by causing: (1) the relevant clearing corporation to credit such clearing corporation security to the securities account of the Trustee or related securities intermediary at such clearing corporation; and (2) the Trustee or related securities intermediary to continuously indicate by book-entry that such clearing corporation security is credited to the related Trust Account;

(v) in the case of each security issued or guaranteed by the United States of America or agency or instrumentality thereof (other than a security issued by the Government National Mortgage Association) representing a full faith and credit obligation of the United States of America and that is maintained in book-entry records of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (“FRBNY”) (each such security, a “government security”), by causing: (1) the creation of a security entitlement to such government security by the credit of such government security to the securities account of the Trustee or related securities intermediary at the FRBNY; and (2) the Trustee or related securities intermediary to continuously indicate by book-entry that such government security is credited to the related Trust Account.

(vi) in each case of delivery contemplated pursuant to clauses (ii) through (v) hereof, the Trustee shall make appropriate notations on its records, and shall cause the same to be made on the records of its nominees, indicating that such Trust Property which constitutes a security is held in trust pursuant to and as provided in this Agreement.

“Determination Date” means the earlier of (i) the seventh Business Day of each calendar month and (ii) the fifth Business Day preceding the related Payment Date.

“Eligible Account” means a segregated trust or demand deposit account maintained with a depository institution or trust company organized under the laws of the United States of America, or any of the States thereof, or the District of Columbia (or any domestic branch of a foreign bank), having corporate trust powers and acting as trustee for funds deposited in such account, whose deposits are insured by the FDIC, and having a certificate of deposit, short-term deposit or commercial paper rating of at least investment grade by Standard & Poor’s and by Moody’s.

“Eligible Investments” mean book-entry securities, negotiable instruments or securities represented by instruments in registered form which evidence:

(i) direct obligations of, and obligations fully guaranteed as to the full and timely payment by, the United States of America;

(ii) demand deposits, time deposits or certificates of deposit of any depository institution or trust company incorporated under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof (or any domestic branch of a foreign bank) and subject to supervision and examination by Federal or State banking or depository institution authorities; provided, however, that at the time of the investment or contractual commitment to invest therein, the commercial paper or other short-term unsecured debt obligations (other than such obligations the rating of which is based on the credit of a Person other than such depository institution or trust company) thereof shall be rated “A-1+” by Standard & Poor’s and “Prime-1” by Moody’s;

(iii) commercial paper that, at the time of the investment or contractual commitment to invest therein, is rated “A-1+” by Standard & Poor’s and “Prime-1” by Moody’s;

(iv) bankers’ acceptances issued by any depository institution or trust company referred to in clause (ii) above;

(v) repurchase obligations with respect to any security that is a direct obligation of, or fully guaranteed as to the full and timely payment by, the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof the obligations of which are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America, in either case entered into with (a) a depository institution or trust company (acting as principal) described in clause (ii) or (b) a depository institution or trust company whose commercial paper or other short term unsecured debt obligations are rated “A-1+” by Standard & Poor’s and “Prime-1” by Moody’s and long term unsecured debt obligations are rated “AAA” by Standard & Poor’s and “Aaa” by Moody’s;

(vi) money market mutual funds registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, having a rating, at the time of such investment, from each of Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s in the highest investment category granted thereby; and

(vii) any other investment as to which the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied;

provided that, an Eligible Investment must have a fixed principal amount due at maturity and, if rated by Standard & Poor’s, must not have an “r” suffix attached to the rating.

Any of the foregoing Eligible Investments may be purchased by or through the Owner Trustee or the Trustee or any of their respective Affiliates.

“Eligible Servicer” means a Person that, at the time of its appointment as Servicer, (i) has a net worth of not less than $50,000,000, (ii) is servicing a portfolio of motor vehicle retail installment sale contracts and/or motor vehicle loans, (iii) is legally qualified, and has the capacity, to service the Receivables, (iv) has demonstrated the ability to service a portfolio of motor vehicle retail installment sale contracts and/or motor vehicle loans similar to the Receivables professionally and competently in accordance with standards of skill and care that are consistent with prudent industry standards and (v) is qualified and entitled to use pursuant to a license or other written agreement, and agrees to maintain the confidentiality of, the software which the Servicer uses in connection with performing its duties and responsibilities under this Agreement or obtains rights to use, or develops at its own expense, software which is adequate to perform its duties and responsibilities under this Agreement.

“ERISA” has the meaning specified in Section 3.2(b).

“Event of Default” has the meaning specified in the Indenture.

“FDIC” means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

“Final Scheduled Payment Date” means the Payment Date occurring in June 17, 2019.

“Financed Vehicle” means a new or used automobile, light truck, van or minivan, together with all accessions thereto, securing an Obligor’s indebtedness under a Receivable.

“Fireside” means Fireside Bank, a California corporation.

“Funding Period” means the period beginning on and including the Closing Date and ending on the first to occur of (a) the first date on which the amount on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account (after giving effect to any transfers therefrom in connection with the transfer of Subsequent Receivables to the Issuer on such date) is less than $100,000, (b) the date on which an Event of Default or a Servicer Termination Event occurs, (c) the date on which an Insolvency Event occurs with respect to the Seller, and (d) April 30, 2012.

“Indenture” means the Indenture dated as of March 1, 2012, between the Issuer and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

“Initial Cutoff Date” means the close of business on February 29, 2012.

“Initial Receivable” means each Contract related to a Financed Vehicle transferred to the Issuer pursuant to Section 2.1, which, as of the Closing Date, is listed

on Schedule A (which Schedule A may be in the form of an electronic file), and all rights and obligations thereunder, except for Initial Receivables that shall have become Purchased Receivables or Sold Receivables.

“Initial Spread Account Deposit” means $2,173,712.74.

“Initial Trust Property” means the property and proceeds conveyed pursuant to Section 2.1.

“Insolvency Event” means, with respect to a specified Person, (a) the institution of a proceeding or the filing of a petition against such Person seeking the entry of a decree or order for relief by a court having jurisdiction in the premises in respect of such Person or any substantial part of its property in an involuntary case under any applicable Federal or State bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official for such Person or for any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding-up or liquidation of such Person’s affairs, and such petition, decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; or (b) the commencement by such Person of a voluntary case under any applicable Federal or State bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or the consent by such Person to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or the consent by such Person to the appointment of or taking possession by, a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator, or similar official for such Person or for any substantial part of its property, or the making by such Person of any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the failure by such Person generally to pay its debts as such debts become due, or the taking of action by such Person in furtherance of any of the foregoing.

“Insurance Policy” means, with respect to a Receivable, any insurance policy (including the insurance policies described in Section 4.4) benefiting the holder of the Receivable providing loss or physical damage, credit life, credit disability, theft, mechanical breakdown or similar coverage with respect to the Financed Vehicle or the Obligor.

“Interest Rate” means the Class A Interest Rate, the Class B Interest Rate, the Class C Interest Rate or the Class D Interest Rate, as applicable.

“Investment Earnings” means, with respect to any Payment Date and any Trust Account, the investment earnings on amounts on deposit in such Trust Account during the related Collection Period and deposited into the Collection Account on such Payment Date pursuant to Section 5.1(f).

“Issuer” means CPS Auto Receivables Trust 2012-A.

“Level 1 Trigger Event” means, for each Payment Date, the Cumulative Net Loss Rate calculated as of the end of the related Collection Period exceeds the percentage set forth on Exhibit D hereto under the heading “Level 1” for such Payment Date.

“Level 2 Trigger Event” means, for each Payment Date, the Cumulative Net Loss Rate calculated as of the end of the related Collection Period exceeds the percentage set forth on Exhibit D hereto under the heading “Level 2” for such Payment Date.

“Level 3 Trigger Event” means, for each Payment Date, the Cumulative Net Loss Rate calculated as of the end of the related Collection Period exceeds the percentage set forth on Exhibit D hereto under the heading “Level 3” for such Payment Date.

“Lien” means a security interest, lien, charge, pledge, equity, or encumbrance of any kind, other than tax liens, storage liens, mechanics’ liens and any liens that attach to the respective Receivable by operation of law.

“Lien Certificate” means, with respect to a Financed Vehicle, an original certificate of title, certificate of lien or other notification issued by the Registrar of Titles of the applicable state to a secured party which indicates that the lien of the secured party on the Financed Vehicle is recorded on the original certificate of title. In any jurisdiction in which the original certificate of title is required to be given to the obligor, the term “Lien Certificate” shall mean only a certificate or notification issued to a secured party.

“Liquidated Receivable” means, as of any date of determination, any Receivable as to which any of the following first occurs: (i) the related Financed Vehicle has been sold by the Servicer; (ii) the related Financed Vehicle has been repossessed and 90 days have elapsed since the date of such repossession, (iii) more than 10% of a Scheduled Receivable Payment of more than ten dollars shall have become 120 (or, if the related Financed Vehicle has been repossessed, 210) or more days delinquent as of the end of a Collection Period, (iv) with respect to which proceeds have been received which, in the Servicer’s judgment, constitute the final amounts recoverable in respect of such Receivable; (v) the related Obligor has filed for bankruptcy under Federal or state law and the Servicer has determined that its loss is known; or (vi) such Receivable becomes a Sold Receivable.

“Lockbox Account” means a direct deposit account maintained on behalf of the Trustee by the Lockbox Bank pursuant to Section 4.2(b).

“Lockbox Agreement” means the Deposit Account Agreement, dated as of March 21, 2012, by and among the Lockbox Processor, the Lockbox Bank, the Servicer, the Issuer and the Trustee, as such agreement may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, unless the Trustee shall cease to be a party thereunder, or such agreement shall be terminated in accordance with its terms, in which event “Lockbox Agreement” shall mean such other replacement agreement therefor among the Servicer, the Trustee, the Lockbox Bank and the Lockbox Processor.

“Lockbox Bank” means, as of any date, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association or another depository institution named by the Servicer and acceptable to the Trustee at which the Lockbox Account is established and maintained as of such date.

“Lockbox Processor” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association and its successors and assigns.

“LTV” means, with respect to any Receivable, the ratio, at the time of origination, of (i) the amount financed of such Receivable to (ii) the wholesale book value of the related Financed Vehicle as set forth in the Kelly Blue Book®, the NADA Official Used Car Guide® or the Black Book Wholesale Average Condition.

“Majority Certificateholders” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Trust Agreement.

“Mandatory Redemption Date” means the first Payment Date occurring on or after the last day of the Funding Period.

“MFN” means MFN Financial Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

“Minimum Sale Price” means (i) with respect to a Receivable (x) that has become 120 to 210 days delinquent or (y) that has become greater than 210 days delinquent and with respect to which the related Financed Vehicle has been repossessed by the Servicer and has not yet been sold at auction, the greater of (A) 55% multiplied by the Principal Balance of such Receivable and (B) the product of the three month rolling average recovery rate (expressed as a percentage) for the Servicer in its liquidation of all receivables for which it acts as servicer, either pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, multiplied by the Principal Balance of such Receivable or (ii) with respect to a Receivable (x) the related Financed Vehicle of which has been repossessed by the Servicer and has been sold at auction and the Net Liquidation Proceeds for which have been deposited in the Collection Account, or (y) that has become greater than 210 days delinquent and the related Financed Vehicle of which has not been repossessed by the Servicer despite the Servicer’s diligent efforts, consistent with its servicing obligations, to repossess the Financed Vehicle, $1.

“Modified Receivables” means Called Receivables that have been modified under Chapter 13 of the United States Bankruptcy Code by the Servicer prior to the Closing Date in accordance with the Collection Policy.

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or its successor.

“Net Liquidation Proceeds” means, with respect to a Liquidated Receivable, all amounts realized with respect to such Receivable during the Collection Period in which such Receivable became a Liquidated Receivable, including any Sale Amounts, net of (i) reasonable expenses incurred by the Servicer in connection with the collection of such Receivable and any repossession and disposition of the Financed Vehicle and (ii) amounts that are required to be refunded to the Obligor on such Receivable; provided, however, that the Net Liquidation Proceeds with respect to any Receivable shall in no event be less than zero.

“Non-Certificated Title States” means the States of Arizona, Kansas, Kentucky, Maine, Maryland, Michigan, Minnesota, Montana, New York, Oklahoma, Wisconsin and such other States in which the applicable Department of Motor Vehicles or similar authority issues evidence of title to a Financed Vehicle in a non-certificated form.

“Non-United States Investor” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Trust Agreement.

“Note Balance” means, with respect to the Class A Notes, the Class A Note Balance, with respect to the Class B Notes, the Class B Note Balance, with respect to the Class C Notes, the Class C Note Balance, and with respect to the Class D Notes, the Class D Note Balance.

“Note Majority” means the Holders collectively evidencing more than 50% of the aggregate outstanding Note Balance for each Class of Notes.

“Note Paying Agent” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Indenture.

“Note Prepayment Amount” means an amount equal to the Pre-Funded Amount on the Mandatory Redemption Date (after giving effect to any application thereof to acquire Subsequent Receivables on the last day of the Funding Period).

“Note Register” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Indenture.

“Note Registrar” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Indenture.

“Noteholder” or “Holder” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Indenture.

“Noteholders’ Interest Carryover Shortfall” means, with respect to any Payment Date, for each Class of Notes, the excess of the Noteholders’ Interest Distributable Amount for such Class of Notes for the preceding Payment Date over the amount that was actually deposited in the Collection Account on such preceding Payment Date on account of the Noteholders’ Interest Distributable Amount for such Class of Notes.

“Noteholders’ Interest Distributable Amount” means, with respect to any Payment Date and any Class of Notes, the sum of (i) the Noteholders’ Monthly Interest Distributable Amount for such Class of Notes for such Payment Date, (ii) the Noteholders’ Interest Carryover Shortfall for such Classes of Notes for such Payment Date and (iii) interest on such Noteholders’ Interest Carryover Shortfall for such Class of Notes, to the extent permitted by law, at the applicable Interest Rate from and including the preceding Payment Date to but excluding the current Payment Date.

“Noteholders’ Monthly Interest Distributable Amount” means for each Class of Notes (i) for the first Payment Date, an amount equal to the product of (1) the Interest Rate for such Class of Notes, (2) the Original Class Note Balance for such Class of Notes, and (3) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days from and including the Closing Date to and including April 15, 2012, and the denominator of which is 360; and (ii) for any Payment Date after the first Payment Date, an amount equal to the product of (1) one-twelfth of the Interest Rate for such Class of Notes and (2) the Note Balance for such Class of Notes as of the close of the preceding Payment Date (after giving effect to all distributions on account of principal on such preceding Payment Date).

“Notes” means the Class A Notes, the Class B Notes, the Class C Notes and the Class D Notes, collectively.

“Obligor” on a Receivable means the purchaser or co-purchasers of the Financed Vehicle and any other Person who owes payments under the Receivable.

“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed by the chairman of the board, the president, any vice chairman of the board, any vice president, the treasurer, the controller or assistant treasurer or any assistant controller, secretary or assistant secretary of CPS, the Seller or the Servicer, as appropriate.

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion of counsel who may but need not be counsel to the Seller or the Servicer, which counsel shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee and which opinion shall be acceptable in form and substance to the Trustee.

“Original Class A Note Balance” means $131,750,000.

“Original Class B Note Balance” means $9,300,000.

“Original Class C Note Balance” means $7,750,000.

“Original Class D Note Balance” means $6,200,000.

“Original Collateral Balance” means the (i) aggregate Principal Balance of the Initial Receivables as of the Initial Cutoff Date and (ii) the initial Pre-Funded Amount.

“Original Pool Balance” means, as of any date of determination, the sum of (i) the Pool Balance as of the Initial Cutoff Date ($108,685,636.83) and (ii) the aggregate Principal Balance of Subsequent Receivables, if any, as of their respective Subsequent Cutoff Dates.

“Other Conveyed Property” means all property conveyed by the Seller to the Trust pursuant to Sections 2.1(b) through (j) of this Agreement and Sections 2.2(a)(ii) through (x).

“Outstanding” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Indenture.

“Owner Trust Estate” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Trust Agreement.

“Owner Trustee” means Wilmington Trust, National Association, not in its individual capacity but solely as Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement, its successors in interest or any successor Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement.

“Payment Date” means, with respect to each Collection Period, the 15th day of the following calendar month, or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately following Business Day, commencing on April 16, 2012.

“Pending Litigation” means the litigation matters that are described under “CPS – Recent Developments” in the Confidential Private Placement Memorandum dated as of March 13, 2012.

“Percentage Interest” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Trust Agreement.

“Placement Agency Agreement” means the Placement Agency Agreement relating to the Notes dated March 13, 2012, among Citigroup Global Markets Inc., for itself and as Representative of the several Placement Agents, CPS and the Seller.

“Placement Agent” means Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and CRT Capital Group LLC, and their respective successors and assigns.

“Pool Balance” as of any date of determination, means the aggregate Principal Balance of the Receivables (excluding Purchased Receivables, Sold Receivables and Liquidated Receivables) as of such date.

“Post Office Box” means the separate post office box in the name of the Trust established and maintained pursuant to Section 4.2.

“Pre-Funded Amount” means, with respect to any date of determination, the amount then on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account (exclusive of Pre-Funding Earnings), which initially shall be $46,314,363.17.

“Pre-Funding Account” has the meaning specified in Section 5.1(d).

“Pre-Funding Earnings” means any Investment Earnings on amounts on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account.

“Principal Balance” of a Receivable, as of any date of determination, means the Amount Financed minus the sum of the following amounts without duplication: (i) that portion of all Scheduled Receivable Payments actually received on or prior to such day allocable to principal using the Simple Interest Method; (ii) any payment of the Purchase Amount with respect to the Receivable allocable to principal; (iii) any Cram Down Loss in respect of such Receivable; and (iv) any prepayment in full or any partial prepayment applied to reduce the principal balance of the Receivable; provided, however that the Principal Balance of a Receivable that has become a Liquidated Receivable shall equal zero.

“Principal Distribution Account” means the account designated as such, established and maintained pursuant to Section 5.1(b).

“Program” has the meaning specified in Section 4.11.

“Purchase Amount” means, with respect to a Receivable, the amount, as of the close of business on the last day of a Collection Period, required to prepay in full such Receivable under the terms thereof, as reduced by the amount of any Cram Down Loss, plus all accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the end of the month of such purchase.

“Purchased Receivable” means a Receivable purchased as of the close of business on the last day of a Collection Period by the Servicer or CPS pursuant to Section 4.7 or Section 4.16, or repurchased by the Seller or CPS pursuant to Section 3.2, Section 3.4 or Section 11.1(a).

“Rating Agency” means each of Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s and any successors thereof. If no such organization or successor maintains a rating on the Notes, “Rating Agency” shall be a nationally recognized statistical rating organization or other comparable Person designated by the Seller, notice of which designation shall be given to the Trustee, the Owner Trustee and the Servicer.

“Rating Agency Condition” means, with respect to any action, that each Rating Agency shall have been given 10 days’ (or such shorter period as shall be acceptable to each Rating Agency) prior notice thereof and that each Rating Agency shall have notified the Seller, the Servicer, the Owner Trustee and the Trustee in writing that such action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the then current rating of any of the Notes.

“Realized Losses” means, with respect to any Receivable that becomes a Liquidated Receivable, the excess of the Principal Balance of such Liquidated Receivable over Net Liquidation Proceeds allocable to principal.

“Receivable” means an Initial Receivable or a Subsequent Receivable, as applicable.

“Receivable Files” means the documents specified in Section 3.3(a).

“Receivables Purchase Agreement” means the Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of March 1, 2012, by and between the Seller and CPS, as such agreement may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, relating to the purchase of the Receivables by the Seller from CPS.

“Record Date” means, with respect to any Note, (i) with respect to the first Payment Date, the Closing Date and (ii) with respect to any subsequent Payment Date, the last day of the calendar month preceding the calendar month in which such Payment Date occurs.

“Recoveries” means with respect to a Liquidated Receivable, the monies collected from whatever source, during any Collection Period following the Collection Period in which such Receivable first became a Liquidated Receivable, net of the reasonable costs of liquidation plus any amounts required by law to be remitted to the Obligor (without

duplication of amounts netted against the amounts realized in calculating the Net Liquidation Proceeds).

“Registrar of Titles” means, with respect to any State, the governmental agency or body responsible for the registration of, and the issuance of certificates of title relating to, motor vehicles and liens thereon.

“Repurchase Request” means, with respect to any Receivable, any request or demand from any Person whether oral or written that such Receivable be repurchased or replaced because of a breach of any of CPS’s or the Seller’s representations and warranties concerning the Receivables.

“Repurchase Request Recipient” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 13.15.

“Repurchase Rules and Regulations” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 13.15.

“Residual Certificateholder” means each person in whose name a Residual Pass-through Certificate is registered on the Certificate Register.

“Residual Pass-through Certificate” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Trust Agreement.

“Responsible Officer” has the meaning specified in the Trust Agreement.

“Rule 15Ga-1” means Rule 15Ga-1 under the Exchange Act.

“Rule 15Ga-1 Notice” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 13.15.

“Sale Amount” means, with respect to any Sold Receivable, the amount received from the related third-party purchaser as payment for such Sold Receivable.

“Schedule of Receivables” means the schedule of Initial Receivables attached hereto as Schedule A and the schedule of Subsequent Receivables attached to each Subsequent Transfer Agreement, collectively (which may be in the form of microfiche), as such schedules may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

“Scheduled Receivable Payment” means, with respect to any Collection Period for any Receivable, the amount set forth in such Receivable as required to be paid by the Obligor in such Collection Period. If after the Closing Date (or prior to the Closing Date with respect to Modified Receivables), the Obligor’s obligation under a Receivable with respect to a Collection Period has been modified so as to differ from the amount specified in such Receivable (i) as a result of the order of a court in an insolvency proceeding involving the Obligor, (ii) pursuant to the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act, or (iii) as a result of modifications or extensions of the Receivable permitted by Section 4.2(a), the

Scheduled Receivable Payment with respect to such Collection Period shall refer to the Obligor’s payment obligation with respect to such Collection Period as so modified.

“SeaWest” means SeaWest Financial Corporation, a California corporation.

“Section 341 Meeting” means a meeting held pursuant to Section 341(a) of the United States Bankruptcy Code (as the same may be amended from time to time).

“Section 341 Receivable” means a Receivable, the Obligor of which has completed a Section 341 Meeting as of the applicable Cutoff Date. For avoidance of doubt, a Section 341 Receivable shall no longer be considered a Section 341 Receivable upon an Obligor’s discharge from the related bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceeding.

“Securities” means the Notes and the Residual Pass-through Certificates, collectively.

“Securityholders” means the Noteholders and the Residual Certificateholders, collectively.

“Seller” means CPS Receivables Five LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and its successors in interest to the extent permitted hereunder.

“Seller’s Contract Purchase Guidelines” means the set of criteria that the Seller has established for purchasing Contracts on a state-by-state basis as reflected in rate cards and the approval authority summary, as the same may be amended from time to time.

“Series 2012-A Spread Account” means the account designated as such, established and maintained pursuant to Section 5.1(c).

“Servicer” means CPS, as the servicer of the Receivables, and each successor Servicer pursuant to Section 10.3.

“Servicer Termination Event” means an event specified in Section 10.1.

“Servicer’s Certificate” means a certificate completed and executed by a Servicing Officer and delivered pursuant to Section 4.9, substantially in the form of Exhibit B.

“Servicing Fee” has the meaning specified in Section 4.8.

“Servicing Officer” means any Person whose name appears on a list of Servicing Officers delivered to the Trustee, as the same may be amended from time to time.

“Simple Interest Method” means the method of allocating a fixed level payment between principal and interest, pursuant to which the portion of such payment that is allocated to interest is equal to the product of the APR multiplied by the unpaid balance multiplied by the period of time (expressed as a fraction of a year, based on the actual

number of days in the calendar month and the actual number of days in the calendar year) elapsed since the preceding payment of interest was made and the remainder of such payment is allocable to principal.

“Simple Interest Receivable” means a Receivable under which the portion of the payment allocable to interest and the portion allocable to principal is determined in accordance with the Simple Interest Method.

“Skip Receivable” means a Receivable (i) that is delinquent as of the Closing Date; and (ii) with respect to which CPS (a) has concluded that the address or telephone number of the related Obligor maintained by CPS as of the Closing Date is incorrect and CPS has not been able to obtain revised contact information for such Obligor and (b) has designated the status of the Receivable as “A07” or “F07” in accordance with its servicing procedures.

“Sold Receivable” means a Receivable that was more than 120 days delinquent and was sold to an unaffiliated third party by the Issuer, at the Servicer’s direction, as of the close of business on the last day of a Collection Period and in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.3(b).

“Specified Spread Account Requisite Amount” means, as of any date of determination, the lesser of (i) two percent (2%) of the Original Pool Balance and (ii) the Aggregate Note Balance; provided, however, that on and after the Aggregate Note Balance has been reduced to zero and all Classes of Notes have been distributed all amounts to which the Holders thereof are entitled under the Basic Documents, the Specified Spread Account Requisite Amount shall be $0.

“Standard & Poor’s” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC business, or its successor.

“State” means any one of the 50 states of the United States of America or the District of Columbia.

“Subsequent Cutoff Date” with respect to each Subsequent Receivable transferred pursuant to a Subsequent Receivables Purchase Agreement, has the meaning assigned to such term in such Subsequent Receivables Purchase Agreement.

“Subsequent Receivables” means each Contract related to a Financed Vehicle transferred to the Issuer pursuant to Section 2.2 (each of which shall be listed on Schedule A to the related Subsequent Transfer Agreement), and all rights and obligations thereunder, except for Subsequent Receivables that shall have become Purchased Receivables or Sold Receivables.

“Subsequent Receivables Purchase Agreement” means an agreement by and between the Seller and CPS pursuant to which the Seller will acquire Subsequent Receivables from CPS during the Funding Period.

“Subsequent Spread Account Deposit” means, with respect to each Subsequent Transfer Date, an amount equal to 2.00% of the aggregate Principal Balance of related Subsequent Receivables as of the related Subsequent Cutoff Date transferred to the Trust on such Subsequent Transfer Date.

“Subsequent Transfer Agreement” means an agreement among the Issuer, the Seller and the Servicer, substantially in the form of Exhibit A.

“Subsequent Transfer Date” means, with respect to Subsequent Receivables, any date, occurring not more frequently than twice per calendar month, during the Funding Period on which Subsequent Receivables are transferred to the Trust pursuant to this Agreement.

“Subsequent Trust Property” means the property and proceeds conveyed pursuant to Section 2.2.

“Successor Servicing Fee Schedule” means that certain Schedule of Successor Servicing Fees, Expenses and Distributions attached hereto as Exhibit G.

“Texas Franchise Tax” means any tax imposed by the State of Texas pursuant to Tex. Tax Code Ann. § 171.001 (Vernon 2005), as amended by Tex. H.B. 3, 79th Leg., 3d C.S. (2006).

“TFC” means The Finance Company, a Virginia corporation.

“Three-Month Rolling Average Delinquency Ratio” means, for any date of determination, the average of the Delinquency Ratios for each of the three immediately preceding Collection Periods.

“Three-Month Rolling Average Extension Ratio” means, for any date of determination, a rolling three month average of the ratio for each of the three immediately preceding Collection Periods, expressed as a percentage, of (i) the aggregate Principal Balance of the Receivables whose payments are extended during the related Collection Period to (ii) the Pool Balance as of the first day of the related Collection Period prior to giving effect to any payment activity on such date.

“Total Distribution Amount” means, for each Payment Date, the sum of the following amounts with respect to the related Collection Period: (i) all collections on the Receivables; (ii) Net Liquidation Proceeds received during the Collection Period with respect to Liquidated Receivables; (iii) all proceeds from Recoveries with respect to Liquidated Receivables; (iv) all proceeds received during the Collection Period from Insurance Policies (other than funds used for the repair of the related Financed Vehicle or otherwise released by CPS to the related Obligor in accordance with normal servicing procedures); (v) Investment Earnings for the related Payment Date; (vi) all Purchase Amounts deposited in the Collection Account during the related Collection Period, plus the amount of any payments made by CPS to the Trust pursuant to its indemnification obligations under the Basic Documents; (vii) following the acceleration of the Notes pursuant to Section 5.2 of the Indenture, the amount of money or property collected

pursuant to Section 5.3 of the Indenture since the preceding Payment Date by the Trustee for distribution pursuant to Section 5.7 hereof; (viii) any amounts released from the Series 2012-A Spread Account in accordance with the terms of Section 5.5(b) for payment pursuant to clauses (xviii) through (xx) of Section 5.7(a); (ix) the proceeds of any purchase or sale of the assets of the Trust described in Sections 4.16 or 11.1 hereof; and (x) any Sale Amounts realized by the Servicer in connection with the sale of Sold Receivables pursuant to Section 4.3(b).

“Transferred Property” has the meaning assigned thereto in the Receivables Purchase Agreement.

“Trigger Event” means a Level 1 Trigger Event, Level 2 Trigger Event or Level 3 Trigger Event, as applicable.

“Trust” means the Issuer.

“Trust Account Property” means the Trust Accounts, all amounts and investments held from time to time in any Trust Account (whether in the form of deposit accounts, physical property, book-entry securities, uncertificated securities or otherwise), and all proceeds of the foregoing.

“Trust Accounts” means, collectively, the Collection Account, the Series 2012-A Spread Account, the Pre-Funding Account and the Principal Distribution Account.

“Trust Agreement” means the Trust Agreement dated as of January 26, 2012, by and between CPS Receivables Five LLC, as depositor, and the Owner Trustee, as amended and restated by the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement dated as of March 1, 2012, by and between the Seller, as depositor, and the Owner Trustee, as the same may be further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

“Trust Officer” means, (i) in the case of the Trustee, any vice president, any assistant vice president, any assistant secretary, any assistant treasurer, any trust officer, or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject, and (ii) in the case of the Owner Trustee, any officer in the Corporate Trust Office of the Owner Trustee or any agent of the Owner Trustee under a power of attorney with direct responsibility for the administration of this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents on behalf of the Owner Trustee.

“Trust Paying Agent” means the “Paying Agent” appointed and acting in such capacity pursuant to the Trust Agreement.

“Trust Property” means the Initial Trust Property and the Subsequent Trust Property, collectively.

“Trustee” means the Person acting as trustee under the Indenture, its successors in interest and any successor trustee under the Indenture.

“Trustee Fee Schedule” means the schedule attached hereto as Exhibit H.

“Trustee Fees” means the sum of (A) means the “Monthly Trustee Fee,” “Collateral Custody Fees” and “Account Acceptance Fee” as reflected on the Trustee Fee Schedule; and (B) any amounts payable to the Owner Trustee pursuant to Article VIII of the Trust Agreement, in each case, due and payable on each Payment Date in respect of the immediately preceding Collection Period; provided, however, with respect to the initial Payment Date, the “Monthly Trustee Fee” shall be pro-rated based on the number of days in the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the last day of the first Collection Period.

“UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the relevant jurisdiction on the date of the Agreement.

(b) Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture or, if not defined therein, in the Trust Agreement.

(c) All terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in any instrument governed hereby and in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto unless otherwise defined therein.

(d) Accounting terms used but not defined or partly defined in this Agreement, in any instrument governed hereby or in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto, to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under generally accepted accounting principles as in effect on from time to time or any such instrument, certificate or other document, as applicable. To the extent that the definitions of accounting terms in this Agreement or in any such instrument, certificate or other document are inconsistent with the meanings of such terms under generally accepted accounting principles, the definitions contained in this Agreement or in any such instrument, certificate or other document shall control.

(e) (i) The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement and (ii) the word “or” is not exclusive.

(f) Section, Schedule and Exhibit references contained in this Agreement are references to Sections, Schedules and Exhibits in or to this Agreement unless otherwise specified; and the term “including” shall mean “including without limitation.”

(g) The definitions contained in this Agreement are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms and to the masculine as well as to the feminine and neuter genders of such terms.

(h) Any agreement, instrument or statute defined or referred to herein or in any instrument or certificate delivered in connection herewith means such agreement, instrument or statute as the same may from time to time be amended, modified or supplemented and includes (in the case of agreements or instruments) references to all attachments and instruments associated therewith; all references to a Person include its permitted successors and assigns.

ARTICLE 2

CONVEYANCE OF RECEIVABLES

SECTION 2.1 Conveyance of Receivables. In consideration of the Issuer’s delivery to or upon the order of the Seller on the Closing Date of the Securities, the Seller does hereby sell, transfer, assign, set over and otherwise convey to the Issuer, without recourse (subject to the obligations set forth herein) all right, title and interest of the Seller, whether now existing or hereafter arising, in, to and under:

(a) the Initial Receivables listed in Schedule A hereto and all monies received thereunder after the Initial Cutoff Date and all Net Liquidation Proceeds and Recoveries received with respect to such Initial Receivables after the Initial Cutoff Date;

(b) the security interests in the Financed Vehicles granted by the related Obligors pursuant to the Initial Receivables and any other interest of the Seller in such Financed Vehicles, including, without limitation, the certificates of title or, with respect to such Financed Vehicles in the Non-Certificated Title States, all other evidence of ownership with respect to such Financed Vehicles issued by the applicable Department of Motor Vehicles or similar authority;

(c) any proceeds from claims on any physical damage, credit life and credit accident and health insurance policies or certificates relating to the Financed Vehicles securing the Initial Receivables or the Obligors thereunder;

(d) all proceeds from recourse against Dealers or Consumer Lenders with respect to the Initial Receivables;

(e) all of the Seller’s rights and benefits, but none of its obligations or burdens, under the Receivables Purchase Agreement, including a direct right to cause CPS to purchase Initial Receivables from the Issuer and to indemnify the Issuer pursuant to the Receivables Purchase Agreement under the circumstances specified therein;

(f) refunds for the costs of extended service contracts with respect to Financed Vehicles securing the Initial Receivables, refunds of unearned premiums with respect to credit life and credit accident and health insurance policies or certificates covering an Obligor or Financed Vehicle or an Obligor’s obligations with respect to an Initial Receivable or a Financed Vehicle and any recourse to Dealers or Consumer Lenders for any of the foregoing;

(g) the Receivable File related to each Initial Receivable;

(h) all amounts and property from time to time held in or credited to the Collection Account, the Lockbox Account, the Pre-Funding Account, the Series 2012-A Spread Account and the Principal Distribution Account;

(i) all property (including the right to receive future Net Liquidation Proceeds) that secures an Initial Receivable that has been acquired by or on behalf of CPS or the Seller, pursuant to a liquidation of such Receivable; and

(j) all present and future claims, demands, causes and choses in action in respect of any or all of the foregoing and all payments on or under and all proceeds of every kind and nature whatsoever in respect of any or all of the foregoing, including all proceeds of the conversion, voluntary or involuntary, into cash or other liquid property, all cash proceeds, accounts, accounts receivable, notes, drafts, acceptances, chattel paper, checks, deposit accounts, insurance proceeds, condemnation awards, rights to payment of any and every kind and other forms of obligations and receivables, instruments and other property which at any time constitute all or part of or are included in the proceeds of any of the foregoing.

SECTION 2.2 Conveyance of Subsequent Receivables. (a) Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b) below, in consideration of the Issuer’s delivery on each related Subsequent Transfer Date to or upon the order of the Seller of the amount described in Section 5.10(a) to be delivered to the Seller, the Seller will, on the related Subsequent Transfer Date, sell, transfer, assign, set over and otherwise convey to the Issuer without recourse (subject to the obligations set forth herein) all right, title and interest of the Seller in, to and under:

(i) the Subsequent Receivables listed in Schedule A to the related Subsequent Transfer Agreement and all monies received thereunder after the related Subsequent Cutoff Date and all Net Liquidation Proceeds and Recoveries received with respect to such Subsequent Receivables after the related Subsequent Cutoff Date;

(ii) the security interests in the Financed Vehicles granted by Obligors pursuant to the Subsequent Receivables and any other interest of the Seller in such Financed Vehicles, including, without limitation, the certificates of title or, with respect to such Financed Vehicles in the Non-Certificated Title States, all other evidence of ownership with respect to such Financed Vehicles issued by the applicable Department of Motor Vehicles or similar authority;

(iv) all proceeds from recourse against Dealers or Consumer Lenders with respect to the related Subsequent Receivables;

(v) all of the Seller’s rights and benefits, but none of its obligations or burdens, under the related Subsequent Receivables Purchase Agreement, including a direct right to cause CPS to purchase Subsequent Receivables from the Issuer under certain circumstances and to indemnify the Issuer pursuant to the Subsequent Receivables Purchase Agreement;

(vi) refunds for the costs of extended service contracts with respect to Financed Vehicles securing Subsequent Receivables, refunds of unearned premiums with respect to credit life and credit accident and health insurance policies or certificates covering an Obligor or Financed Vehicle or an Obligor’s obligations with respect to a Subsequent Receivable or Financed Vehicle and any recourse to Dealers or Consumer Lenders for any of the foregoing;

(vii) the Receivable File related to each Subsequent Receivable;

(viii) all amounts and property from time to time held in or credited to the Collection Account, the Pre-Funding Account, the Series 2012-A Spread Account and the Principal Distribution Account;

(ix) all property (including the right to receive future Net Liquidation Proceeds) that secured a Subsequent Receivable that has been acquired by or on behalf of CPS or the Seller pursuant to a liquidation of such Receivable; and

(x) all present and future claims, demands, causes and choses in action in respect of any or all of the foregoing and all payments on or under and all proceeds of every kind and nature whatsoever in respect of any or all of the foregoing, including all proceeds of the conversion, voluntary or involuntary, into cash or other liquid property, all cash proceeds, accounts, accounts receivable, notes, drafts, acceptances, chattel paper, checks, deposit accounts, insurance proceeds, condemnation awards, rights to payment of any and every kind and other forms of obligations and receivables, instruments and other property which at any time constitute all or part of or are included in the proceeds of any of the foregoing.

(b) The Seller shall transfer to the Issuer the Subsequent Receivables and the other property and rights related thereto described in paragraph (a) above only upon the satisfaction of each of the following conditions on or prior to the related Subsequent Transfer Date:

(i) the Seller shall have provided the Trustee, the Owner Trustee and each Rating Agency with an Addition Notice not later than five Business Days prior to such Subsequent Transfer Date and shall have provided any information reasonably requested by any of the foregoing with respect to the related Subsequent Receivables;

(ii) the Seller shall have delivered to the Owner Trustee and the Trustee a duly executed Subsequent Transfer Agreement which shall include supplements to Schedule A, listing the related Subsequent Receivables;

(iii) the Seller shall, to the extent required by Section 4.2, have deposited in the Collection Account all collections in respect of the related Subsequent Receivables;

(iv) as of each Subsequent Transfer Date, (A) the Seller shall not be rendered insolvent as a result of the transfer of Subsequent Receivables on such Subsequent Transfer Date, (B) the Seller shall not intend to incur or believe that it shall incur debts that would be beyond its ability to pay as such debts mature, (C) such transfer shall not have been made with actual intent to hinder, delay or defraud any Person and (D) the assets of the Seller shall not constitute unreasonably small capital to carry out its business as then conducted;

(v) the Funding Period shall not have terminated;

(vi) after giving effect to any transfer of Subsequent Receivables on a Subsequent Transfer Date, the Receivables then owned by the Trust shall meet the following criteria (based on the characteristics of the Initial Receivables on the Initial Cutoff Date and the Subsequent Receivables on the related Subsequent Cutoff Dates): (A) the weighted average APR of such Receivables will be greater than or equal to 19.25%, (B) the weighted average remaining term of such Receivables will be within a range of 12 to 72 months, (C) not more than 87.00% of the aggregate Principal Balance of such Receivables will represent financing of used Financed Vehicles, (D) not more than 1.00% of the aggregate Principal Balance of such Receivables will have an APR in excess of 26.00% and not more than 18.15% of the aggregate Principal Balance of such Receivables will have an APR of less than 17.00%; (E) each Receivable will have an APR between 3.25% and 30.00%; (F) each Receivable will have an original term of no more than 72 months and no more than 54.00% of the aggregate Principal Balance of such Receivables will have an original term in excess of sixty (60) months; (G) no more than 11.50% of the aggregate Principal Balance of such Receivables will have been originated in Texas; (H) no more than 15.75% of the aggregate Principal Balance of such Receivables will have been originated in California; (I) not less than 75.00% of the aggregate Principal Balance of such Receivables will have been purchased under the Seller’s “Alpha,” “Super Alpha,” “Alpha Plus” or “Preferred” programs; (J) no more than 8.00% of the aggregate Principal Balance of such Receivables will be originated under the Seller’s First Time Buyer program; (K) no more than 8.50% of the aggregate Principal Balance of such Receivables will be originated under the Seller’s Delta program; (L) none of such Receivables will have been originated by Fireside, MFN, TFC, SeaWest, Fireside or their respective subsidiaries; (M) no more than 4.50% of the aggregate Principal Balance of such Receivables will constitute Section 341 Receivables; (N) none of such Receivables will have an LTV in excess of 145.50%; (O) the weighted average LTV of such Receivables will be less than or equal to 114.25%;

and (P) the Trust, the Trustee and the Owner Trustee shall have received written confirmation from a firm of certified independent public accountants as to the satisfaction of the criteria in clauses (A) through (O) above;

(vii) each of the representations and warranties made by the Seller pursuant to Section 3.1 with respect to the related Subsequent Receivables to be transferred on such Subsequent Transfer Date shall be true and correct as of the related Subsequent Transfer Date, and the Seller shall have performed all obligations to be performed by it hereunder on or prior to such Subsequent Transfer Date;

(viii) the Seller shall, at its own expense, on or prior to the Subsequent Transfer Date indicate in its computer files that the Subsequent Receivables identified in the Subsequent Transfer Agreement have been sold to the Trust pursuant to this Agreement;

(ix) the Seller shall have taken any action required to maintain the first priority perfected ownership interest of the Issuer in the Owner Trust Estate and the first priority perfected security interest of the Trustee in the Collateral;

(x) no selection procedures adverse to the interests of the Noteholders shall have been utilized in selecting the Subsequent Receivables;

(xi) the addition of any such Subsequent Receivables shall not result in a material adverse tax consequence to the Trust or the Noteholders;

(xii) the Seller shall have delivered (A) to the Rating Agencies and each Placement Agent an Opinion of Counsel with respect to the characterization of the transfer of such Subsequent Receivables as a “true sale”, which Opinion of Counsel may be in the form of a “bring down” letter to the Opinion of Counsel delivered to the Rating Agencies and each Placement Agent on the Closing Date, and (B) to the Trustee and each Placement Agent the Opinion of Counsel required by Section 13.2(i)(i), which Opinion of Counsel may be in the form of a “bring down” letter to the Opinion of Counsel delivered to the Trustee and each Placement Agent on the Closing Date;

(xiii) each of the Seller and the Issuer shall have received verbal verification from the Rating Agencies that the addition of all such Subsequent Receivables will not result in a qualification, modification or withdrawal of the then current rating of each Class of Notes;

(xiv) the Servicer shall instruct the Trustee to transfer the Subsequent Spread Account Deposit to the Series 2012-A Spread Account with respect to the related Subsequent Receivables transferred on such Subsequent Transfer Date; and

(xv) the Seller shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate confirming the satisfaction of each condition precedent specified in this paragraph (b).

The Seller covenants that in the event any of the foregoing conditions precedent are not satisfied with respect to any Subsequent Receivable on the date required as specified above, the Seller will immediately repurchase such Subsequent Receivable from the Issuer, at a price equal to the Purchase Amount thereof, in the manner specified in Section 3.2.

SECTION 2.3 Transfers Intended as Sales. It is the intention of the Seller that each transfer and assignment contemplated by Sections 2.1 or 2.2 shall constitute a sale of the Trust Property from the Seller to the Trust and the beneficial interest in and title to the Trust Property shall not be part of the Seller’s estate in the event of the filing of a bankruptcy petition by or against the Seller under any bankruptcy law. In the event that, notwithstanding the intent of the Seller as set forth in this Section 2.3 and in Section 13.17, the transfer and assignment contemplated hereby is held not to be a sale, this Agreement shall constitute a grant of (and the Seller does hereby grant) a security interest in all of the Seller’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Trust Property to the Trust for the benefit of the Securityholders and this Agreement shall constitute a security agreement under New York law. The Seller shall take such actions as are necessary from time to time in order to maintain the perfection and priority of the Trust’s security interest in the Trust Property.

SECTION 2.4 Further Encumbrance of Trust Property.

(a) Immediately upon the conveyance to the Trust by the Seller of any item of the Trust Property pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 2.2, all right, title and interest of the Seller in and to such item of Trust Property shall terminate, and all such right, title and interest shall vest in the Trust, in accordance with the Trust Agreement and Sections 3802 and 3805 of the Statutory Trust Statute (as defined in the Trust Agreement).

(b) Immediately upon the vesting of the Trust Property in the Trust, the Trust shall have the sole right to pledge or otherwise encumber, such Trust Property. Pursuant to the Indenture, the Trust shall grant a security interest in the Trust Property to secure the repayment of the Notes. The Residual Pass-through Certificates shall represent beneficial ownership interests in the Trust Property, and the Residual Certificateholders shall be entitled to receive distributions with respect thereto as set forth in Section 5.7(a)(xx).

ARTICLE 3

THE RECEIVABLES

SECTION 3.1 Representations and Warranties of Seller. The Seller makes the following representations and warranties as to the Receivables to the Issuer and to the Trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders on which the Issuer relies in acquiring the Receivables, and on which the Trustee is deemed to have relied in executing and performing pursuant to

this Agreement, the Indenture and the other Basic Documents to which it is a party. Such representations and warranties speak as of the execution and delivery of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date (in the case of the Initial Receivables) and as of the related Subsequent Transfer Date (in the case of the Subsequent Receivables), but shall survive the sale, transfer and assignment of the Receivables to the Issuer and the pledge thereof to the Trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders pursuant to the Indenture.

(i) Characteristics of Receivables. (A) Each Receivable (1) has been originated in the United States of America by a Dealer or Consumer Lender without any fraud or misrepresentation on the part of such Dealer or Consumer Lender for the retail sale of a Financed Vehicle in the ordinary course of such Dealer’s or Consumer Lender’s business, such Dealer or Consumer Lender had all necessary licenses and permits to originate such Receivable in the State where such Dealer or Consumer Lender was located, has been fully and properly executed by the parties thereto, has been purchased by CPS in connection with the related Obligor’s purchase of the related Financed Vehicle and has been validly assigned by such Dealer or Consumer Lender to CPS, by CPS to the Seller and by the Seller to the Issuer, (2) has created a valid, subsisting, and enforceable first priority perfected security interest in favor of CPS in the Financed Vehicle, which security interest has been assigned by CPS to the Seller, which in turn has assigned such security interest to the Trust which in turn has pledged such security interest to the Trustee, (3) contains customary and enforceable provisions such that the rights and remedies of the holder or assignee thereof shall be adequate for realization against the collateral of the benefits of the security including, without limitation, a right of repossession following a default, (4) other than the Modified Receivables, provides for level monthly scheduled payments that fully amortize the Amount Financed over the original term (except for the last scheduled payment, which may be different from the level monthly payment) and yield interest at the Annual Percentage Rate, (5) has an Annual Percentage Rate of not less than 3.25% and not greater than 28.00%, (6) is a Simple Interest Receivable, (7) was originated by a Dealer or Consumer Lender and was sold by such Dealer or Consumer Lender without any fraud or misrepresentation on the part of such Dealer or Consumer Lender, (8) is denominated in U.S. dollars and (9) provides, in the case of a prepayment, for the full payment of the Principal Balance thereof plus accrued interest through the date of prepayment based on the Annual Percentage Rate of the Receivable.

(B) Approximately 84.08% of the aggregate Principal Balance of the Initial Receivables as of the Initial Cutoff Date represents financing of used automobiles, light trucks, vans or minivans; the remainder of the Initial Receivables represent financing of new vehicles; approximately 4.35% of the aggregate Principal Balance of the Initial Receivables as of the Initial Cutoff Date were originated under the CPS Preferred Program; approximately 39.42% of the aggregate Principal Balance of the Initial Receivables as of the Initial Cutoff Date were originated under the CPS Alpha Program; approximately 5.67% of the aggregate Principal Balance of the Initial Receivables as of the Initial Cutoff Date were originated under the CPS Delta Program; approximately

4.86% of the Initial Receivables as of the Initial Cutoff Date were originated under the CPS First-Time Buyer Program; approximately 9.58% of the aggregate Principal Balance of the Initial Receivables as of the Initial Cutoff Date were originated under the CPS Standard Program; approximately 19.25% of the aggregate Principal Balance of the Initial Receivables as of the Initial Cutoff Date were originated under the CPS Super Alpha Program; approximately 16.87% of the aggregate Principal Balance of the Initial Receivables as of the Initial Cutoff Date were originated under the CPS Alpha Plus Program; all of the Initial Receivables were acquired by the Seller; approximately 2.95% of the aggregate Principal Balance of the Initial Receivables as of the Initial Cutoff Date, were Section 341 Receivables; each Initial Receivable has a final scheduled payment due no later than May 31, 2018; and each Initial Receivable was originated on or before the Initial Cutoff Date.

(ii) Additional Receivables Characteristics. (A) As of the Cutoff Date (in the case of the Initial Receivables) or the applicable Subsequent Cutoff Date (in the case of the Subsequent Receivables), no Receivable is more than 30 days contractually past due with respect to any Scheduled Receivable Payment, and no extensions were granted by the Servicer to satisfy such representation; and (B) as of the Closing Date (in the case of the Initial Receivables) or the applicable Subsequent Transfer Date (in the case of the applicable Subsequent Receivables), (I) no Receivable is a Skip Receivable and (II) no Receivable is more than 60 days contractually past due with respect to any Scheduled Receivable Payment.

(iii) Schedule of Receivables; Selection Procedures. The information with respect to the Initial Receivables set forth in Schedule A to this Agreement is true and correct in all material respects as of the close of business on the Initial Cutoff Date; the information with respect to the Subsequent Receivables set forth in Schedule A to the related Subsequent Transfer Agreement is true and correct in all material respects as of the close of business on the related Subsequent Cutoff Date; no selection procedures adverse to the Securityholders have been utilized in selecting the Receivables.

(iv) Compliance with Law. Each Receivable, the sale of the Financed Vehicle and the sale of any physical damage, credit life and credit accident and health insurance and any extended warranties or service contracts (A) complied at the time the related Receivable was originated or made and at the execution of this Agreement (or the applicable Subsequent Transfer Agreement) complies in all material respects with all requirements of applicable Federal, State, and local laws, and regulations thereunder including, without limitation, usury laws, the Federal Truth-in-Lending Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, the Federal Trade Commission Act, the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, the Federal Reserve Board’s Regulations B and Z, the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act, the Military Reservist Relief Act, the Texas Consumer Credit Code, the California Automobile Sales Finance Act and State adaptations of the National Consumer Act and of the

Uniform Consumer Credit Code, and all other applicable consumer credit laws and equal credit opportunity and disclosure laws, and (B) without limiting the generality of the foregoing, is not subject to liabilities or is not rendered unenforceable based on general theories of contract limitation or relief including, without limitation, theories based on unconscionable, deceptive, unfair, or predatory sales or financing practices.

(v) No Government Obligor. None of the Receivables are due from the United States of America or any State or from any agency, department, or instrumentality of the United States of America or any State.

(vi) Security Interest in Financed Vehicle. Immediately subsequent to the sale, assignment and transfer thereof to the Trust, each Receivable shall be secured by a validly perfected first priority security interest in the Financed Vehicle in favor of CPS as secured party which security interest has been validly assigned by CPS to the Seller and by the Seller to the Trust, and validly pledged by the Trust to the Trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders, and such assigned security interest is prior to all other liens upon and security interests in such Financed Vehicle that now exist or may hereafter arise or be created, except, as to priority, for any tax, storage or mechanics’ Liens that may arise after the Closing Date (in the case of the Initial Receivables) or the related Subsequent Transfer Date (in the case of the Subsequent Receivables).

(vii) Receivables in Force. No Receivable has been satisfied, subordinated or rescinded other than Modified Receivables in connection with a bankruptcy proceedings, nor has any Financed Vehicle been released from the lien granted by the related Receivable in whole or in part.

(viii) No Waiver. Except as permitted under Section 4.2 and clause (ix) below, no provision of a Receivable has been waived.

(ix) No Amendments. The terms of the related Contract have not been waived, altered, amended or modified (including, without limitation, by way of extension) in any respect, except by instruments or documents identified in the Receivable File with respect thereto or, in the case of Modified Receivables, in connection with bankruptcy proceedings, and no such waiver, alteration, amendment or modification has caused such Receivable to fail to meet all of the representations, warranties, and conditions set forth herein with respect thereto. Such Contract constitutes the entire agreement between the Seller and the related Obligor.

(x) No Defenses. No right of rescission, setoff, counterclaim or defense exists or has been asserted or threatened with respect to any Receivable other than Modified Receivables in connection with bankruptcy proceedings. The operation of the terms of any Receivable or the exercise of any right thereunder will not render such Receivable unenforceable in whole or in part and such

Receivable is not subject to any such right of rescission, setoff, counterclaim, or defense.

(xi) No Liens. As of the applicable Cutoff Date, (a) there are no liens or claims existing or that have been filed for work, labor, storage or materials relating to a Financed Vehicle that are prior to, or equal or coordinate with, the security interest in the Financed Vehicle granted by the Receivable and (b) there is no lien against the related Financed Vehicle for delinquent taxes.

(xii) No Default; Repossession. Except for payment delinquencies continuing for a period of not more than thirty days as of the applicable Cutoff Date, no default, breach, violation or event permitting acceleration under the terms of any Receivable has occurred other than with respect to a Modified Receivable; and no continuing condition that with notice or the lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default, breach, violation or event permitting acceleration under the terms of any Receivable has arisen; and the Seller shall not waive and has not waived any of the foregoing (except in a manner consistent with Section 4.2 and clause (ix) above) other than in connection with a bankruptcy proceeding relating to a Modified Receivable; and no Financed Vehicle shall have been repossessed or assigned for repossession as of the Closing Date (in the case of the Initial Receivables) or the related Subsequent Transfer Date (in the case of the Subsequent Receivables).

(xiii) Insurance; Other. (A) Each Obligor has obtained insurance covering the Financed Vehicle as of the execution of the Receivable insuring against loss and damage due to fire, theft, transportation, collision and other risks generally covered by comprehensive and collision coverage, and each Receivable requires the Obligor to obtain and maintain such insurance naming CPS and its successors and assigns as loss payee or an additional insured, (B) each Receivable that finances the cost of premiums for credit life and credit accident and health insurance is covered by an insurance policy or certificate of insurance naming CPS as policyholder (creditor) under each such insurance policy and certificate of insurance and (C) as to each Receivable that finances the cost of an extended service contract, the respective Financed Vehicle that secures the Receivable is covered by an extended service contract.

(xiv) Title. It is the intention of the Seller that the transfer and assignment herein contemplated constitute a sale of the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property from the Seller to the Trust and that the beneficial interest in and title to such Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property not be part of the Seller’s estate in the event of the filing of a bankruptcy petition by or against the Seller under any bankruptcy law. No Receivable or Other Conveyed Property has been sold, transferred, assigned, or pledged by the Seller to any Person other than the Trust. Immediately prior to the transfer and assignment herein contemplated, the Seller had good and marketable title to each Receivable and the Other Conveyed Property and was the sole owner thereof, free and clear of all liens, claims, encumbrances, security interests, and rights of others, and, immediately

upon the transfer thereof, the Trust for the benefit of the Securityholders shall have good and marketable title to each such Receivable and will be the sole owner thereof, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, security interests, and rights of others, and the transfer has been perfected under the UCC.

(xv) Lawful Assignment. No Receivable has been originated in, or is subject to the laws of, any jurisdiction under which the sale, transfer, and assignment of such Receivable under this Agreement or pursuant to transfers of the Securities shall be unlawful, void, or voidable. Neither CPS nor the Seller has entered into any agreement with any account debtor that prohibits, restricts or conditions the assignment of any portion of the Receivables.

(xvi) All Filings Made. All filings (including, without limitation, UCC filings) necessary in any jurisdiction to give (i) the Seller a first priority perfected security interest in the Receivables and the other Transferred Property, (ii) the Issuer a first priority perfected security interest in the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property, and (iii) the Trustee a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral have been made, taken or performed.

(xvii) Receivable File; One Original. CPS has delivered to the Trustee a complete Receivable File with respect to each Receivable. There is only one original executed copy of each Receivable.

(xviii) Chattel Paper. Each Contract constitutes “tangible chattel paper” under the UCC.

(xix) Title Documents. (A) If the Receivable was originated in a State in which notation of a security interest on the title document of the related Financed Vehicle is required or permitted to perfect such security interest, the title document of the related Financed Vehicle for such Receivable shows, or if a new or replacement title document is being applied for with respect to such Financed Vehicle the title document (or, with respect to Receivables originated in the Non-Certificated Title States, other evidence of title issued by the applicable Department of Motor Vehicles or similar authority) will be received within 180 days and will show CPS named as the original secured party under the related Receivable as the holder of a first priority security interest in such Financed Vehicle, and (B) if the Receivable was originated in a State in which the filing of a financing statement under the UCC is required to perfect a security interest in motor vehicles, such filings or recordings have been duly made and show CPS named as the original secured party under the related Receivable, and in either case, the Trust has the same rights as such secured party has or would have (if such secured party were still the owner of the Receivable) against all parties claiming an interest in such Financed Vehicle, and such rights have been validly pledged to the Trustee pursuant to the Indenture. With respect to each Receivable for which the title document has not yet been returned from the Registrar of Titles, CPS has received written evidence from the related Dealer or Consumer

Lender that such title document showing CPS, as first lienholder has been applied for.

(xx) Valid and Binding Obligation of Obligor. Each Receivable is the legal, valid and binding obligation in writing of the Obligor thereunder and is enforceable in accordance with its terms, except only as such enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and all parties to such contract had full legal capacity to execute and deliver such contract and all other documents related thereto and to grant the security interest purported to be granted thereby.

(xxi) Characteristics of Obligors. As of the date of each Obligor’s application for financing of the vehicle purchase from which the related Receivable arises, such Obligor (a) was not the subject of any Federal, State or other bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceeding pending on the date of application that has not completed a Section 341 Meeting or been discharged, (b) had not been the subject of more than one Federal, State or other bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceeding, and (c) was domiciled in the United States. During the period from the date of each Obligor’s application for financing of the vehicle purchase from which the related Receivable arises to the Closing Date (in the case of the Initial Receivables) or the related Subsequent Transfer Date (in the case of the Subsequent Receivables), no Obligor is or has been the subject of any Federal, State or other bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceeding other than an Obligor related to a Section 341 Receivable or a Modified Receivable.

(xxii) Origination Date. Each Receivable has an origination date on or after July 1, 2005.

(xxiii) Maturity of Receivables. Each Receivable has an original term to maturity of not more than 72 months; the weighted average original term to maturity of the Initial Receivables was 65.03 months as of the Initial Cutoff Date; the remaining term to maturity of each Receivable was 72 months or less as of the applicable Cutoff Date; the weighted average remaining term to maturity of the Initial Receivables was 44.02 months as of the Initial Cutoff Date.

(xxiv) Scheduled Receivable Payments. Each Receivable has an original Principal Balance of not more than $35,500.

(xxv) Origination of Receivables. Based on the billing address of the Obligors and the Principal Balances as of the Initial Cutoff Date, approximately 14.59%, 10.73%, 6.93%, 5.49% and 5.03% of the Initial Receivables (by Principal Balance) had Obligors residing in the States of California, Texas, Pennsylvania, Florida and Georgia, respectively. As of the Initial Cutoff Date, no other state represented more than 5.00% of the Initial Receivables (by Principal Balance).

(xxvi) Post Office Box. On or prior to the next billing period after the applicable Cutoff Date, CPS will notify each Obligor to make payments with respect to its respective Receivables after the applicable Cutoff Date directly to the Post Office Box, and will provide each Obligor with a monthly statement in order to enable such Obligors to make payments directly to the Post Office Box.

(xxvii) Location of Receivable Files. A complete Receivable File with respect to each Receivable has been or prior to the Closing Date or the related Subsequent Transfer Date, as applicable, will be delivered to the Trustee at the location listed in Schedule B hereto.

(xxviii) Casualty and Impounding. No Financed Vehicle has suffered a Casualty and CPS has not received notice that any Financed Vehicle has been impounded.

(xxix) Principal Balance/Number of Contracts. As of the Initial Cutoff Date, the aggregate Principal Balance of the Initial Receivables was $108,685,636.83. As of the Initial Cutoff Date, the Initial Receivables are evidenced by 14,069 Contracts.

(xxx) Full Amount Advanced. The full amount of each Receivable has been advanced to each Obligor, and there are no requirements for future advances thereunder. The Obligor with respect to each Receivable does not have any option under the terms of the related Contract to borrow from any person additional funds secured by the Financed Vehicle.

(xxxi) No Impairment. Neither CPS nor the Seller has done anything to convey any right to any Person that would result in such Person having a right to payments due under any Receivables or otherwise to impair the rights of the Purchaser, the Issuer or the Securityholders in any Receivable or the proceeds hereof.

(xxxii) Receivables Not Assumable. No Receivable is assumable by another Person in a manner that would release the Obligor thereof from such Obligor’s obligations to CPS or the Seller with respect to such Receivable.

(xxxiii) Servicing. The servicing of each Receivable and the collection practices relating thereto have been lawful and in accordance with the standards set forth in this Agreement; other than the Servicer and the Backup Servicer, no other Person has the right to service the Receivables.

(xxxiv) Illinois Receivables. (a) The Seller does not own a substantial interest in the business of a Dealer within the meaning of Illinois Sales Finance Agency Act Rules and Regulations, Section 160.230(1) and (b) with respect to each Receivable originated in the State of Illinois, (i) the printed or typed portion of the related form of Receivable complies with the requirements of 815 ILCS 375/3(b) and (ii) the Seller has not, and for so long as such Receivable

is outstanding shall not, place or cause to be placed on the related Financed Vehicle any collateral protection insurance in violation of 815 ILCS 180/10.

(xxxv) California Receivables. Each Receivable originated in the State of California has been, and at all times during the term of the Sale and Servicing Agreement will be, serviced by the Servicer in compliance with Cal. Civil Code § 2981, et seq.

(xxxvi) Creation of Security Interest. This Agreement creates a valid and continuing security interest (as defined in the UCC) in the Trust Property in favor of the Issuer for the benefit of the Securityholders, which security interest is prior to all other Liens and is enforceable as such as against creditors of and purchasers from the Seller.

(xxxvii) Perfection of Security Interest in Financed Vehicles. CPS has taken all steps necessary to perfect its security interest against the Obligors in the Financed Vehicles securing the Contracts.

(xxxviii) Perfection of Security Interest in Trust Property. The Seller has caused, the filing of all appropriate financing statements in the proper filing office in the appropriate jurisdictions under applicable law in order to perfect the security interest in the Trust Property granted to the Issuer for the benefit of the Securityholders hereunder pursuant to Section 2.3.

(xxxix) No Other Security Interests. Other than the security interest granted to the Issuer for the benefit of the Securityholders pursuant to Section 2.3, the Seller has not pledged, assigned, sold, granted a security interest in, or otherwise conveyed any of the Trust Property. The Seller has not authorized the filing of and is not aware of any financing statements filed against the Seller that include a description of collateral covering the Trust Property other than any financing statement relating to the security interest granted to the Issuer for the benefit of the Securityholders hereunder or that has been terminated. The Seller is not aware of any judgment or tax lien filings against the Seller.

(xl) Notations on Contracts; Financing Statement Disclosure. The Servicer has in its possession copies of all Contracts that constitute or evidence the Receivables. The Contracts that constitute or evidence the Receivables do not have any marks or notations indicating that they have been pledged, assigned or otherwise conveyed to any Person other than the Issuer and/or the Trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders. All financing statements filed or to be filed against the Seller in favor of the Issuer in connection herewith describing the Trust Property contain a statement to the following effect: “A purchase of or security interest in any collateral described in this financing statement will violate the rights of the secured party.”

(xli) TFC, MFN, SeaWest and Fireside Receivables. None of the Receivables were originated by TFC, MFN, SeaWest, Fireside or any of their respective subsidiaries.

(xlii) Consumer Lenders. Each Consumer Lender has obtained all necessary licenses and approvals in all jurisdictions in which the origination and purchase of installment promissory notes and security agreements and the sale thereof requires or shall require such licenses or approvals, except where the failure to obtain such licenses or approvals would not result in a material adverse effect on the value or marketability of any Receivable (including, without limitation, the enforceability or collectability of any Receivable).

The representations and warranties set forth above in paragraphs (xiv), (xvi), (xviii) and paragraphs (xxxvi) through (xlii) shall survive the termination of this Agreement and may not be waived in whole or in part.

SECTION 3.2 Repurchase upon Breach.

(a) The Seller, the Servicer, the Trustee or (upon actual knowledge of a Responsible Officer thereof) the Owner Trustee, as the case may be, shall inform the other parties to this Agreement promptly, in writing, upon the discovery of any breach of the Seller’s representations and warranties made pursuant to Section 3.1 (without regard to any limitations therein as to the Seller’s knowledge). Unless the breach shall have been cured by the last day of the second Collection Period following the discovery thereof by CPS or receipt by CPS of notice of such breach, CPS (pursuant to the Receivables Purchase Agreement) shall repurchase any Receivable if the value of such Receivable is materially and adversely affected by the breach as of the last day of such second Collection Period (or, at CPS’s option, the last day of the first Collection Period following the discovery) and, in the event that the breach relates to a characteristic of the Receivables in the aggregate, and if the interests of the Trust or the Securityholders are materially and adversely affected by such breach, unless the breach shall have been cured by the last day of such second Collection Period, CPS shall purchase the aggregate Principal Balance of affected Receivables, such that following such purchase such representation shall be true and correct with respect to the remainder of the Receivables in the aggregate. In consideration of the purchase of any Receivable, CPS shall remit the Purchase Amount, in the manner specified in Section 5.6. For purposes of this Section, the Purchase Amount of a Receivable that is not consistent with the warranty pursuant to Section 3.1(i)(A)(5) or (A)(6) shall include such additional amount as shall be necessary to provide the full amount of interest as contemplated therein. The sole remedy of the Issuer, the Owner Trustee, the Trustee and the Securityholders with respect to a breach of representations and warranties pursuant to Section 3.1 shall be to enforce CPS’s obligation to purchase such Receivables pursuant to the Receivables Purchase Agreement; provided, however, that CPS shall indemnify the Trustee, the Owner Trustee, the Backup Servicer, the Trust and the Securityholders against all costs, expenses, losses, damages, claims and liabilities, including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel, that may be asserted against or incurred by any of them as a result of third party claims arising out of the events or facts giving rise to such breach. Upon receipt of the Purchase

Amount and written instructions from the Servicer, the Trustee shall release to CPS or its designee the related Receivables File and shall execute and deliver all reasonable instruments of transfer or assignment, without recourse, as are prepared by the Seller and delivered to the Trustee and necessary to vest in CPS or such designee title to the Receivable including a Trustee’s Certificate in the form of Exhibit F-1.

(b) If it is determined that consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other transaction documents referenced in this Agreement, the servicing and operation of the Trust pursuant to this Agreement and such other documents, or the ownership of a Note or a Residual Pass-through Certificate by a Holder constitutes a violation of the prohibited transaction rules of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), or the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) or any successor statutes of similar impact, together with the regulations thereunder, to which no statutory exception or administrative exemption applies, such violation shall not be treated as a breach of the Seller’s representations and warranties made pursuant to Section 3.1 if not otherwise such a breach.

(c) Pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 2.2 of this Agreement, the Seller has conveyed to the Trust all of the Seller’s right, title and interest in its rights and benefits, but none of its obligations or burdens, under the Receivables Purchase Agreement and each Subsequent Receivables Purchase Agreement, including the Seller’s rights under the Receivables Purchase Agreement and each Subsequent Receivables Purchase Agreement and the delivery requirements, representations and warranties and the cure, repurchase and indemnity obligations of CPS under the Receivables Purchase Agreement and each Subsequent Receivables Purchase Agreement. The Seller hereby represents and warrants to the Trust and the Trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders that such assignment is valid, enforceable and effective to permit the Trust to enforce such obligations of CPS under the Receivables Purchase Agreement and each Subsequent Receivables Purchase Agreement.

(d) If the Insolvency Event related to a Section 341 Meeting has not been discharged pursuant to Section 727 of the United States Bankruptcy Code by the bankruptcy court presiding over such Insolvency Event within 120 days of the conveyance of the related Receivable by the Seller to the Issuer pursuant to Sections 2.1(a) or 2.2(a), the Seller shall repurchase such Receivable as of and by no later than the last day of the next occurring Collection Period at the Purchase Amount.

SECTION 3.3 Custody of Receivables Files.

(a) In connection with the sale, transfer and assignment of the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property to the Trust pursuant to this Agreement the Trustee shall act as custodian of the following documents or instruments in its possession which shall be delivered to the Trustee by CPS on or before the Closing Date (with

respect to each Initial Receivable) or the applicable Subsequent Transfer Date (with respect to each Subsequent Receivable):

(i) The fully executed original of the Receivable;

(ii) The original certificate of title in the name of CPS or such documents that CPS shall keep on file, in accordance with its customary procedures, evidencing the security interest of CPS in the Financed Vehicle or, if not yet received, a copy of the application therefor showing CPS as secured party, or a dealer guarantee of title.

(b) Upon payment in full of any Receivable, the Servicer will notify the Trustee pursuant to a certificate of an officer of the Servicer (which certificate shall include a statement to the effect that all amounts received in connection with such payments which are required to be deposited in the Collection Account pursuant to Section 4.2 have been so deposited) and shall request delivery of the Receivable and Receivable File to the Servicer.

SECTION 3.4 Acceptance of Receivable Files by Trustee. The Trustee acknowledges receipt of files that the Seller has represented are the Receivable Files for the Initial Receivables. The Trustee has reviewed such Receivable Files and has determined that it has received a file for each Initial Receivable identified in Schedule A to this Agreement. Not less than four (4) Business Days prior to each Subsequent Transfer Date, the Seller will cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Receivable Files for the Subsequent Receivables to be transferred to the Trust on such Subsequent Transfer Date. The Trustee declares that it holds and will continue to hold such files and any amendments, replacements or supplements thereto and all other assets comprising the Owner Trust Estate as Trustee in trust for the use and benefit of all present and future Securityholders. The Trustee agrees to review each file delivered to it prior to the Closing Date (in the case of the Initial Receivables) or the applicable Subsequent Transfer Date (in the case of the Subsequent Receivables) to determine whether such Receivable Files contain the documents referred to in Sections 3.3(a)(i) and (ii). If the Trustee has found or finds that a file for a Receivable has not been received, or that a file is unrelated to the Receivables identified in Schedule A to this Agreement or that any of the documents referred to in Section 3.3(a)(i) or (ii) are not contained in a Receivable File, the Trustee shall inform CPS, the Seller and the Owner Trustee promptly, in writing, of the failure to receive a file with respect to such Receivable (or of the failure of any of the aforementioned documents to be included in the Receivable File) or shall return to CPS as the Seller’s designee any file unrelated to a Receivable identified in Schedule A to this Agreement (in the case of the Initial Receivables) or Schedule A to the related Subsequent Transfer Agreement (in the case of the Subsequent Receivables), it being understood that the Trustee’s obligation to review the contents of any Receivable File shall be limited as set forth in the preceding sentence. Unless such defect with respect to such Receivable File shall have been cured by the last day of the second Collection Period following discovery thereof by the Trustee, the Trustee shall cause CPS to repurchase any such Receivable as of and by no later than such last day pursuant to the Receivables Purchase Agreement. In consideration of the purchase of the Receivable, CPS shall remit the Purchase Amount, in

the manner specified in Section 5.6. The sole remedy of the Trustee, the Trust and the Securityholders with respect to a breach pursuant to this Section 3.4 shall be to require CPS to purchase the applicable Receivables pursuant to this Section 3.4; provided, however, that CPS shall indemnify the Trustee, the Owner Trustee, the Backup Servicer, the Trust and the Securityholders against all costs, expenses, losses, damages, claims and liabilities, including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel, which may be asserted against or incurred by any of them as a result of third party claims arising out of the events or facts giving rise to such breach. Upon receipt of the Purchase Amount and written instructions from the Servicer, the Trustee shall release to CPS or its designee the related Receivable File and shall execute and deliver all reasonable instruments of transfer or assignment, without recourse, as are prepared by CPS and delivered to the Trustee and are necessary to vest in CPS or such designee title to the Receivable including a Trustee’s Certificate in the form of Exhibit F-1. The Trustee shall make a list of Receivables for which an application for a certificate of title but not an original certificate of title or, with respect to Receivables originated in the Non-Certificated Title States, another evidence of title issued by the applicable Department of Motor Vehicles or similar authority in such States, is included in the Receivable File as of the date of its review of the Receivable Files and deliver a copy of such list to the Servicer and the Owner Trustee. On the date which is 180 days following the Closing Date (in the case of the Initial Receivables) or the applicable Subsequent Transfer Date (in the case of the Subsequent Receivables) or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day, the Trustee shall inform CPS and the other parties to this Agreement of any Receivable for which the related Receivable File on such date does not include an original certificate of title or, with respect to Financed Vehicles in the Non-Certificated Title States, for which the related Receivable File on such date does not include evidence of title issued by the applicable Department of Motor Vehicles or similar authority, and CPS shall repurchase any such Receivable as of and by no later than the last day of the current Collection Period.

SECTION 3.5 Access to Receivable Files. The Trustee shall permit the Servicer access to the Receivable Files at all reasonable times during the Trustee’s normal business hours. The Trustee shall, within two Business Days of the request of the Servicer or the Owner Trustee, execute such documents and instruments as are prepared by the Servicer or the Owner Trustee and delivered to the Trustee, as the Servicer, the Owner Trustee deems necessary to permit the Servicer, in accordance with its customary servicing procedures, to enforce the Receivable on behalf of the Trust and any related insurance policies covering the Obligor, the Receivable or Financed Vehicle so long as such execution in the Trustee’s sole discretion does not conflict with this Agreement and will not cause it undue risk or liability. The Trustee shall not be obligated to release any document from any Receivable File unless it receives a release request signed by a Servicing Officer in the form of Exhibit C hereto (the “Release Request”). Such Release Request shall obligate the Servicer to return such document(s) to the Trustee when the need therefor no longer exists unless the Receivable shall be liquidated, in which case, the Servicer shall certify in the Release Request that all amounts required to be deposited in the Collection Account with respect to such Receivable have been so deposited.

SECTION 3.6 Trustee to Deliver Monthly Receivable File Report. Within three Business Days after the end of a month in which the Trustee releases any Receivable Files to the Servicer or after any subsequent month in which such Receivable Files remain outstanding pursuant to Section 3.5, the Trustee shall deliver to the Servicer a monthly report that identifies all Receivable Files released to the Servicer and not yet returned to the Trustee.

SECTION 3.7 Trustee to Maintain Secure Facilities. The Trustee shall maintain or cause to be maintained continuous custody of the Receivable Files in secure and fire resistant facilities in accordance with customary standards for such custody.

ARTICLE 4

ADMINISTRATION AND SERVICING OF RECEIVABLES

SECTION 4.1 Duties of the Servicer. The Servicer, as agent for the Trust and the Securityholders (to the extent provided herein) shall manage, service, administer and make collections on the Receivables with reasonable care, using that degree of skill and attention customary and usual for institutions which service motor vehicle retail installment contracts or promissory notes and security agreements, in each case, similar to the Receivables and, to the extent more exacting, that the Servicer exercises with respect to all comparable automotive receivables that it services for itself or others. The Servicer’s duties shall include collection and posting of all payments, responding to inquiries of Obligors on such Receivables, investigating delinquencies, sending payment statements to Obligors, reporting tax information to Obligors, accounting for collections, furnishing monthly and annual statements to the Trustee and the Owner Trustee with respect to distributions. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and subject to the servicing standards set forth in this Agreement, the Servicer is authorized and empowered by the Trust to execute and deliver, on behalf of itself, the Trust or the Securityholders, any and all instruments of satisfaction or cancellation, or partial or full release or discharge, and all other comparable instruments, with respect to such Receivables or to the Financed Vehicles securing such Receivables and/or the certificates of title or, with respect to Financed Vehicles in the Non-Certificated Title States, other evidence of ownership with respect to such Financed Vehicles issued by the applicable Department of Motor Vehicles or similar authority. If the Servicer shall commence a legal proceeding to enforce a Receivable, the Trust shall thereupon be deemed to have automatically assigned, solely for the purpose of collection, such Receivable to the Servicer. If in any enforcement suit or legal proceeding it shall be held that the Servicer may not enforce a Receivable on the ground that it shall not be a real party in interest or a holder entitled to enforce such Receivable, the Trust shall, at the Servicer’s expense and direction, take steps to enforce such Receivable, including bringing suit in its name or the name of the Securityholders. The Servicer shall prepare and furnish, and the Trustee and the Owner Trustee shall execute, any powers of attorney and other documents reasonably necessary or appropriate to enable the Servicer to carry out its servicing and administrative duties hereunder.

SECTION 4.2 Collection of Receivable Payments; Modifications of Receivables; Lockbox Agreement.

(a) Consistent with the standards, policies and procedures required by this Agreement, the Servicer shall make reasonable efforts to collect all payments called for under the terms and provisions of the Receivables as and when the same shall become due and shall follow such collection procedures as it follows with respect to all comparable automotive receivables that it services for itself or others; provided, however, that promptly after the Closing Date the Servicer shall notify each Obligor to make all payments with respect to the Receivables to the Post Office Box. The Servicer will provide each Obligor with a monthly statement in order to notify such Obligors to make payments directly to the Post Office Box. The Servicer shall allocate collections between principal and interest in accordance with the customary servicing procedures it follows with respect to all comparable automotive receivables that it services for itself or others and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Except as provided below, the Servicer may grant extensions on Receivables; provided, however, that the Servicer may not grant more than two extensions per calendar year with respect to a Receivable or grant an extension with respect to a Receivable for more than one calendar month or grant more than six extensions in the aggregate with respect to a Receivable (the “Aggregate Extension Limitation”); provided, further, however, that if the Servicer extends the date for final payment by the Obligor of any Receivable beyond the last day of the penultimate Collection Period preceding the Final Scheduled Payment Date, it shall promptly purchase the Receivable from the Trust in accordance with the terms of Section 4.7 (and for purposes thereof, the Receivable shall be deemed to be materially and adversely affected by such breach). In addition, if the Servicer grants extensions with respect to any Receivables in excess of the Aggregate Extension Limitation, the Servicer will promptly purchase such Receivables from the Trust in accordance with the terms of Section 4.7 (and for purposes thereof, such Receivables shall be deemed to be materially and adversely affected by such breach). The Servicer may in its discretion waive any late payment charge or any other fees that may be collected in the ordinary course of servicing a Receivable. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Servicer shall not agree to any alteration of the interest rate on any Receivable or of the amount of any Scheduled Receivable Payment on Receivables, other than to the extent that such alteration is required by applicable law or, with respect to Liquidated Receivables, if the Servicer reasonably and in good faith determines that a settlement of the outstanding Principal Balance can be expected to increase the total amount to be received by the Issuer with respect to such Receivable, then the Servicer may accept less than the full unpaid balance with respect to such Receivable.

(b) The Servicer shall establish the Lockbox Account in the name of the Trust for the benefit of the Trustee for the further benefit of the Securityholders. Pursuant to the Lockbox Agreement, the Trustee has authorized the Servicer to direct dispositions of funds on deposit in the Lockbox Account to the Collection Account (but not to any other account), and no other Person, except the Lockbox Processor and the Trustee, has authority to direct the disposition of funds on deposit in the Lockbox Account. The Lockbox Agreement shall provide that Lockbox Banks will comply with the instructions originated by the Trustee relating to the disposition of funds on deposit in the Lockbox Account. The Trustee shall have no liability or responsibility with respect to the Lockbox Processor’s directions or activities as set forth in the preceding sentence. The Lockbox Account shall be established pursuant to and maintained in accordance with

the Lockbox Agreement and shall be a demand deposit account established and maintained with the Lockbox Bank; provided, however, that the Trustee shall give the Servicer prior written notice of any change made in the location of the Lockbox Account. The Trustee shall establish and maintain the Post Office Box at a United States Post Office Branch in the name of the Trust for the benefit of the Securityholders.

(c) Notwithstanding any Lockbox Agreement, or any of the provisions of this Agreement relating to the Lockbox Agreement, the Servicer shall remain obligated and liable to the Trust, the Trustee and Securityholders for servicing and administering the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement without diminution of such obligation or liability by virtue thereof.

(d) In the event CPS shall for any reason no longer be acting as the Servicer hereunder, the Backup Servicer or a successor Servicer shall thereupon assume all of the rights and obligations of the outgoing Servicer under the Lockbox Agreement arising from and after such assumption. In such event, the successor Servicer shall be deemed to have assumed all of the outgoing Servicer’s interest therein and to have replaced the outgoing Servicer as a party to the Lockbox Agreement to the same extent as if such Lockbox Agreement had been assigned to the successor Servicer, except that the outgoing Servicer shall not thereby be relieved of any liability or obligations on the part of the outgoing Servicer to the Lockbox Bank under such Lockbox Agreement. The outgoing Servicer shall, upon request of the Trustee, but at the expense of the outgoing Servicer, deliver to the successor Servicer all documents and records relating to the Lockbox Agreement and an accounting of amounts collected and held by the Lockbox Bank and otherwise use its best efforts to effect the orderly and efficient termination of any Lockbox Agreement and transition of Obligor payments to the successor Servicer or to a lockbox established by the successor Servicer for the receipt of payments made in respect of the Receivables. The outgoing Servicer, at its expense, shall cause the Lockbox Bank to deliver to the successor Servicer or a successor Lockbox Bank, all documents and records relating to the Receivables and all amounts held (or thereafter received) by the Lockbox Bank (together with an accounting of such amounts). The outgoing Servicer shall deliver prompt written notice to the Rating Agencies of any change or transfer of the Lockbox arrangements.

(e) On each Business Day, pursuant to the Lockbox Agreement, the Lockbox Processor will transfer any payments from Obligors received in the Post Office Box to the Lockbox Account. Within two Business Days of receipt of funds into the Lockbox Account, the Servicer shall cause the Lockbox Bank to transfer funds from the Lockbox Account to the Collection Account. In addition, the Servicer shall remit all payments by or on behalf of the Obligors received by the Servicer with respect to the Receivables (other than Purchased Receivables and Sold Receivables), and all Liquidation Proceeds no later than the Business Day following receipt directly (without deposit into any intervening account) into the Lockbox Account or the Collection Account. The Servicer shall not commingle its assets and funds with those on deposit in the Lockbox Account.

SECTION 4.3 Realization Upon Receivables.

(a) On behalf of the Trust and the Securityholders, the Servicer shall use its best efforts, consistent with the servicing procedures set forth herein, to repossess or otherwise convert the ownership of the Financed Vehicle securing any Receivable as to which the Servicer shall have determined eventual payment in full is unlikely. The Servicer shall commence efforts to repossess or otherwise convert the ownership of a Financed Vehicle or sell the related Receivable to an unaffiliated third-party on or prior to the date that an Obligor has failed to make more than 90% of a Scheduled Receivable Payment thereon in excess of $10 for 120 days or more; provided, however, that the Servicer may elect not to commence such efforts within such time period if in its good faith judgment it determines either that it would be impracticable to do so or that the proceeds ultimately recoverable with respect to such Receivable would be increased by forbearance. The Servicer shall follow such customary and usual practices and procedures as it shall deem necessary or advisable in its servicing of automotive receivables, consistent with the standards of care set forth in Section 4.2, which may include reasonable efforts to realize upon any recourse to Dealers or Consumer Lenders and selling the Financed Vehicle at public or private sale. The foregoing shall be subject to the provision that, in any case in which the Financed Vehicle shall have suffered damage, the Servicer shall not expend funds in connection with the repair or the repossession of such Financed Vehicle unless it shall determine in its discretion that such repair and/or repossession will increase the proceeds ultimately recoverable with respect to such Receivable by an amount greater than the amount of such expenses.

(b) Consistent with the standards, policies and procedures required by this Agreement, the Servicer may use its best efforts to locate a third party purchaser that is not affiliated with the Servicer, the Seller or the Issuer to purchase from the Issuer any Receivable that has become more than 120 days delinquent, and shall have the right to direct the Issuer to sell any such Receivable to such third-party purchaser; provided, that no more than 20% of the number of Receivables in the pool as of the Cutoff Date may be sold by the Issuer pursuant to this Section 4.3(b) in the aggregate; provided further, that the Servicer may elect to not direct the Issuer to sell a Receivable that has become more than 120 days delinquent if in its good faith judgment the Servicer determines that the proceeds ultimately recoverable with respect to such Receivable would be increased by forbearance. In selecting Receivables to be sold to a third party purchaser pursuant to this Section 4.3(b), the Servicer shall use commercially reasonable efforts to locate purchasers for the most delinquent Receivables first. In any event, the Servicer shall not use any procedure in selecting Receivables to be sold to third party purchasers that is materially adverse to the interest of the Securityholders. The Issuer shall sell each Sold Receivable for the greatest market price possible; provided, however, that aggregate Sale Amounts received by the Issuer for all Receivables sold to a single third-party purchaser on a single date must be at least equal to the sum of the Minimum Sale Prices for all such Receivables. The Servicer shall remit or cause the third-party purchaser to remit all sale proceeds from the sale of Receivables to the Collection Account without deposit into any intervening account as soon as practicable, but in no event later than the Business Day after receipt thereof.

SECTION 4.4 Insurance.

(a) The Servicer, in accordance with the servicing procedures and standards set forth herein, shall require that (i) each Obligor shall have obtained insurance covering the Financed Vehicle, as of the date of the execution of the Receivable, insuring against loss and damage due to fire, theft, transportation, collision and other risks generally covered by comprehensive and collision coverage and each Receivable requires the Obligor to maintain such physical loss and damage insurance naming CPS and its successors and assigns as an additional insured, (ii) each Receivable that finances the cost of premiums for credit life and credit accident and health insurance is covered by an insurance policy or certificate naming CPS as policyholder (creditor) and (iii) as to each Receivable that finances the cost of an extended service contract, the respective Financed Vehicle which secures the Receivable is covered by an extended service contract.

(b) To the extent applicable, the Servicer shall not take any action which would result in noncoverage under any of the insurance policies referred to in Section 4.4(a) which, but for the actions of the Servicer, would have been covered thereunder. The Servicer, on behalf of the Trust, shall take such reasonable action as shall be necessary to permit recovery under any of the foregoing insurance policies. Any amounts collected by the Servicer under any of the foregoing insurance policies shall be deposited in the Collection Account.

SECTION 4.5 Maintenance of Security Interests in Vehicles.

(a) Consistent with the policies and procedures required by this Agreement, the Servicer shall take such steps on behalf of the Trust as are necessary to maintain perfection of the security interest created by each Receivable in the related Financed Vehicle, including but not limited to obtaining the authorization of the Obligors and the recording, registering, filing, re-recording, re-registering and refiling of all security agreements, financing statements and continuation statements or instruments as are necessary to maintain the security interest granted by the Obligors under the respective Receivables. The Trustee hereby authorizes the Servicer, and the Servicer agrees, to take any and all steps necessary to re-perfect or continue the perfection of such security interest on behalf of the Trust as necessary because of the relocation of a Financed Vehicle or for any other reason. In the event that the assignment of a Receivable to the Trust is insufficient, without a notation on the related Financed Vehicle’s certificate of title, or without fulfilling any additional administrative requirements under the laws of the State in which the Financed Vehicle is located, to perfect a security interest in the related Financed Vehicle in favor of the Trust, the Servicer hereby agrees that CPS’s designation as the secured party on the certificate of title is in its capacity as Servicer as agent of the Trust.

(b) Upon the occurrence of a Servicer Termination Event, the Trustee and the Servicer shall take or cause to be taken, such action as may, in the opinion of counsel to the Trustee, which opinion shall not be an expense of the Trustee, be necessary to perfect or re-perfect the security interests in the Financed Vehicles securing the Receivables in the name of the Trust by amending the title documents of such Financed Vehicles or by such other reasonable means as may, in the opinion of counsel to the Trustee, which opinion shall not be an expense of the Trustee, be necessary or prudent.

The Servicer hereby agrees to pay all expenses related to such perfection or re-perfection and to take all action necessary therefor.

SECTION 4.6 Additional Covenants of Servicer. Unless required by law or court order, the Servicer shall not release the Financed Vehicle securing each Receivable from the security interest granted by such Receivable in whole or in part except (i) in the event of payment in full by or on behalf of the Obligor thereunder or payment in full less a deficiency which the Servicer would not attempt to collect in accordance with its customary servicing practices, (ii) upon a sale of such Receivable permitted by Section 4.3(b), (iii) in connection with repossession of such Financed Vehicle, or (iv) as may be required by an insurer in order to receive proceeds from any Insurance Policy covering such Financed Vehicle. The Servicer shall not impair the rights of the Securityholders in such Receivables, nor shall the Servicer amend a Receivable, except that extensions and waivers may be granted in accordance with Section 4.2. The Servicer shall not create, incur or suffer to exist any Lien or restriction on transferability of the Receivables nor, except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, sign or file under the UCC of any jurisdiction any financing statement that names CPS or the Servicer as debtor, nor sign any security agreement authorizing any secured party thereunder to file such financing statement, with respect to the Receivables. The Servicer shall take such actions as are necessary from time to time in order to maintain the perfection and priority of the Issuer’s security interest in the Trust Property.

SECTION 4.7 Purchase of Receivables Upon Breach of Covenant. Upon discovery by any of the Servicer, the Owner Trustee or the Trustee of a breach of any of the covenants set forth in Sections 4.2(a), 4.4, 4.5 or 4.6, the party discovering such breach shall give prompt written notice to the others; provided, however, that the failure to give any such notice shall not affect any obligation of the Servicer under this Section 4.7. Unless the breach shall have been cured by the last day of the second Collection Period following such discovery (or, at the Servicer’s election, the last day of the first following Collection Period), the Servicer shall purchase any Receivable with respect to which the Securityholders’ interest therein or in the related Financed Vehicle is materially and adversely affected by such breach. In consideration of the purchase of such Receivable, the Servicer shall remit the Purchase Amount in the manner specified in Section 5.6. The sole remedy of the Trustee, the Trust, the Owner Trustee and the Securityholders with respect to a breach of Sections 4.2(a), 4.4, 4.5 or 4.6 shall be to require the Servicer to repurchase Receivables pursuant to this Section 4.7; provided, however, that the Servicer shall indemnify the Trustee, the Backup Servicer, the Owner Trustee, the Trust and the Securityholders against all costs, expenses, losses, damages, claims and liabilities, including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel, which may be asserted against or incurred by any of them as a result of third party claims arising out of the events or facts giving rise to such breach. If it is determined that the management, administration and servicing of the Receivables and operation of the Trust pursuant to this Agreement constitutes a violation of the prohibited transaction rules of ERISA or the Code to which no statutory exception or administrative exemption applies, such violation shall not be treated as a breach of Sections 4.2(a), 4.4, 4.5 or 4.6 if not otherwise such a breach. Upon receipt of the Purchase Amount and written instructions from the Servicer, the Trustee shall release to CPS or its designee the related Receivables File and shall execute

and deliver all reasonable instruments of transfer or assignment, without recourse, as are prepared by the Seller and delivered to the Trustee and necessary to vest in CPS or such designee title to the Receivable including a Trustee’s Certificate in the form of Exhibit F-2.

SECTION 4.8 Servicing Fee. The Servicer shall be entitled to the “Servicing Fee” for each Payment Date, which shall be equal to the greater of (i) the result of one-twelfth times 2.50% of the Pool Balance as of the first day of the related Collection Period and (ii) the product of the number of Receivables serviced by the successor Servicer during the related Collection Period and $15; provided, however, that with respect to the first Payment Date the Servicing Fee will be equal to the product of one-twelfth and 2.50% of the Original Pool Balance. The Servicer shall also be entitled to receive the Additional Servicing Compensation in accordance with Section 5.7(a)(ii) as compensation for its duties hereunder.

SECTION 4.9 Servicer’s Certificate. By 9:00 a.m., Minneapolis time, on each Determination Date, the Servicer shall deliver to the Trustee, the Owner Trustee, the Rating Agencies and the Seller a Servicer’s Certificate containing all information necessary to make the distributions pursuant to Sections 5.7 and 5.8 (including, if required, withdrawals from the Series 2012-A Spread Account) for the Collection Period preceding the date of such Servicer’s Certificate and all information necessary for the Trustee to send statements to the Securityholders pursuant to Section 5.8(b) and all information necessary to enable the Backup Servicer to verify the information specified in Section 4.13(b). Receivables to be purchased by the Servicer or to be purchased by CPS shall be identified by the Servicer by account number with respect to such Receivable (as specified in Schedule A).

SECTION 4.10 Annual Statement as to Compliance, Notice of Servicer Termination Event.

(a) The Servicer shall deliver to the Owner Trustee, the Trustee, the Backup Servicer and the Rating Agencies, on or before March 31 of each year beginning March 31, 2013, an Officer’s Certificate, dated as of December 31 of the preceding year, stating that (i) a review of the activities of the Servicer during the preceding 12-month period (or, in the case of the first such Officer’s Certificate, from the Closing Date to December 31, 2012) and of its performance under this Agreement has been made under such officer’s supervision and (ii) to the best of such officer’s knowledge, based on such review, the Servicer has fulfilled all its obligations under this Agreement throughout such year (or, in the case of the first such Officer’s Certificate, from the Closing Date to December 31, 2012), or, if there has been a default in the fulfillment of any such obligation, specifying each such default known to such officer and the nature and status thereof. The Trustee shall forward a copy of such certificate as well as the report referred to in Section 4.11 to each Noteholder and the Owner Trustee shall forward a copy to each Residual Certificateholder.

(b) The Servicer shall deliver to the Owner Trustee, the Trustee, the Backup Servicer and the Rating Agencies, promptly after having obtained knowledge

thereof, but in no event later than two (2) Business Days thereafter, written notice in an Officer’s Certificate of any event which with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would become a Servicer Termination Event under Section 10.1.

SECTION 4.11 Annual Independent Accountants’ Report. The Servicer shall cause a firm of nationally recognized independent certified public accountants (the “Independent Accountants”), who may also render other services to the Servicer or to the Seller, to deliver to the Trustee, the Owner Trustee, the Backup Servicer and the Rating Agencies, on or before March 31 of each year beginning March 31, 2013, a report dated as of December 31 of the previous year (the “Accountants’ Report”) and reviewing the Servicer’s activities during the preceding 12-month period, addressed to the Board of Directors of the Servicer, to the Owner Trustee, the Trustee and the Backup Servicer, to the effect that such firm has examined the financial statements of the Servicer and issued its report therefor and that such examination (1) was made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, and accordingly included such tests of the accounting records and such other auditing procedures as such firm considered necessary in the circumstances; (2) included tests relating to auto loans serviced for others in accordance with the requirements of the Uniform Single Attestation Program for Mortgage Bankers (the “Program”), to the extent the procedures in the Program are applicable to the servicing obligations set forth in this Agreement; (3) included an examination of the delinquency and loss statistics relating to the Servicer’s portfolio of automobile and light truck installment sales contracts; and (4) except as described in the report, disclosed no exceptions or errors in the records relating to automobile and light truck loans serviced for others that, in the firm’s opinion, paragraph four of the Program requires such firm to report. The accountant’s report shall further state that (A) a review in accordance with agreed upon procedures was made of two randomly selected Servicer Certificates; (B) except as disclosed in the report, no exceptions or errors in the Servicer Certificates were found; and (C) the delinquency and loss information relating to the Receivables and the stated amount of Liquidated Receivables, if any, contained in the Servicer Certificates were found to be accurate. In the event such firm requires the Trustee, the Owner Trustee and/or the Backup Servicer to agree to the procedures performed by such firm, the Servicer shall direct the Trustee, the Owner Trustee and/or the Backup Servicer, as applicable, in writing to so agree; it being understood and agreed that the Trustee, the Owner Trustee and/or the Backup Servicer will deliver such letter of agreement in conclusive reliance upon the direction of the Servicer, and neither the Trustee, the Owner Trustee nor the Backup Servicer makes any independent inquiry or investigation as to, and shall have no obligation or liability in respect of, the sufficiency, validity or correctness of such procedures.

The Report will also indicate that the firm is independent of the Servicer within the meaning of the Code of Professional Ethics of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants.

SECTION 4.12 Access to Certain Documentation and Information Regarding Receivables. The Servicer shall provide to representatives of the Trustee, the Owner Trustee, the Backup Servicer and the Rating Agencies reasonable access to the documentation regarding the Receivables. In each case, such access shall be afforded

without charge but only upon reasonable request and during normal business hours. Nothing in this Section shall derogate from the obligation of the Servicer to observe any applicable law prohibiting disclosure of information regarding the Obligors, and the failure of the Servicer to provide access as provided in this Section as a result of such obligation shall not constitute a breach of this Section.

SECTION 4.13 Verification of Servicer’s Certificate.

(a) On or before the fifth calendar day of each month, the Servicer will deliver to the Trustee and the Backup Servicer a computer diskette (or other electronic transmission) in a format acceptable to the Trustee and the Backup Servicer containing information with respect to the Receivables as of the close of business on the last day of the related Collection Period which information is necessary for preparation of the Servicer’s Certificate. The Backup Servicer shall use such computer diskette (or other electronic transmission) to verify certain information specified in Section 4.13(b) contained in the Servicer’s Certificate delivered by the Servicer, and the Backup Servicer shall notify the Servicer of any discrepancies on or before the second Business Day following the Determination Date. In the event that the Backup Servicer reports any discrepancies, the Servicer and the Backup Servicer shall attempt to reconcile such discrepancies prior to the second Business Day prior to the related Payment Date, but in the absence of a reconciliation, the Servicer’s Certificate shall control for the purpose of calculations and distributions with respect to the related Payment Date. In the event that the Backup Servicer and the Servicer are unable to reconcile discrepancies with respect to a Servicer’s Certificate by the related Payment Date, the Servicer shall cause a firm of independent certified public accountants, at the Servicer’s expense, to audit the Servicer’s Certificate and, prior to the fifth calendar day of the following month, reconcile the discrepancies. The effect, if any, of such reconciliation shall be reflected in the Servicer’s Certificate for such next succeeding Determination Date. Other than the duties specifically set forth in this Agreement, the Backup Servicer shall have no obligations hereunder, including, without limitation, to supervise, verify, monitor or administer the performance of the Servicer. The Backup Servicer shall have no liability for any actions taken or omitted by the Servicer. The duties and obligations of the Backup Servicer shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Agreement and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Agreement against the Backup Servicer.

(b) The Backup Servicer shall review each Servicer’s Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 4.13(a) and shall:

(i) confirm that such Servicer’s Certificate is complete on its face;

(ii) load the computer diskette (which shall be in a format acceptable to the Backup Servicer) received from the Servicer pursuant to Section 4.13(a) hereof, confirm that such computer diskette is in a readable form and calculate and confirm the Pool Balance for the most recent Payment Date;

(iii) confirm, based solely on the information shown on the Servicer’s Certificate, that the Total Distribution Amount, the Class A Noteholders’ Principal Distributable Amount, the Class B Noteholders’ Principal Distributable Amount, the Class C Noteholders’ Principal Distributable Amount, the Class D Noteholders’ Principal Distributable Amount, the Aggregate Noteholders’ Principal Distributable Amount, the Class A Parity Deficit Amount, the Class B Parity Deficit Amount, the Class C Parity Deficit Amount, the Class D Parity Deficit Amount, the Noteholders’ Interest Distributable Amount for each Class of Notes, the amount, if any, to be distributed to the Residual Certificateholders on such Payment Date, the Backup Servicing Fee, the Servicing Fee, the Trustee Fees, the amount on deposit in the Series 2012-A Spread Account and the Pre-Funding Account, the Cumulative Net Loss Rate in the Servicer’s Certificate are accurate based solely on the recalculation of the Servicer’s Certificate and without further investigation;

(iv) confirm the calculation of the Trigger Events based solely upon the information contained on the applicable computer diskette; and

(v) by the third Business Day following the Backup Servicer’s receipt of the Servicer’s Certificate and following the Backup Servicer’s review of such Servicer’s Certificate and the related monthly tape, the Backup Servicer shall provide the Trustee with a certificate (i) describing those activities it performed in its review of the monthly tape and the Servicer’s Certificate, (ii) listing those parts of the Servicer’s Certificate that it confirmed were correct, (iii) listing those parts of the Servicer’s Certificate that it found to be incorrect, and (iv) describing any discrepancies, inconsistencies, incorrect information or incorrect calculations that were revealed by its review of the Servicer’s Certificate and the related monthly tape.

(c) On or prior to the Closing Date, the Backup Servicer will cause an affiliate of the Back-up Servicer to data map to their servicing system all servicing/loan file information, including all relevant borrower contact information such as address and phone numbers as well as loan balance and payment information, including comment histories and collection notes. On or before the fifth calendar day of each month, the Servicer will provide to an affiliate of the Backup Servicer an electronic transmission of all servicing/loan information, including all relevant borrower contact information such as address and phone numbers as well as loan balance and payment information, including comment histories and collection notes, and the Backup Servicer will cause such affiliate to review each file to ensure that it is in readable form and verify that the data balances conform to the trial balance reports received from the Servicer. Additionally, the Backup Servicer shall cause such affiliate to store each such file.

SECTION 4.14 [Reserved].

SECTION 4.15 Fidelity Bond. The Servicer shall maintain a fidelity bond in such form and amount as is customary for entities acting as custodian of funds and documents in respect of consumer contracts on behalf of institutional investors.

SECTION 4.16 Optional Purchase of Certain Receivables. CPS shall have the right, which right may be assigned by CPS to an Affiliate, but not the obligation, to repurchase on the last day of any Collection Period any Defaulted Texas Receivables at a price equal to at least the fair market value of such Defaulted Texas Receivables, so long as the fair market value is not less than the related aggregate Purchase Amount, plus the costs and expenses of the Servicer and the Trust (including any outstanding reimbursements) in connection with such optional purchase. To exercise such option, CPS shall (subject to the proviso below) deposit in the Collection Account pursuant to Section 5.6 (or remit to the Servicer, if CPS is not then Servicer) an amount equal to the related aggregate Purchase Amount for such Defaulted Texas Receivables and thereafter shall succeed to all interests of the Trust in and to such Defaulted Texas Receivables. Upon notice of receipt of the related aggregate Purchase Amount for such Defaulted Texas Receivables and written instructions from the Servicer, the Trustee shall release to CPS or its designee the related Receivables Files and shall execute and deliver all reasonable instruments of transfer or assignment, without recourse, as are prepared by CPS and delivered to the Trustee and necessary to vest in CPS or such designee title to such Defaulted Texas Receivables including a Trustee’s Certificate in the form of Exhibit F-2.

ARTICLE 5

TRUST ACCOUNTS; DISTRIBUTIONS; STATEMENTS TO SECURITYHOLDERS

SECTION 5.1 Establishment of Trust Accounts.

(a) The Trustee, on behalf of the Securityholders, shall establish and maintain in its own name an Eligible Account (the “Collection Account”), bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Trustee on behalf of the Securityholders. On the Closing Date, the Servicer will deposit, on behalf of the Seller, in the Collection Account, an amount equal to $3,473,065.90 representing collections on the Initial Receivables received from and including the day after the Initial Cutoff Date through the Business Day immediately preceding the Closing Date, but not previously deposited into the Collection Account.

(b) The Trustee, on behalf of the Noteholders, shall establish and maintain in its own name an Eligible Account (the “Principal Distribution Account”), bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders. The Principal Distribution Account shall initially be established with the Trustee.

(c) The Trustee, on behalf of the Noteholders, shall establish and maintain in its own name an Eligible Account (the “Series 2012-A Spread Account”), bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders. The Series 2012-A Spread Account shall initially be established with the Trustee. On the Closing Date, the Seller shall deposit the Initial Spread Account Deposit in the Series 2012-A Spread Account from the proceeds of the sale of the Notes.

(d) The Trustee, on behalf of the Noteholders, shall establish and maintain in its own name an Eligible Account (the “Pre-Funding Account”), bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders. The Pre-Funding Account shall initially be established with the Trustee.

(e) Funds on deposit in the Collection Account, the Series 2012-A Spread Account and the Pre-Funding Account shall be invested by the Trustee (or any custodian with respect to funds on deposit in any such account) in Eligible Investments selected in writing by the Servicer (pursuant to standing instructions or otherwise). Funds on deposit in the Principal Distribution Account shall not be invested. All such Eligible Investments shall be held by or on behalf of the Trustee for the benefit of the Securityholders. Other than as permitted by the Rating Agencies, funds on deposit in any Trust Account shall be invested in Eligible Investments that will mature so that such funds will be available at the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the following Payment Date. Funds deposited in a Trust Account on the day immediately preceding a Payment Date upon the maturity of any Eligible Investments are not required to be invested overnight. All Eligible Investments will be held to maturity.

(f) All investment earnings of moneys deposited in the Trust Accounts shall be deposited (or caused to be deposited) by the Trustee in the Collection Account for distribution pursuant to Section 5.7(a) and any loss resulting from such investments shall be charged to such account. The Servicer will not direct the Trustee to make any investment of any funds held in any of the Trust Accounts unless the security interest granted and perfected in such account will continue to be perfected in such investment, in either case without any further action by any Person, and, in connection with any direction to the Trustee to make any such investment, if requested by the Trustee, the Servicer shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel, acceptable to the Trustee, to such effect.

(g) The Trustee shall not in any way be held liable by reason of any insufficiency in any of the Trust Accounts resulting from any loss on any Eligible Investment included therein except for losses attributable to the Trustee’s negligence or bad faith or its failure to make payments on such Eligible Investments issued by the Trustee, in its commercial capacity as principal obligor and not as trustee, in accordance with their terms.

(h) If (i) the Servicer shall have failed to give investment directions for any funds on deposit in the Trust Accounts to the Trustee by 1:00 p.m. Eastern Time (or such other time as may be agreed by the Issuer and Trustee) on any Business Day; or (ii) an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing but the Notes shall not have been declared due and payable, or, if such Notes shall have been declared due and payable following an Event of Default, amounts collected or receivable from the Trust Property are being applied as if there had not been such a declaration; then the Trustee shall, to the fullest extent practicable, invest and reinvest funds in the Trust Accounts in one or more Eligible Investments described in clause (ii) of the definition thereof.

(i) The Trustee shall possess all right, title and interest in all funds on deposit from time to time in the Trust Accounts and in all proceeds thereof (including all Investment Earnings on the Trust Accounts) and all such funds, investments, proceeds and income shall be part of the Trust Property. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Trust Accounts shall be under the sole dominion and control of the Trustee. If at any time any of the Trust Accounts ceases to be an Eligible Account, the Servicer shall within five Business Days establish a new Trust Account as an Eligible Account and shall transfer any cash and/or any investments to such new Trust Account. The Servicer shall promptly notify the Rating Agencies and the Owner Trustee of any change in the location of any of the aforementioned accounts. In connection with the foregoing, the Servicer agrees that, in the event that any of the Trust Accounts are not accounts with the Trustee, the Servicer shall notify the Trustee in writing promptly upon any of such Trust Accounts ceasing to be an Eligible Account.

(j) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other document relating to a Trust Account, the “securities intermediary’s jurisdiction” (within the meaning of Section 8-110 of the UCC) or the “bank’s jurisdiction” (with the meaning of 9-304 of the UCC), as applicable, with respect to each Trust Account shall be the State of New York.

(k) With respect to the Trust Account Property, the Trustee agrees that:

(A) any Trust Account Property that is held in deposit accounts shall be held solely in an Eligible Account; and, each such Eligible Account shall be subject to the exclusive custody and control of the Trustee and the Trustee shall have sole signature authority with respect thereto; and

(B) any other Trust Account Property shall be delivered to the Trustee in accordance with the definition of “Delivery”.

SECTION 5.2 [Reserved].

SECTION 5.3 Certain Reimbursements to the Servicer. The Servicer will be entitled to be reimbursed from amounts on deposit in the Collection Account with respect to a Collection Period for amounts previously deposited in the Collection Account but later determined by the Servicer to have resulted from mistaken deposits or postings or checks returned for insufficient funds. The amount to be reimbursed hereunder shall be paid to the Servicer on the related Payment Date pursuant to Section 5.7(a)(ii) upon certification by the Servicer of such amounts and the provision of such information to the Trustee; provided, however, that the Servicer must provide such certification within three months of its becoming aware of such mistaken deposit, posting or returned check.

SECTION 5.4 Application of Collections. All collections for each Collection Period shall be applied by the Servicer as follows:

With respect to each Receivable (other than a Purchased Receivable or a Sold Receivable), payments by or on behalf of the Obligor shall be applied to interest and principal in accordance with the Simple Interest Method.

SECTION 5.5 Withdrawals from Series 2012-A Spread Account.

(a) In the event that the Servicer’s Certificate with respect to any Determination Date shall state that the Total Distribution Amount with respect to such Determination Date is insufficient to make the payments required to be made on the related Payment Date pursuant to Sections 5.7(a)(i) through (xvi) (such deficiency being a “Deficiency Claim Amount”), then on or prior to the Business Day immediately preceding the related Payment Date, the Trustee shall deliver to the Owner Trustee and the Servicer, by hand delivery, telex or facsimile transmission, a written notice (a “Deficiency Notice”) specifying the Deficiency Claim Amount for such Payment Date. On the related Payment Date, the Trustee shall transfer an amount equal to such Deficiency Claim Amount from the Series 2012-A Spread Account (to the extent of funds on deposit therein) to the Collection Account for distribution pursuant to Sections 5.7(a)(i) through (xvi).

(b) On each Payment Date, to the extent that there are amounts on deposit in the Series 2012-A Spread Account (after the distribution of amounts from the Collection Account in accordance with Sections 5.7(a)(i) through (xvi) on such Payment Date) in excess of the Specified Spread Account Requisite Amount, the Trustee shall transfer such amounts to the Collection Account for distribution on such Payment Date pursuant to Sections 5.7(xviii) through (xx).

SECTION 5.6 Additional Deposits. The Servicer or CPS, as the case may be, shall deposit or cause to be deposited in the Collection Account the aggregate Purchase Amount with respect to Purchased Receivables, the aggregate Sale Amount with respect to Sold Receivables and all amounts to be paid by CPS pursuant to its indemnification obligations under the Basic Documents and the Servicer shall deposit or cause to be deposited therein all amounts to be paid under Sections 4.16 and 11.1. All such deposits made pursuant to Section 4.16 shall be made, in immediately available funds, on the Business Day preceding the related Determination Date. All such deposits made pursuant to Section 11.1 shall be made, in immediately available funds, on the Business Day preceding the related Payment Date. On each Payment Date, the Trustee shall remit to the Collection Account any amounts withdrawn from the Series 2012-A Spread Account pursuant to Section 5.5.

SECTION 5.7 Distributions.

(a) On each Payment Date, the Trustee (based on the information contained in the Servicer’s Certificate delivered on the related Determination Date) shall make the following distributions in the following order of priority:

(i) to the Backup Servicer so long as the Backup Servicer is not acting as the successor Servicer, from the Total Distribution Amount and any

amount deposited in the Collection Account pursuant to Section 5.5(a), the Backup Servicing Fee and all unpaid Backup Servicing Fees from prior Collection Periods;

(ii) to the Servicer, from the Total Distribution Amount (as such Total Distribution Amount has been reduced by payments pursuant to clause (i) above), and any amount deposited in the Collection Account pursuant to Section 5.5(a), the Servicing Fee and all unpaid Servicing Fees from prior Collection Periods, all Additional Servicing Compensation and all reimbursements to which the Servicer is entitled pursuant to Section 5.3;

(iii) to the Backup Servicer or such other Person appointed successor Servicer pursuant to Section 10.3(b), from the Total Distribution Amount (as such Total Distribution Amount has been reduced by payments pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above), and any amount deposited in the Collection Account pursuant to Section 5.5(a), to the extent not previously paid by the predecessor Servicer pursuant to this Agreement, reasonable transition expenses (up to a maximum of $150,000 for all such expenses incurred over the term of this Agreement) incurred by such Person in becoming the successor Servicer;

(iv) concurrently, to the Trustee and the Owner Trustee, pro rata, from the Total Distribution Amount (as such Total Distribution Amount has been reduced by payments pursuant to clauses (i) through (iii) above) and any amount deposited in the Collection Account pursuant to Section 5.5(a), the Trustee Fees and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses thereof (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses), and all unpaid Trustee Fees and unpaid reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses) from prior Collection Periods; provided, however, that expenses and other amounts payable to the Trustee and the Owner Trustee pursuant to this clause (iv) shall be limited to a total of $50,000 per annum; provided further, however, that if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (other than an Event of Default resulting from a breach of a representation or warranty as described in Section 5.1(a)(iii) of the Indenture) then such expenses payable pursuant to this clause (iv) shall not be so limited;

(v) to the holders of the Class A Notes, pro rata, from the Total Distribution Amount (as such Total Distribution Amount has been reduced by payments pursuant to clauses (i) through (iv) above), and any amount deposited in the Collection Account pursuant to Section 5.5(a), the Noteholders’ Interest Distributable Amount for the Class A Notes for such Payment Date;

(vi) to the Principal Distribution Account, from the Total Distribution Amount (as such Total Distribution Amount has been reduced by payments pursuant to clauses (i) through (v) above), and any amount deposited in the Collection Account pursuant to Section 5.5(a), an amount equal to the Class A Parity Deficit Amount;

(vii) if such Payment Date is the Final Scheduled Payment Date, to the Principal Distribution Account, from the Total Distribution Amount (as such Total Distribution Amount has been reduced by payments pursuant to clauses (i) through (vi) above), and any amount deposited in the Collection Account pursuant to Section 5.5(a), an amount equal to the Class A Note Balance;

(viii) to the Holders of the Class B Notes, pro rata, from the Total Distribution Amount (as such Total Distribution Amount has been reduced by payments pursuant to clauses (i) through (vii) above), and any amount deposited in the Collection Account pursuant to Section 5.5(a), an amount equal to the Noteholders’ Interest Distributable Amount for the Class B Notes for such Payment Date;

(ix) to the Principal Distribution Account, from the Total Distribution Amount (as such Total Distribution Amount has been reduced by payments pursuant to clauses (i) through (viii) above), and any amount deposited in the Collection Account pursuant to Section 5.5(a), an amount equal to the Class B Parity Deficit Amount;

(x) if such Payment Date is the Final Scheduled Payment Date, to the Principal Distribution Account, from the Total Distribution Amount (as such Total Distribution Amount has been reduced by payments pursuant to clauses (i) through (ix) above), and any amount deposited in the Collection Account pursuant to Section 5.5(a), an amount equal to the Class B Note Balance;

(xi) to the Holders of the Class C Notes, pro rata, from the Total Distribution Amount (as such Total Distribution Amount has been reduced by payments pursuant to clauses (i) through (x) above), and any amount deposited in the Collection Account pursuant to Section 5.5(a), an amount equal to the Noteholders’ Interest Distributable Amount for the Class C Notes for such Payment Date;

(xii) to the Principal Distribution Account, from the Total Distribution Amount (as such Total Distribution Amount has been reduced by payments pursuant to clauses (i) through (xi) above), and any amount deposited in the Collection Account pursuant to Section 5.5(a), an amount equal to the Class C Parity Deficit Amount;

(xiii) if such Payment Date is the Final Scheduled Payment Date, to the Principal Distribution Account, from the Total Distribution Amount (as such Total Distribution Amount has been reduced by payments pursuant to clauses (i) through (xii) above), and any amount deposited in the Collection Account pursuant to Section 5.5(a), an amount equal to the Class C Note Balance;

(xiv) to the Holders of the Class D Notes, pro rata, from the Total Distribution Amount (as such Total Distribution Amount has been reduced by payments pursuant to clauses (i) through (xiii) above), and any amount

deposited in the Collection Account pursuant to Section 5.5(a), an amount equal to the Noteholders’ Interest Distributable Amount for the Class D Notes for such Payment Date;

(xv) to the Principal Distribution Account, from the Total Distribution Amount (as such Total Distribution Amount has been reduced by payments pursuant to clauses (i) through (xiv) above), and any amount deposited in the Collection Account pursuant to Section 5.5(a), an amount equal to the Class D Parity Deficit Amount;

(xvi) if such Payment Date is the Final Scheduled Payment Date, to the Principal Distribution Account, from the Total Distribution Amount (as such Total Distribution Amount has been reduced by payments pursuant to clauses (i) through (xv) above), and any amount deposited in the Collection Account pursuant to Section 5.5(a), an amount equal to the Class D Note Balance;

(xvii) to the Trustee, from the Total Distribution Amount (as such Total Distribution Amount has been reduced by payments made pursuant to clauses (i) through (xvi) above) for deposit into the Series 2012-A Spread Account, the remaining Total Distribution Amount until the amount in the Series 2012-A Spread Account equals the Specified Spread Account Requisite Amount;

(xviii) to the extent not previously paid, to the Principal Distribution Account, from the Total Distribution Amount (as such Total Distribution Amount has been reduced by payments made pursuant to clauses (i) through (xvii) above), and any amount deposited in the Collection Account pursuant to Section 5.5(a), the Aggregate Noteholders’ Principal Distributable Amount, if any, for such Payment Date;

(xix) to the Backup Servicer, the Trustee and the Owner Trustee, as applicable, from the Total Distribution Amount (as such Total Distribution has been reduced by payments made pursuant to clauses (i) through (xviii) above), and any amount deposited in the Collection Account pursuant to Section 5.5(a), any amounts owing to the Backup Servicer, the Trustee and Owner Trustee under the Basic Documents, to the extent not previously paid, and

(xx) to the Certificate Distribution Account, for distribution by the Trust Paying Agent in accordance with the provisions of the Trust Agreement, any remaining Total Distribution Amount;

provided, however, that, following an acceleration of the Notes pursuant to Section 5.2(a) of the Indenture, the Total Distribution Amount shall be paid pursuant to Section 5.6(a) of the Indenture.

(b) In the event that the Collection Account is maintained with an institution other than the Trustee, the Servicer shall instruct and cause such institution to make all deposits and distributions pursuant to Section 5.7(a) on the related Payment Date.

SECTION 5.8 Principal Distribution Account.

(a) On each Payment Date, the Trustee shall distribute all amounts on deposit in the Principal Distribution Account to the Noteholders in respect of the Notes to the extent of amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal in the following amounts and in the following order of priority:

(i) to the Holders of the Class A Notes in reduction of the Class A Note Balance, the Class A Noteholders’ Principal Distributable Amount, if any, for such Payment Date;

(ii) to the Holders of the Class B Notes, in reduction of the Class B Note Balance, the Class B Noteholders’ Principal Distributable Amount, if any, for such Payment Date;

(iii) to the Holders of the Class C Notes, in reduction of the Class C Note Balance, the Class C Noteholders’ Principal Distributable Amount, if any, for such Payment Date; and

(iv) to the Holders of the Class D Notes, in reduction of the Class D Note Balance, the Class D Noteholders’ Principal Distributable Amount, if any, for such Payment Date;

provided that on the Payment Date immediately following the end of the Funding Period, amounts deposited into the Principal Distribution Account in respect of the Note Prepayment Amount pursuant to Section 5.10 shall be distributed to the Holders of the Notes, pro rata, on the basis of each Class’ share of the Aggregate Note Balance prior to any distribution pursuant to clauses (i) through (iv) above.

(b) On each Payment Date, the Trustee shall provide or make available electronically (or, upon written request, by first class mail or facsimile) to each Noteholder the statement or statements provided to the Trustee by the Servicer pursuant to Section 5.11 hereof on such Payment Date; provided, however, the Trustee shall have no obligation to provide such information described in this Section 5.8(b) until it has received the requisite information from the Servicer.

(c) In the event that any withholding tax is imposed on the Trust’s payment (or allocations of income) to a Noteholder, such tax shall reduce the amount otherwise distributable to the Noteholder in accordance with this Section 5.8. The Trustee is hereby authorized and directed to retain from amounts otherwise distributable to the Noteholders sufficient funds for the payment of any tax that is legally owed by the Trust (but such authorization shall not prevent the Trustee from contesting any such tax in appropriate proceedings, and withholding payment of such tax, if permitted by law, pending the outcome of such proceedings). The amount of any withholding tax imposed with respect to a Noteholder shall be treated as cash distributed to such Noteholder at the time it is withheld by the Trust and remitted to the appropriate taxing authority. If, after consultations with experienced counsel, the Trustee determines that there is a reasonable likelihood that withholding tax is payable with respect to a distribution (such as a

distribution to a Non-United States Investor), the Trustee may in its sole discretion withhold such amounts in accordance with this clause (c). In the event that a Noteholder wishes to apply for a refund of any such withholding tax, the Trustee shall reasonably cooperate with such Noteholder in making such claim so long as such Noteholder agrees to reimburse the Trustee for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred.

(d) Distributions required to be made to Noteholders on any Payment Date shall be made to each Noteholder of record on the preceding Record Date either by wire transfer, in immediately available funds, to the account of such Noteholder at a bank or other entity having appropriate facilities therefor, if (i) such Holder shall have provided to the Note Registrar appropriate written instructions at least five Business Days prior to such Payment Date and such Holder’s Notes in the aggregate evidence a denomination of not less than $1,000,000 or (ii) such Noteholder is the Seller, or an Affiliate thereof, or, if not, by check mailed to such Noteholder at the address of such holder appearing in the Note Register; provided, however, that, unless Definitive Notes have been issued pursuant to Section 2.12 of the Indenture, with respect to Notes registered on the Record Date in the name of the nominee of the Clearing Agency (initially, such nominee to be Cede & Co.), distributions will be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account designated by such nominee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the final distribution in respect of any Note (whether on the Final Scheduled Payment Date or otherwise) will be payable only upon presentation and surrender of such Note at the office or agency maintained for that purpose by the Note Registrar pursuant to Section 2.4 of the Indenture.

Each Noteholder, by its acceptance of its Note, will be deemed to have consented to the provisions of Sections 5.7 and 5.8 relating to the priority of payments, and will be further deemed to have acknowledged that no property rights in any amount or the proceeds of any such amount shall vest in such Noteholder until such amounts have been distributed to such Noteholder pursuant to such provisions; provided, that the foregoing shall not restrict the right of any Noteholder, upon compliance with the provisions hereof from seeking to compel the performance of the provisions hereof by the parties hereto.

SECTION 5.9 [Reserved].

SECTION 5.10 Pre-Funding Account.

(a) On the Closing Date, the Trustee will deposit, on behalf of the Seller, the Pre-Funded Amount into the Pre-Funding Account from the proceeds of the sale of the Notes. On each Subsequent Transfer Date, the Servicer shall instruct the Trustee to withdraw from the Pre-Funding Account (i) an amount equal to the excess of (a) the Principal Balance of the Subsequent Receivables transferred to the Issuer on such Subsequent Transfer Date over (b) the Subsequent Spread Account Deposit for such Subsequent Transfer Date, and to distribute such amount to or upon the order of the Seller upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in this Agreement with respect to such transfer; and (ii) an amount equal to the Subsequent Spread Account Deposit on such Subsequent Transfer Date and deposit such amount into the Series 2012-A Spread

Account upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in this Agreement with respect to such transfer.

(b) If the Pre-Funded Amount has not been reduced to zero on the date on which the Funding Period ends, after giving effect to any reductions in the Pre-Funded Amount on such date, the Servicer shall instruct the Trustee to withdraw from the Pre-Funding Account on the Mandatory Redemption Date the Pre-Funded Amount (exclusive of any Pre-Funding Earnings) and deposit an amount equal to the Note Prepayment Amount into the Principal Distribution Account.

(c) All Pre-Funding Earnings will be deposited in the Collection Account on each Payment Date and deemed to be part of the Total Distribution Amount.

SECTION 5.11 Statements to Securityholders.

(a) On or prior to each Payment Date, the Servicer shall provide to the Trustee and the Owner Trustee (with a copy to the Rating Agencies) for the Trustee and the Owner Trustee to forward to each Securityholder of record (in the case of the Trustee, pursuant to Section 5.8(b)) the statement or statements provided by the Servicer in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit E setting forth at least the following information:

(i) the amount of any distributions allocable to principal of each Class of Notes;

(ii) the amount of such distribution allocable to interest on or with respect to each Class of Notes;

(iii) the Pool Balance as of the close of business on the last day of the related Collection Period;

(iv) the Note Balance for each Class of Notes after giving effect to payments allocated to principal reported under clause (i) above;

(v) the amount of the Servicing Fee paid to the Servicer with respect to the related Collection Period, and the amount of any unpaid Servicing Fees and the change in such amount from the prior Payment Date;

(vi) the amount of the Backup Servicing Fee and the Trustee Fees paid to the Backup Servicer, the Trustee and the Owner Trustee, as applicable, with respect to the related Collection Period, and the amount of any unpaid Backup Servicing Fees and Trustee Fees and the change in all such amounts from the prior Payment Date;

(vii) the Noteholders’ Interest Carryover Shortfall for each Class of Notes for such Payment Date;

(viii) the amount, if any, paid to the Noteholders from the Series 2012-A Spread Account for such Payment Date;

(ix) the aggregate amount in the Series 2012-A Spread Account and the change in such amount from the previous Payment Date and the Specified Spread Account Requisite Amount for such Payment Date;

(x) the number of Receivables and the aggregate net balance thereon for which the related Obligors are delinquent in making Scheduled Receivable Payments for (a) 31 to 60 days, (b) 61 to 90 days, and (c) 91 days or more;

(xi) the number and the aggregate Purchase Amounts for Receivables purchased by CPS or purchased by the Servicer during the related Collection Period and summary information as to losses and delinquencies with respect to such Receivables;

(xii) the Principal Balance of all Receivables that have become Liquidated Receivables, net of Recoveries, during the related Collection Period;

(xiii) the cumulative Principal Balance of all Receivables that have become Liquidated Receivables, net of Recoveries, during the period from the Cutoff Date to the last day of the related Collection Period;

(xiv) the amount of any Texas Franchise Tax due and owing by CPS under the Receivables Purchase Agreement to the taxing authority of the State of Texas on or prior to the related Payment Date or paid by CPS since the prior Payment Date;

(xv) the Three-Month Rolling Average Extension Ratio, the Cumulative Net Loss Rate, the Delinquency Ratio and the Three-Month Rolling Average Delinquency Ratio;

(xvi) the aggregate Sale Amount with respect to Sold Receivables, if any, during the related Collection Period;

(xvii) for any Payment Date during the Funding Period, the Pre-Funded Amount and the change in such amount from the previous Payment Date; and

(xviii) for the Mandatory Redemption Date, the amount of any remaining Pre-Funded Amount that was not used to fund the purchase of Subsequent Receivables.

(b) Within 60 days after the end of each calendar year, the Servicer shall deliver to the Trustee a statement setting forth the amounts paid during such preceding calendar year in respect of paragraphs (i), (ii), (v) and (vi) above. The Trustee shall mail a copy of such statement to each person who at any time during such preceding

calendar year shall have been a Securityholder of record and received any payment in respect of the Securities.

(c) The Trustee may make available to the Securityholders, via the Trustee’s Internet Website, all statements described herein and, with the consent or at the direction of the Seller, such other information regarding the Notes and/or the Receivables as the Trustee may have in its possession, but only with the use of a password provided by the Trustee. The Trustee will make no representation or warranties as to the accuracy or completeness of such documents and will assume no responsibility therefor.

The Trustee’s Internet Website shall be initially located at “www.CTSLink.com” or at such other address as shall be specified by the Trustee from time to time in writing to the Securityholders. In connection with providing access to the Trustee’s Internet Website, the Trustee may require registration and the acceptance of a disclaimer. The Trustee shall not be liable for the dissemination of information in accordance with this Agreement.

(d) The Servicer will supply to the Trustee, at the time and in the manner required by applicable Treasury Regulations, for further distribution to such Persons, and to the extent, required by applicable Treasury Regulations information with respect to any “original issue discount” accruing on the Class C Notes and the Class D Notes.

ARTICLE 6

[RESERVED]

ARTICLE 7

[RESERVED]

ARTICLE 8

THE SELLER

SECTION 8.1 Representations of the Seller. The Seller makes the following representations for the benefit of the Securityholders and on which the Issuer is deemed to have relied in acquiring the Receivables and on which the Trustee is deemed to have relied in executing and performing pursuant to this Agreement, the Indenture and the other Basic Documents to which it is a party. The representations speak as of the execution and delivery of this Agreement, as of the Closing Date and each Subsequent Transfer Date, and shall survive each sale of the Receivables to the Issuer and the pledge thereof to the Trustee pursuant to the Indenture and the issuance of the Notes and the Residual Pass-through Certificates.

(a) Organization and Good Standing. The Seller has been duly formed and is validly existing as a limited liability company solely under the laws of the State of Delaware and is in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with power and authority to own its properties and to conduct its business as such properties are currently owned and such business is currently conducted, and had at all relevant times,

and now has, power, authority and legal right to acquire, own and sell the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property transferred to the Trust.

(b) Due Qualification. The Seller is duly qualified to do business as a foreign limited liability company in good standing, and has obtained all necessary licenses and approvals in all jurisdictions in which the ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Basic Documents shall require such qualifications.

(c) Power and Authority. The Seller has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Basic Documents to which it is a party and to carry out its terms and their terms, respectively; the Seller has full power and authority to sell and assign the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property to be sold and assigned to and deposited with the Trust by it and has duly authorized such sale and assignment to the Trust by all necessary corporate action; and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Basic Documents to which the Seller is a party have been duly authorized by the Seller by all necessary corporate action.

(d) Valid Sale, Binding Obligations. This Agreement effects a valid sale, transfer and assignment of the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property, enforceable against the Seller and creditors of and purchasers from the Seller; and this Agreement and the Basic Documents to which the Seller is a party, when duly executed and delivered, shall constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Seller enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by equitable limitations on the availability of specific remedies, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

(e) No Violation. The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Basic Documents and the fulfillment of the terms of this Agreement and the Basic Documents shall not conflict with, result in any breach of any of the terms and provisions of or constitute (with or without notice, lapse of time or both) a default under the certificate of formation or the limited liability company agreement of the Seller, or any indenture, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument to which the Seller is a party or by which it is bound, or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of its properties pursuant to the terms of any such indenture, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument, other than the Basic Documents, or violate any law, order, rule or regulation applicable to the Seller of any court or of any Federal or State regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Seller or any of its properties.

(f) No Proceedings. There are no proceedings or investigations pending or, to the Seller’s knowledge, threatened against the Seller, before any court, regulatory body, administrative agency or other tribunal or governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Seller or its properties (A) asserting the invalidity of this Agreement, the Securities or any of the Basic Documents, (B) seeking to prevent the

issuance of the Securities or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents, (C) seeking any determination or ruling that might materially and adversely affect the performance by the Seller of its obligations under, or the validity or enforceability of, this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents, or (D) relating to the Seller and which might adversely affect the Federal or State income, excise, franchise or similar tax attributes of the Securities.

(g) No Consents. No consent, approval, authorization or order of or declaration or filing with any governmental authority is required for the issuance or sale of the Securities or the consummation of the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except such as have been duly made or obtained.

(h) Financial Condition. The Seller is able to and does pay its liabilities as they mature. The Seller is not in default under any obligation to pay money to any Person except for matters being disputed in good faith that do not involve an obligation of the Seller on a promissory note. The Seller will not use the proceeds from the transactions contemplated by the Basic Documents to give any preference to any creditor or class of creditors, and such transaction will not leave the Seller with remaining assets which are unreasonably small compared to its ongoing operations.

(i) Fraudulent Conveyance. The Seller is not selling the Receivables to the Trust with any intent to hinder, delay or defraud any of its creditors; the Seller will not be rendered insolvent as a result of the sale of the Receivables to the Trust.

(j) Tax Returns. The Seller has filed on a timely basis all tax returns which are required to be filed by it and paid all taxes, including any assessments received by it, to the extent that such taxes have become due (other than taxes, the amount or validity of which are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which reserves in conformity with GAAP have been provided by the books of the Seller).

(k) Certificates, Statements and Reports. Neither this Agreement nor any officer’s certificates, statements, reports or other documents prepared by Seller and furnished by Seller to the Trustee pursuant to this Agreement or any other Basic Document to which it is a party, and in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby (including but not limited to information regarding loan loss and delinquency experience), when taken as a whole, do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading.

(l) Legal Counsel, etc. Seller consulted with its own legal counsel and independent accountants to the extent it deems necessary regarding the tax, accounting and regulatory consequences of the transactions contemplated hereby, Seller is not participating in such transactions in reliance on any representations of any other party, their affiliates, or their counsel with respect to tax, accounting and regulatory matters.

(m) Chief Executive Office. The chief executive office of the Seller is at 19500 Jamboree Road, Irvine, California 92612.

(n) Separateness Covenants. The Seller is in compliance in all material respects with Section 9(b) of its limited liability company agreement relating to the separateness of the Seller from any other Person.

SECTION 8.2 Sale Treatment . The Seller agrees to treat the conveyances hereunder as secured financings for tax and accounting purposes and as a sale for all other purposes (including without limitation legal and bankruptcy purposes), on all relevant books, records, tax returns, financial statements and other applicable documents.

SECTION 8.3 Changes to Seller’s Contract Purchase Guidelines. The Seller covenants that it will not make any material changes to the Seller’s Contract Purchase Guidelines, or its classification of Obligors within such programs during the Funding Period unless, after giving effect to any such changes, the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied.

SECTION 8.4 Liability of Seller; Indemnities. The Seller shall be liable in accordance herewith only to the extent of the obligations specifically undertaken by the Seller under this Agreement.

(a) The Seller shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Issuer, the Owner Trustee, the Securityholders, the Backup Servicer and the Trustee from and against any taxes that may at any time be asserted against any such Person with respect to the transactions contemplated in this Agreement and any of the Basic Documents (except any income taxes arising out of fees paid to the Owner Trustee, the Trustee and the Backup Servicer and except any taxes to which the Owner Trustee, or the Trustee may otherwise be subject), including without limitation any sales, gross receipts, general corporation, tangible personal property, privilege or license taxes (but, in the case of the Issuer and the Securityholders, not including any taxes asserted with respect to federal or other income taxes arising out of distributions on the Notes and the Residual Pass-through Certificates) and costs and expenses in defending against the same.

(b) The Seller shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Issuer, the Owner Trustee, the Trustee and the Securityholders from and against any loss, liability or expense incurred by reason of (i) the Seller’s willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of its duties under this Agreement, or by reason of reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under this Agreement and (ii) the Seller’s or the Issuer’s violation of Federal or State securities laws in connection with the offering and sale of the Notes or the Residual Pass-through Certificates.

(c) The Seller shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless each of the Owner Trustee, the Trustee and the Backup Servicer and its respective officers, directors, employees and agents from and against any and all costs, expenses, losses, claims, damages and liabilities arising out of, or incurred in connection with the acceptance or performance of the trusts and duties set forth herein and in the Basic Documents (other

than overhead and expenses incurred in the normal course of business) except to the extent that such cost, expense, loss, claim, damage or liability shall be due to such entity’s (or its officers’, directors’, employees’ or agents’) willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence (except for errors in judgment).

Indemnification under this Section shall survive the resignation or removal of the Owner Trustee, the Trustee or the Backup Servicer and the termination of this Agreement or the Indenture or the Trust Agreement, as applicable, and shall include reasonable fees and expenses of counsel and other expenses of litigation. If the Seller shall have made any indemnity payments pursuant to this Section and the Person to or on behalf of whom such payments are made thereafter shall collect any of such amounts from others, such Person shall promptly repay such amounts to the Seller, without interest.

SECTION 8.5 Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the Obligations of, Seller. Any Person (a) into which the Seller may be merged or consolidated, (b) which may result from any merger or consolidation to which the Seller shall be a party or (c) which may succeed to the properties and assets of the Seller substantially as a whole, which Person in any of the foregoing cases executes an agreement of assumption to perform every obligation of the Seller under this Agreement, shall be the successor to the Seller hereunder without the execution or filing of any document or any further act by any of the parties to this Agreement; provided, however, that (i) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no representation or warranty made pursuant to Section 3.1 shall have been breached and no Servicer Termination Event, and no event which, after notice or lapse of time, or both, would become a Servicer Termination Event shall have occurred and be continuing, (ii) the Seller shall have delivered to the Owner Trustee and the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that such consolidation, merger or succession and such agreement of assumption comply with this Section and that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Agreement relating to such transaction have been complied with, (iii) the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied with respect to such transaction and (iv) the Seller shall have delivered to the Owner Trustee and the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, either (A) all financing statements and continuation statements and amendments thereto have been authorized and filed that are necessary fully to preserve and protect the interest of the Owner Trustee and the Trustee, respectively, in the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property and reciting the details of such filings or (B) no such action shall be necessary to preserve and protect such interest. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the execution of the foregoing agreement of assumption and compliance with clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above shall be conditions to the consummation of the transactions referred to in clauses (a), (b) or (c) above.

SECTION 8.6 Limitation on Liability of Seller and Others. The Seller and any director or officer or employee or agent of the Seller may rely in good faith on the advice of counsel or on any document of any kind, prima facie properly executed and submitted by any Person respecting any matters arising under any Basic Document. The Seller shall not be under any obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any legal action that shall

not be incidental to its obligations under this Agreement, and that in its opinion may involve it in any expense or liability.

SECTION 8.7 Seller May Own Residual Pass-through Certificates or Notes. The Seller and any Affiliate thereof may in its individual or any other capacity become the owner or pledgee of Securities with the same rights as it would have if it were not the Seller or an Affiliate thereof, except as expressly provided herein or in any Basic Document. Securities so owned by the Seller or such Affiliate shall have an equal and proportionate benefit under the provisions of the Basic Documents, without preference, priority or distinction as among all of the Securities; provided, however, that any Notes owned by the Seller or any Affiliate thereof, during the time such Securities are so owned by them, shall be without voting rights for any purpose set forth in the Basic Documents. The Seller shall notify the Owner Trustee and the Trustee promptly after it or any of its Affiliates become the owner of a Security.

ARTICLE 9

THE SERVICER

SECTION 9.1 Representations of Servicer. The Servicer makes the following representations for the benefit of the Securityholders, on which the Issuer is deemed to have relied in acquiring the Receivables and on which the Trustee is deemed to have relied in executing and performing pursuant to this Agreement, the Indenture and the other Basic Documents to which it is a party. The representations speak as of the execution and delivery of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date, and as of each Subsequent Transfer Date, and shall survive the sale of the Receivables to the Issuer and the pledge thereof to the Trustee pursuant to the Indenture.

(a) Organization and Good Standing. The Servicer has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation solely under the laws of the State of California, in good standing thereunder, with power, authority and legal right to own its properties and to conduct its business as such properties are currently owned and such business is presently conducted, and had at all relevant times, and shall have, power, authority and legal right to acquire, own and service the Receivables.

(b) Due Qualification. The Servicer is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in good standing and has obtained all necessary licenses and approvals, in all jurisdictions in which the ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business (including the servicing of the Receivables as required by this Agreement) or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Basic Documents requires or shall require such qualification.

(c) Power and Authority. The Servicer has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Basic Documents to which it is a party and to carry out its terms and their terms, respectively, and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Basic Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized by the Servicer by all necessary corporate action.

(d) Binding Obligation. This Agreement and the Basic Documents to which the Servicer is a party shall constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Servicer enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by equitable limitations on the availability of specific remedies, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

(e) No Violation. The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Basic Documents to which to the Servicer is a party, and the fulfillment of the terms of this Agreement and the Basic Documents to which the Servicer is a party, shall not conflict with, result in any breach of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time) a default under, the articles of incorporation or bylaws of the Servicer, or any indenture, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument to which the Servicer is a party or by which it is bound or any of its properties are subject, or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of its properties pursuant to the terms of any such indenture, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument, other than the Basic Documents, or violate any law, order, rule or regulation applicable to the Servicer of any court or of any Federal or State regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Servicer or any of its properties.

(f) No Proceedings. There are no proceedings or investigations pending or, to the Servicer’s knowledge, threatened against the Servicer, before any court, regulatory body, administrative agency or other tribunal or governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Servicer or its properties (A) asserting the invalidity of this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents, (B) seeking to prevent the issuance of the Securities or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents, or (C) except for the Pending Litigation, seeking any determination or ruling that might materially and adversely affect the performance by the Servicer of its obligations under, or the validity or enforceability of, this Agreement, the Securities or any of the Basic Documents or (D) relating to the Servicer and which might adversely affect the Federal or State income, excise, franchise or similar tax attributes of the Securities.

(h) Taxes. The Servicer has filed on a timely basis all tax returns which are required to be filed by it and paid all taxes, including any assessments received by it, to the extent that such taxes have become due (other than taxes, the amount or validity of which are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which reserves in conformity with GAAP have been provided on the books of the Servicer).

(i) Chief Executive Office. The Servicer hereby represents and warrants to the Trustee that the Servicer’s principal place of business and chief executive office is, and for the four months preceding the date of this Agreement has been, located at: 19500 Jamboree Road, Irvine, California 92612.

SECTION 9.2 Liability of Servicer; Indemnities.

(a) The Servicer (in its capacity as such) shall be liable hereunder only to the extent of the obligations in this Agreement specifically undertaken by the Servicer and the representations made by the Servicer.

(i) The Servicer shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Trust, the Trustee, the Owner Trustee, the Backup Servicer and the Securityholders from and against any and all costs, expenses, losses, damages, claims and liabilities, arising out of or resulting from the use, ownership, repossession or operation by the Servicer or any Affiliate or agent or sub-contractor thereof of any Financed Vehicle;

(ii) The Servicer (unless the Backup Servicer is the Servicer) shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Trust, the Trustee, the Owner Trustee, the Backup Servicer and the Securityholders from and against any taxes that may at any time be asserted against any of such parties with respect to the transactions contemplated in this Agreement, including, without limitation, any sales, gross receipts, general corporation, tangible personal property, privilege or license taxes (but not including federal or other income taxes, including franchise taxes (other than Texas Franchise Tax, if CPS is the Servicer) asserted with respect to, and as of the date of, the sale of the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property to the Trust or the issuance and original sale of the Securities and, in the case of the Issuer and the Securityholders, not including any taxes asserted with respect to federal or other income taxes arising out of distributions on the Notes and Residual Pass-through Certificates) and costs and expenses in defending against the same;

(iii) The Servicer shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Trust, the Trustee, the Owner Trustee, the Backup Servicer, each Placement Agent, their respective officers, directors, agents and employees and the Securityholders from and against any and all costs, expenses, losses, claims, damages, and liabilities to the extent that such cost, expense, loss, claim, damage, or liability arose out of, or was imposed upon the Trust, the Trustee, the Owner Trustee, the Backup Servicer, each Placement Agent or the Securityholders or such officers, directors, agents or employees through the negligence, willful misfeasance or bad faith of the Servicer in the performance of its duties under this Agreement, by reason of reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under this Agreement or as a result of a breach of any representation or warranty made by the Servicer in this Agreement (without regard to any exception relating to the Pending Litigation).

(iv) The Servicer shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the Trustee, the Owner Trustee and the Backup Servicer from and against all costs, expenses, losses, claims, damages, and liabilities arising out of or incurred in connection with the acceptance or performance of the trusts and duties herein contained or in the Trust Agreement, if any, except to the extent that such cost, expense, loss, claim, damage or liability: (A) shall be due to the willful misfeasance, bad faith, or negligence (except for errors in judgment) of the Trustee, the Owner Trustee or the Backup Servicer, as applicable or (B) relates to any tax other than the taxes with respect to which the Servicer shall be required to indemnify the Trustee, the Owner Trustee or the Backup Servicer.

(v) CPS shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Trust, the Trustee, the Owner Trustee, the Backup Servicer and the Securityholders against any and all costs, expenses, losses, damages, claims and liabilities arising out of or resulting from CPS’s involvement in, or the effect on any Receivable as a result of, the Pending Litigation.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Servicer shall not be obligated to defend, indemnify, and hold harmless any Noteholders for any losses, claims, damages or liabilities incurred by any Securityholders arising out of claims, complaints, actions and allegations relating to Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code as a result of the purchase or holding of a Security by such Noteholder with the assets of a plan subject to such provisions of ERISA or the Code or the servicing, management and operation of the Trust.

(c) For purposes of this Section 9.2, in the event of the termination of the rights and obligations of the Servicer (or any successor thereto pursuant to Section 9.3) as Servicer pursuant to Section 10.1, or a resignation by such Servicer pursuant to this Agreement, such Servicer shall be deemed to be the Servicer pending appointment of a successor Servicer pursuant to Section 10.2. The provisions of this Section 9.2(c) shall in no way affect the survival pursuant to Section 9.2(d) of the indemnification by the Servicer provided by Section 9.2(a).

(d) Indemnification under this Section 9.2 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and any resignation or removal of CPS as Servicer and shall include reasonable fees and expenses of counsel and expenses of litigation. If the Servicer shall have made any indemnity payments pursuant to this Section and the recipient thereafter collects any of such amounts from others, the recipient shall promptly repay such amounts to the Servicer, without interest.

SECTION 9.3 Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the Obligations of, the Servicer or Backup Servicer.

(a) CPS shall not merge or consolidate with any other person, convey, transfer or lease substantially all its assets as an entirety to another Person, or permit any other Person to become the successor to CPS’s business unless, after the merger, consolidation, conveyance, transfer, lease or succession, the successor or surviving entity

shall be capable of fulfilling the duties of CPS contained in this Agreement. Any corporation (i) into which CPS may be merged or consolidated, (ii) resulting from any merger or consolidation in which CPS shall be a constituent corporation, (iii) which acquires by conveyance, transfer, or lease substantially all of the assets of CPS, or (iv) succeeding to the business of CPS, in any of the foregoing cases shall execute an agreement of assumption to perform every obligation of CPS under this Agreement and, whether or not such assumption agreement is executed, shall be the successor to CPS under this Agreement without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties to this Agreement, anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall be deemed to release CPS from any obligation. CPS shall provide notice of any merger, consolidation or succession pursuant to this Section to the Owner Trustee, the Trustee, the Securityholders and the Rating Agencies. Notwithstanding the foregoing, CPS shall not merge or consolidate with any other Person or permit any other Person to become a successor to CPS’s business, unless (x) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no representation, warranty or covenant made pursuant to Sections 9.1 (other than clause (a) with respect to its state of incorporation and clause (i)) or 4.6 shall have been breached (for purposes hereof, such representations and warranties shall be deemed made as of the date of the consummation of such transaction) and no event that, after notice or lapse of time, or both, would become a Servicer Termination Event shall have occurred and be continuing, (y) CPS shall have delivered to the Owner Trustee, the Trustee and the Rating Agencies an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that such consolidation, merger or succession and such agreement of assumption comply with this Section and that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Agreement relating to such transaction have been complied with, and (z) CPS shall have delivered to the Owner Trustee, the Trustee and the Rating Agencies an Opinion of Counsel, stating in the opinion of such counsel, either (A) all financing statements and continuation statements and amendments thereto have been authorized and filed that are necessary to preserve and protect the interest of the Owner Trustee and the Trustee, respectively, in the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property and reciting the details of the filings or (B) no such action shall be necessary to preserve and protect such interest.

(b) Any corporation (i) into which the Backup Servicer may be merged or consolidated, (ii) resulting from any merger or consolidation in which the Backup Servicer shall be a constituent corporation, (iii) which acquires by conveyance, transfer or lease substantially all of the assets of the Backup Servicer, or (iv) succeeding to the business of the Backup Servicer, in any of the foregoing cases shall execute an agreement of assumption to perform every obligation of the Backup Servicer under this Agreement and, whether or not such assumption agreement is executed, shall be the successor to the Backup Servicer under this Agreement without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties to this Agreement, anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall be deemed to release the Backup Servicer from any obligation.

SECTION 9.4 Limitation on Liability of Servicer, Backup Servicer and Others. Neither the Servicer, the Backup Servicer nor any of the directors or officers or employees or

agents of the Servicer or Backup Servicer shall be under any liability to the Trust or the Securityholders, except as provided in this Agreement, for any action taken or for refraining from the taking of any action pursuant to this Agreement; provided, however, that this provision shall not protect the Servicer, the Backup Servicer or any such person against any liability that would otherwise be imposed by reason of a breach of this Agreement or willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of duties. CPS, the Backup Servicer and any director, officer, employee or agent of CPS or the Backup Servicer may rely in good faith on the written advice of counsel or on any document of any kind prima facie properly executed and submitted by any Person respecting any matters arising under this Agreement. In addition, the Backup Servicer shall not be under any obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any legal action that shall not be incidental to its obligations under this Agreement, and that in its opinion may involve it in any expense or liability.

SECTION 9.5 Delegation of Duties. The Servicer may at any time delegate duties under this Agreement to sub-contractors who are in the business of servicing automotive receivables; provided, however, that no such delegation or sub-contracting of duties by the Servicer shall relieve the Servicer of its responsibility with respect to such duties.

SECTION 9.6 Servicer and Backup Servicer Not to Resign. Subject to the provisions of Section 9.3, neither the Servicer nor the Backup Servicer shall resign from the obligations and duties imposed on it by this Agreement as Servicer or Backup Servicer except (i) upon a determination that by reason of a change in legal requirements the performance of its duties under this Agreement would cause it to be in violation of such legal requirements in a manner that would have a material adverse effect on the Servicer or the Backup Servicer, as the case may be, or, (ii) in the case of the Backup Servicer, upon the prior written consent of Holders of a majority of the aggregate outstanding Note Balance of the Controlling Class. Any such determination permitting the resignation of the Servicer or Backup Servicer shall be evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel to such effect delivered and acceptable to the Trustee and the Owner Trustee. No resignation of the Servicer shall become effective until the Backup Servicer or a successor Servicer that is an Eligible Servicer shall have assumed the responsibilities and obligations of the Servicer pursuant to Section 10.3. No resignation of the Backup Servicer shall become effective until a Person that is an Eligible Servicer shall have assumed the responsibilities and obligations of the Backup Servicer; provided, however, that in the event a successor Backup Servicer is not appointed within 60 days after the Backup Servicer has given notice of its resignation and has provided the Opinion of Counsel required by this Section 9.6, the Backup Servicer may petition a court for its removal.

ARTICLE 10

DEFAULT

SECTION 10.1 Servicer Termination Event. For purposes of this Agreement, each of the following shall constitute a “Servicer Termination Event”:

(a) Any failure by the Servicer to deliver to the Trustee for distribution to any Noteholder or to the Trust Paying Agent for distribution to any Residual

Certificateholder, or for deposit into the Collection Account or the Series 2012-A Spread Account, any payment required under the terms of this Agreement, which failure continues unremedied for a period of two Business Days (one Business Day with respect to the payment of Purchase Amounts) after the earlier of (i) knowledge thereof by a Responsible Officer of the Servicer and (ii) written notice thereof shall have been given to the Servicer by the Trustee or by Holders of a majority of the aggregate outstanding Note Balance of the Controlling Class; or

(b) Failure by the Servicer to deliver to the Trustee the Servicer’s Certificate within three days after the date on which such Servicer’s Certificate is required to be delivered under Section 4.9; or

(c) Failure on the part of the Servicer duly to observe or perform any other covenants or agreements of the Servicer set forth in this Agreement or, if the Servicer is CPS, failure of CPS to duly perform any other covenants or agreements of CPS set forth in this Agreement, which failure (i) materially and adversely affects the rights of Noteholders and (ii) continues unremedied for a period of 30 days after the earlier of knowledge thereof by the Servicer or after the date on which written notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied, shall have been given to the Servicer by the Trustee or by Holders of a majority of the aggregate outstanding Note Balance of the Controlling Class; or

(d) The occurrence of an Insolvency Event with respect to the Servicer or the Seller; or

(e) Failure on the part of the Servicer to observe its covenants and agreements relating to (i) merger or consolidation or (ii) preservation of its ownership (or security interest) in repossessed Financed Vehicles delivered for sale to dealers; or

(f) Any representation, warranty or statement of the Servicer made in this Agreement or any certificate, report or other writing delivered pursuant hereto shall prove to be incorrect in any material respect as of the time when the same shall have been made (excluding, however, any representation or warranty set forth in this Agreement relating to the characteristics of the Receivables), and the incorrectness of such representation, warranty or statement has a material adverse effect on the Trust or the Securityholders and, within 30 days after the earlier of (i) knowledge thereof by a Responsible Officer of the Servicer or (ii) after written notice thereof shall have been given to the Servicer by the Trustee or by Holders of a majority of the aggregate outstanding Note Balance of the Controlling Class, the circumstances or condition in respect of which such representation, warranty or statement was incorrect shall not have been eliminated or otherwise cured.

SECTION 10.2 Consequences of a Servicer Termination Event. If a Servicer Termination Event shall occur and be continuing, either the Trustee (to the extent it has knowledge thereof) or the Holders of Notes evidencing not less than a majority of the aggregate outstanding Note Balance of the Controlling Class by notice given in writing to the Servicer and the Backup Servicer (and to the Trustee if given by the Noteholders)

may terminate all of the rights and obligations of the Servicer under this Agreement. If a Servicer Termination Event shall occur and be continuing on or after the date on which each class of Notes has been repaid in full, either the Trustee (to the extent it has knowledge thereof) or the Majority Certificateholders by notice given in writing to the Servicer and the Backup Servicer (and the Trustee if such notice is given by the Certificateholders) may terminate all of the rights and obligations of the Servicer under this Agreement. The Servicer shall be entitled to its pro rata share of the Servicing Fee for the number of days in the Collection Period prior to the effective date of its termination. On or after the receipt by the Servicer of such written notice or upon the date, if any, specified in such notice, all authority, power, obligations and responsibilities of the Servicer under this Agreement, whether with respect to the Notes, the Residual Pass-through Certificates, the Receivables or the Other Conveyed Property or otherwise, automatically shall pass to, be vested in and become obligations and responsibilities of the Backup Servicer (or such other successor Servicer appointed under Section 10.3); provided, however, that the successor Servicer shall have no liability with respect to any obligation that was required to be performed by the terminated Servicer prior to the date that the successor Servicer becomes the Servicer or any claim of a third party based on any alleged action or inaction of the terminated Servicer. The successor Servicer is authorized and empowered by this Agreement to execute and deliver, on behalf of the terminated Servicer, as attorney-in-fact or otherwise, any and all documents and other instruments and to do or accomplish all other acts or things necessary or appropriate to effect the purposes of such notice of termination, whether to complete the transfer and endorsement of the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property and related documents to show the Trust as lienholder or secured party on the related Lien Certificates, or otherwise. The terminated Servicer agrees to cooperate with the successor Servicer in effecting the termination of the responsibilities and rights of the terminated Servicer under this Agreement, including, without limitation, the transfer to the successor Servicer for administration by it of all cash amounts that shall at the time be held by the terminated Servicer for deposit, or have been deposited by the terminated Servicer, in the Collection Account or thereafter received with respect to the Receivables and the delivery to the successor Servicer of all Receivable Files that shall at the time be held by the terminated Servicer and a computer tape in readable form as of the most recent Business Day containing all information necessary to enable the successor Servicer to service the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property. All reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and boarding fees) incurred in connection with transferring any Receivable Files to the successor Servicer and amending this Agreement to reflect such succession as Servicer pursuant to this Section 10.2 shall be paid by the terminated Servicer upon presentation of reasonable documentation of such costs and expenses. In addition, any successor Servicer shall be entitled to payment from the terminated Servicer for reasonable transition expenses incurred in connection with acting as successor Servicer, and to the extent not so paid, such payment shall be made pursuant to Section 5.7(a). Upon receipt of notice of the occurrence of a Servicer Termination Event, the Trustee shall give notice thereof to the Rating Agencies. The successor Servicer shall terminate the Lockbox Agreement and direct the Obligors to make all payments under the Receivables directly to the successor Servicer (in which event the successor Servicer shall process such payments in accordance with Section 4.2(e)), or to

a lockbox established by the successor Servicer at the successor Servicer’s expense, which shall be reimbursable pursuant to the terms of clause (iii) of Section 5.7(a). The terminated Servicer shall grant the Trustee and the successor Servicer reasonable access to the terminated Servicer’s premises at the terminated Servicer’s expense.

SECTION 10.3 Appointment of Successor.

(a) On and after the time the Servicer receives a notice of termination pursuant to Section 10.2 or upon the resignation of the Servicer pursuant to Section 9.6, the predecessor Servicer shall continue to perform its functions as Servicer under this Agreement, in the case of termination, only until the date specified in such termination notice or, if no such date is specified in a notice of termination, until receipt of such notice, and, in the case of resignation, until a successor Servicer has been appointed (the “Assumption Date”). Subject to prior selection of a successor Servicer in accordance with subsection (b) below, in the event of a termination or resignation of the Servicer, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Backup Servicer, shall automatically assume the obligations of the Servicer hereunder on the Assumption Date, and shall be subject to all the rights, responsibilities, restrictions, duties, liabilities and termination provisions relating thereto in this Agreement except as otherwise indicated herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Backup Servicer is the outgoing Servicer or shall be unwilling or legally unable to act as successor Servicer, the Trustee shall appoint, or petition a court of competent jurisdiction to appoint, an Eligible Servicer as the successor Servicer hereunder. Pending appointment pursuant to the preceding sentence, the Backup Servicer shall act as successor Servicer unless it is legally unable to do so, in which event the outgoing Servicer shall continue to act as Servicer until a successor has been appointed and accepted such appointment. The Trustee and such successor Servicer shall take such action, consistent with this Agreement, as shall be necessary to effectuate any such succession.

(b) Unless Holders of Notes evidencing not less than a majority of the aggregate outstanding Note Balance of the Controlling Class have previously confirmed in writing that the Backup Servicer shall become successor Servicer upon the Servicer’s resignation or removal, the Holders of Notes evidencing not less than a majority of the aggregate outstanding Note Balance of the Controlling Class may at any time thirty (30) days (i) prior to the effective date of the resignation of the Servicer or (ii) prior to the Assumption Date, appoint a Person that is an Eligible Servicer other than the Backup Servicer to become the successor Servicer in accordance with Section 10.2 on and after the Assumption Date or the resignation of the Servicer. Prior to such assumption, such successor Servicer shall execute and deliver a written assumption agreement by such Person to serve as Servicer. If upon the termination of the Servicer pursuant to Section 10.2 or the resignation of the Servicer pursuant to Section 9.6, the Holders of Notes evidencing not less than a majority of the aggregate outstanding Note Balance of the Controlling Class appoint a successor Servicer other than the Backup Servicer, the Backup Servicer shall not be relieved of its duties as Backup Servicer hereunder, including its obligation to become successor Servicer; provided that pending the assumption of the servicing duties by a successor Servicer appointed by the Holders of Notes evidencing not less than a majority of the aggregate outstanding Note Balance of

the Controlling Class, the Backup Servicer shall not be deemed to have assumed any of the obligations of the successor Servicer hereunder.

(c) Notwithstanding the Backup Servicer’s assumption of, and its agreement to perform and observe, all duties, responsibilities and obligations of CPS as Servicer under this Agreement arising on and after the Assumption Date, the Backup Servicer shall not be deemed to have assumed or to become liable for, or otherwise have any liability, whether provided for by the terms of this Agreement, arising by operation of law or otherwise, for any duties, responsibilities, obligations or liabilities of CPS or any predecessor Servicer (i) arising under Sections 4.7 and 9.2, regardless of when the liability, duty, responsibility or obligation of CPS or any predecessor Servicer therefor arose, (ii) required to be performed by CPS or any predecessor Servicer prior to the Assumption Date or any claim of any third party based on any alleged action or inaction of CPS or any predecessor Servicer, or (iii) with respect to the payment of any taxes required to be paid by CPS or any predecessor Servicer. The indemnification obligations of the Backup Servicer, upon becoming a successor Servicer, are expressly limited to those instances of gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Backup Servicer in its role as successor Servicer that occur after the Assumption Date.

(d) Any successor Servicer, including the Backup Servicer, shall be entitled to receive the Servicing Fee and Additional Servicing Compensation as compensation and its reimbursable expenses in accordance with the priority of payments set forth in Section 5.7(a).

(e) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, the successor Servicer is authorized to accept and rely on all of the accounting records (including computer records) and work of the predecessor Servicer relating to the Receivables (collectively, the “Predecessor Servicer Work Product”) without any audit or other examination thereof, and the successor Servicer shall have no duty, responsibility, obligation or liability for the acts and omissions of the predecessor Servicer. If any error, inaccuracy, omission or incorrect or non-standard practice or procedure (collectively, “Errors”) exists in any Predecessor Servicer Work Product and such Error makes it materially more difficult to service or should cause or materially contribute to the successor Servicer making or continuing any Error (collectively, “Continuing Errors”), the successor Servicer shall have no duty, responsibility, obligation or liability for such Continuing Errors; provided, however, that the successor Servicer agrees to use its best efforts to prevent further Continuing Errors. If the successor Servicer becomes aware of Errors or Continuing Errors, it shall use its best efforts, at the direction of Holders constituting a majority of the aggregate outstanding Note Balance of the Controlling Class, which shall have been given prior written notice by the Trustee (upon receipt of notice from the successor Servicer) of the nature of such Errors and Continuing Errors, to reconstruct and reconcile such data as is commercially reasonable to correct such Errors and Continuing Errors and to prevent future Continuing Errors. The successor Servicer shall be entitled to recover its costs expended in connection with such efforts in accordance with Section 5.7(a).

SECTION 10.4 Notification to Securityholders. Upon any termination of, or appointment of a successor to, the Servicer, the Trustee shall give prompt written notice thereof to each Securityholder, the Owner Trustee and to the Rating Agencies.

SECTION 10.5 Waiver of Past Defaults. The Holders of Notes evidencing not less than a majority of the aggregate outstanding Note Balance of the Controlling Class may, on behalf of all Noteholders, waive any default by the Servicer in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement and the consequences thereof (except a default in making any required deposits to or payments from any of the Trust Accounts in accordance with the terms of this Agreement). Upon any such waiver of a past default, such default shall cease to exist, and any Servicer Termination Event arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been remedied for every purpose of this Agreement. No such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or impair any right consequent thereto.

SECTION 10.6 Action Upon Certain Failures of the Servicer. In the event that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall have actual knowledge of any failure of the Servicer specified in Section 10.1 that would give rise to a right of termination under such Section upon the Servicer’s failure to remedy the same after notice, the Trustee shall give notice thereof to the Servicer. For all purposes of this Agreement (including, without limitation, this Section 10.6), the Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any failure of the Servicer as specified in Sections 10.1(c) through (f) unless notified thereof in writing by the Servicer or by a Securityholder. The Trustee shall be under no duty or obligation to investigate or inquire as to any potential failure of the Servicer specified in Section 10.1.

ARTICLE 11

TERMINATION

SECTION 11.1 Optional Purchase of All Receivables.

(a) On any Payment Date on or after the last day of any Collection Period as of which the Collateral Balance shall be less than or equal to 10% of the Original Collateral Balance, the Servicer shall have the option to purchase the Owner Trust Estate, other than the Trust Accounts. To exercise such option, the Servicer shall (subject to the proviso below) deposit in the Collection Account pursuant to Section 5.6 an amount equal to the fair market value of the Receivables (including Liquidated Receivables) as of such date, plus the appraised value of any other property held by the Trust, such value to be determined by an appraiser mutually agreed upon by the Servicer and the Trustee, and shall succeed to all interests in and to the Trust; provided, however, that the amount to be paid for such purchase shall be sufficient to pay the (i) the aggregate outstanding Note Balance, (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes, and (iii) the unpaid expenses of the Trust, including without limitation expenses incurred by the Trust in connection with the exercise of such repurchase option. Upon receipt of an amount equal to the fair market value of the Receivables and written instructions from the Servicer, the Trustee shall release to the Servicer or its designee the related Receivables Files and shall execute and deliver all reasonable instruments of transfer or assignment,

without recourse, as are prepared by the Seller and delivered to the Trustee and necessary to vest in the Servicer or such designee title to the Receivables including a Trustee’s Certificate in the form of Exhibit F-2. To the extent such option to purchase the Owner Trust Estate is rescinded pursuant to Section 10.1 of the Indenture, the Securityholders shall on the related Payment Date receive the payments of interest and principal that would be due to the Securityholders on such Payment Date as if such option to purchase the Owner Trust Estate had never been exercised.

(b) Notice of any termination of the Trust shall be given by the Servicer, which notice shall include, among other things, the items specified in Section 9.1(c) of the Trust Agreement, to the Owner Trustee, the Trustee and the Rating Agencies as soon as practicable after the Servicer has received notice thereof.

ARTICLE 12

ADMINISTRATIVE DUTIES OF THE SERVICER

SECTION 12.1 Administrative Duties.

(a) Duties with Respect to the Indenture. The Servicer shall perform all its duties and the duties of the Issuer under the Indenture. In addition, the Servicer shall consult with the Owner Trustee as the Servicer deems appropriate regarding the duties of the Issuer under the Indenture. The Servicer shall monitor the performance of the Issuer and shall advise the Owner Trustee when action is necessary to comply with the Issuer’s duties under the Indenture. The Servicer shall prepare for execution by the Issuer or shall cause the preparation by other appropriate Persons of all such documents, reports, filings, instruments, certificates and opinions as it shall be the duty of the Issuer to prepare, file or deliver pursuant to the Indenture. In furtherance of the foregoing, the Servicer shall take all necessary action that is the duty of the Issuer to take pursuant to the Indenture, including, without limitation, pursuant to Sections 2.7, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.9, 3.17, 5.1(b), 8.3, 9.2, 9.3, 11.1 and 11.15 of the Indenture.

(b) Duties with Respect to the Issuer.

(i) In addition to the duties of the Servicer set forth in this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents, the Servicer shall perform such calculations and shall prepare for execution by the Issuer or the Owner Trustee or shall cause the preparation by other appropriate Persons of all such documents, reports, filings, instruments, certificates and opinions as it shall be the duty of the Issuer or the Owner Trustee to prepare, file or deliver pursuant to this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents or under State and Federal tax and securities laws, and at the request of the Owner Trustee shall take all appropriate action that it is the duty of the Issuer to take pursuant to this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents. In accordance with the directions of the Issuer or the Owner Trustee, the Servicer shall administer, perform or supervise the performance of such other activities in connection with the Collateral (including the Basic Documents) as are not covered by any of the foregoing provisions and as are expressly requested by the Issuer or the Owner Trustee and are reasonably within the capability of the

Servicer. The Servicer shall perform its administrative duties with respect to the Issuer in accordance with the requirements enumerated in Section 6.7 of the Trust Agreement. The Servicer shall monitor the activities of the Issuer to assure compliance by the Issuer with the requirements of Section 6.7 of the Trust Agreement. The Servicer shall promptly take such action as may be required to correct any noncompliance by the Issuer with the requirements of Section 6.7 of the Trust Agreement.

(ii) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents to the contrary, the Servicer shall be responsible for promptly notifying the Owner Trustee and the Trustee in the event that any withholding tax is imposed on the Issuer’s payments (or allocations of income) to a Noteholder as contemplated by this Agreement. Any such notice shall be in writing and specify the amount of any withholding tax required to be withheld by the Owner Trustee or the Trustee pursuant to such provision.

(iii) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or the Basic Documents to the contrary, the Servicer shall be responsible for performance of the duties of the Issuer or the Seller set forth in Section 5.1 of the Trust Agreement with respect to, among other things, accounting and reports to Residual Certificateholders; provided, however, that, once prepared by the Servicer, the Owner Trustee shall retain responsibility for the distribution of any such reports or accounting actually provided to the Owner Trustee and necessary to enable each Residual Certificateholder to prepare its Federal and State income tax returns.

(iv) The Servicer shall perform the duties of the Servicer specified in Section 10.2 of the Trust Agreement required to be performed in connection with the resignation or removal of the Owner Trustee, and any other duties expressly required to be performed by the Servicer under this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents.

(v) In carrying out the foregoing duties or any of its other obligations under this Agreement, the Servicer may enter into transactions with or otherwise deal with any of its Affiliates; provided, however, that the terms of any such transactions or dealings shall be in accordance with any directions received from the Issuer and shall be, in the Servicer’s opinion, no less favorable to the Issuer in any material respect.

(c) Tax Matters. The Servicer shall prepare and file, on behalf of the Seller, all tax returns, tax elections, financial statements and such annual or other reports of the Issuer as are necessary for preparation of tax reports as provided in Article V of the Trust Agreement, including without limitation, Internal Revenue Service Form 1099. All tax returns will be signed by the person required or authorized to sign such returns under applicable law.

(d) Non-Ministerial Matters. With respect to matters that in the reasonable judgment of the Servicer are non-ministerial, the Servicer shall not take any action pursuant to this Article XII unless within a reasonable time before the taking of such action, the Servicer shall have notified the Owner Trustee and the Trustee of the proposed action and the Owner Trustee and, with respect to items (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) below, the Trustee shall not have withheld consent or provided an alternative direction. For the purpose of the preceding sentence, “non-ministerial matters” shall include:

(i) the amendment of or any supplement to the Indenture;

(ii) the initiation of any claim or lawsuit by the Issuer and the compromise of any action, claim or lawsuit brought by or against the Issuer (other than in connection with the collection of the Receivables);

(iii) the amendment, change or modification of this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents;

(iv) the appointment of successor Note Registrars, successor Note Paying Agents and successor Trustees pursuant to the Indenture or the appointment of successor Servicers or the consent to the assignment by the Note Registrar, Note Paying Agent or Trustee of its obligations under the Indenture; and

(v) the removal of the Trustee.

(e) Exceptions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement except as expressly provided herein or in the other Basic Documents, the Servicer, in its capacity as such hereunder, shall not be obligated to, and shall not, (1) make any payments to the Securityholders under the Basic Documents, (2) sell the Owner Trust Estate pursuant to Section 5.3 of the Indenture, (3) take any other action that the Issuer directs the Servicer not to take on its behalf or (4) in connection with its duties hereunder assume any indemnification obligation of any other Person.

(f) Limitation of Successor Servicer’s Obligations. The successor Servicer shall not be responsible for any obligations or duties of the Servicer under this Section 12.1.

SECTION 12.2 Records. The Servicer shall maintain appropriate books of account and records relating to services performed under this Agreement, which books of account and records shall be accessible for inspection by the Issuer, the Backup Servicer, the Owner Trustee and the Trustee at any time during normal business hours.

SECTION 12.3 Additional Information to be Furnished to the Issuer. The Servicer shall furnish to the Issuer from time to time such additional information regarding the Collateral as the Issuer shall reasonably request.

ARTICLE 13

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

SECTION 13.1 Amendment.

(a) This Agreement may be amended from time to time by the parties hereto without the consent of any of the Noteholders, to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provisions in this Agreement, to comply with any changes in the Code, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Agreement that shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement; provided, however, that such action shall not, as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel delivered to the Owner Trustee and the Trustee, adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Noteholder without such Noteholder’s consent. Any such amendment shall be deemed to not adversely affect in any material respect the interests of a Noteholder if the Rating Agency Condition with respect to the related Class is satisfied (and upon such satisfaction, no Opinion of Counsel shall be necessary with respect to the related Class).

This Agreement may also be amended from time to time by the parties hereto, with the consent of Holders of a majority of the aggregate outstanding Note Balance of the Controlling Class, for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Agreement or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Noteholders; provided, however, without the consent of each Noteholder affected thereby, no such amendment shall, (a) increase or reduce in any manner the amount of, or accelerate or delay the timing of, collections of payments on Receivables or distributions that shall be required to be made for the benefit of the Noteholders, (b) change the date of payment of any installment of principal of or interest on any Note, or reduce the principal amount thereof, the interest rate thereon or the redemption price with respect thereto; (c) reduce the percentage of the Note Balance of each Class of Notes, the Holders of which are required to consent to any such amendment; or (d) adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Noteholder. Any such amendment shall be deemed to not adversely affect in any material respect the interests of a Noteholder if the Rating Agency Condition with respect to the related Class is satisfied.

Promptly after the execution of any such amendment or consent, the Trustee shall furnish written notification of the substance of such amendment or consent to each Noteholder and the Rating Agencies.

It shall not be necessary for the consent of Noteholders pursuant to this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or consent, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance thereof. The manner of obtaining such consents (and any other consents of Noteholders provided for in this Agreement) and of evidencing the authorization of any action by Noteholders shall be subject to such reasonable requirements as the Trustee or the Owner Trustee, as applicable, may prescribe.

Prior to the execution of any amendment to this Agreement, the Owner Trustee and the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and rely upon an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amendment is authorized or permitted by this Agreement and the Opinion of Counsel referred to in Section 13.2(i)(i) has been delivered. The Owner Trustee, the Backup Servicer and the Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such amendment which affects the Issuer’s, the Owner Trustee’s, the Backup Servicer’s or the Trustee’s, as applicable, own rights, duties or immunities under this Agreement or otherwise.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment shall be made that would cause the Trust to be classified for United States Federal income tax purposes as an association (or publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation.

SECTION 13.2 Protection of Title to Trust»

(a) The Seller or Servicer or both shall authorize and file such financing statements and cause to be authorized and filed such continuation statements, all in such manner and in such places as may be required by law fully to preserve, maintain and protect the interest of the Issuer and the interests of the Trustee in the Receivables and in the proceeds thereof. The Seller shall deliver (or cause to be delivered) to the Owner Trustee and the Trustee file-stamped copies of, or filing receipts for, any document filed as provided above, as soon as available following such filing.

(b) Neither the Seller nor the Servicer shall change its name, identity, jurisdiction of organization, form of organization or corporate structure in any manner that would, could or might make any financing statement or continuation statement filed in accordance with paragraph (a) above seriously misleading within the meaning of section 9-506(a) of the UCC, unless it shall have given the Owner Trustee and the Trustee at least five days’ prior written notice thereof and shall have promptly filed appropriate amendments to all previously filed financing statements or continuation statements. Promptly upon such filing, the Seller or the Servicer, as the case may be, shall deliver an Opinion of Counsel to the Issuer, the Owner Trustee and the Trustee stating either (A) all financing statements and continuation statements have been authorized and filed that are necessary fully to preserve and protect the interest of the Trust and the Trustee in the Receivables, and reciting the details of such filings or referring to prior Opinions of Counsel in which such details are given, or (B) no such action shall be necessary to preserve and protect such interest.

(c) Each of the Seller and the Servicer shall have an obligation to give the Owner Trustee and the Trustee at least 60 days’ prior written notice of any change in its jurisdiction of organization if, as a result of such change, the applicable provisions of the UCC would require the filing of any amendment of any previously filed financing or continuation statement or of any new financing statement and shall promptly file any such amendment or new financing statement. The Servicer shall at all times maintain its jurisdiction of organization within the United States of America. Each of the Seller and Servicer shall at all times be organized solely under the laws of one State.

(d) The Servicer shall maintain accounts and records as to each Receivable accurately and in sufficient detail to permit (i) the reader thereof to know at any time the status of such Receivable, including payments and recoveries made and payments owing (and the nature of each) and (ii) reconciliation between payments or recoveries on (or with respect to) each Receivable and the amounts from time to time deposited in the Collection Account in respect of such Receivable.

(e) The Servicer shall maintain its computer systems so that, from and after the time of sale under this Agreement of the Receivables to the Issuer, the Servicer’s master computer records (including any backup archives) that refer to a Receivable shall indicate clearly the interest of the Trust in such Receivable and that such Receivable is owned by the Trust. Indication of the Trust’s interest in a Receivable shall be deleted from or modified on the Servicer’s computer systems when, and only when, the related Receivable shall have been paid in full or repurchased.

(f) If at any time the Seller or the Servicer shall propose to sell, grant a security interest in or otherwise transfer any interest in automotive receivables to any prospective purchaser, lender or other transferee, the Servicer shall give to such prospective purchaser, lender or other transferee computer tapes, records or printouts (including any restored from backup archives) that, if they shall refer in any manner whatsoever to any Receivable, shall indicate clearly that such Receivable has been sold and is owned by the Trust.

(g) The Servicer shall permit the Trustee, the Backup Servicer, the Owner Trustee and their respective agents at any time during normal business hours to inspect, audit, and make copies of and abstracts from the Servicer’s records regarding any Receivable.

(h) Upon request, the Servicer shall furnish to the Owner Trustee or to the Trustee, within five Business Days, a list of all Receivables (by contract number and name of Obligor) then held as part of the Owner Trust Estate, together with a reconciliation of such list to the Schedule of Receivables and to each of the Servicer’s Certificates furnished before such request indicating removal of Receivables from the Owner Trust Estate.

(i) The Servicer shall deliver to the Owner Trustee and the Trustee:

(i) if required pursuant to Section 13.1, promptly after the execution and delivery of each amendment, waiver or consent, an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, either (A) all financing statements and continuation statements have been authorized and filed that are necessary fully to preserve and protect the interest of the Trust and the Trustee in the Receivables, and reciting the details of such filings or referring to prior Opinions of Counsel in which such details are given, or (B) no such action shall be necessary to preserve and protect such interest; and

(ii) within 90 days after the beginning of each calendar year beginning with the first calendar year beginning more than three months after the Cutoff Date, an Opinion of Counsel, dated as of a date during such 90-day period, stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, either (A) all financing statements and continuation statements have been authorized and filed that are necessary fully to preserve and protect the interest of the Trust and the Trustee in the Receivables, and reciting the details of such filings or referring to prior Opinions of Counsel in which such details are given, or (B) no such action shall be necessary to preserve and protect such interest.

Each Opinion of Counsel referred to in clause (i) or (ii) above shall specify any action necessary (as of the date of such opinion) to be taken in the following year to preserve and protect such interest.

SECTION 13.3 Notices»

(a) All demands, notices and communications upon or to the Seller, the Servicer, the Owner Trustee, the Trustee or the Rating Agencies under this Agreement shall be in writing, personally delivered, electronically delivered, or mailed by certified mail, return receipt requested, and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt (a) in the case of the Seller to CPS Receivables Five LLC, 19500 Jamboree Road, Irvine, CA 92612, (b) in the case of the Servicer to Consumer Portfolio Services, Inc., 19500 Jamboree Road, Irvine, CA 92612, Attention: General Counsel, (c) in the case of the Issuer or the Owner Trustee, at the Corporate Trust Office of the Owner Trustee, (d) in the case of the Trustee or the Backup Servicer, at the Corporate Trust Office, (e) in the case of Standard & Poor’s, via electronic delivery to Servicer_reports@sandp.com; for any information not available in electronic format, send hard copies to: Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, 55 Water Street, 41st Floor, New York, New York 10041-0003, Attention: ABS Surveillance Group, and (f) in the case of Moody’s, via electronic delivery to Servicerreports@moodys.com; for any information not available in electronic format, send hard copies to: Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., ABS Monitoring Department, 7 World Trade Center, 250 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10007. Any notice required or permitted to be mailed to a Securityholder shall be given by first class mail, postage prepaid, at the address of such Securityholder as shown in the Certificate Register or Note Register, as applicable. Any notice so mailed within the time prescribed in the Agreement shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the Securityholder shall receive such notice.

(b) Any notice delivered to the Noteholders or to the Trustee for distribution to the Noteholders shall also be delivered concurrently to the Residual Certificateholders or to the Owner Trustee for distribution to the Residual Certificateholders by the party responsible for delivering such notice to the Noteholders or to the Trustee for distribution to the Noteholders.

SECTION 13.4 Assignment»

. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, except as provided in Sections 8.5 and 9.3 and as provided in the provisions of this Agreement concerning the resignation of the Servicer, this Agreement may not be assigned by the Seller or the Servicer without the prior written consent of the Owner Trustee, the Trustee, the Backup Servicer and the Holders of Notes evidencing not less than 66 and 2/3% of the Note Balance of each Class of Notes, and prompt written notice to the Rating Agencies.

SECTION 13.5 Limitations on Rights of Others»

. The provisions of this Agreement are solely for the benefit of the parties hereto and for the benefit of the Owner Trustee, the Residual Certificateholders and the Noteholders, as third-party beneficiaries. Nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, shall be construed to give to any other Person any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim in the Owner Trust Estate or under or in respect of this Agreement or any covenants, conditions or provisions contained herein.

SECTION 13.6 Severability»

. Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 13.7 Separate Counterparts»

. This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

SECTION 13.8 Headings»

. The headings of the various Articles and Sections herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not define or limit any of the terms or provisions hereof.

SECTION 13.9 Governing Law»

. EXCEPT AS PROVIDED OTHERWISE IN SECTION 13.17, THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND THIS AGREEMENT AND ALL MATTERS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING IN ANY WAY TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES.

SECTION 13.10 Assignment to Trustee»

. The Seller hereby acknowledges and consents to any mortgage, pledge, assignment and grant of a security interest by the Issuer to the Trustee pursuant to the Indenture for the benefit of the Issuer Secured Parties of all right, title and interest of the Issuer in, to and under the Receivables and Other Conveyed Property and/or the assignment of any or all of the Issuer’s rights and obligations hereunder to the Trustee.

SECTION 13.11 Nonpetition Covenants»

(a) Notwithstanding any prior termination of this Agreement, none of the Servicer, the Seller or the Backup Servicer shall, prior to the date which is one year and one day after the termination of this Agreement with respect to the Issuer, acquiesce, petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Issuer to invoke the process of any court or government authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the Issuer under any Federal or State bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Issuer or any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Issuer.

(b) Notwithstanding any prior termination of this Agreement, none of the Servicer or the Backup Servicer shall, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the termination of this Agreement in accordance with Article XI, with respect to the Seller, acquiesce to, petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Seller to invoke the process of any court or government authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the Seller under any Federal or State bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law, appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, or other similar official of the Seller or any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Seller.

SECTION 13.12 Limitation of Liability of Owner Trustee and Trustee»

(a) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, this Agreement has been countersigned by Wilmington Trust, National Association not in its individual capacity but solely in its capacity as Owner Trustee of the Issuer and in no event shall Wilmington Trust, National Association in its individual capacity or, except as expressly provided in the Trust Agreement, as Owner Trustee have any liability for the representations, warranties, covenants, agreements or other obligations of the Issuer hereunder or in any of the certificates, notices or agreements delivered pursuant hereto, as to all of which recourse shall be had solely to the assets of the Issuer. For all purposes of this Agreement, in the performance of its duties or obligations hereunder or in the performance of any duties or obligations of the Issuer hereunder, the Owner Trustee shall be subject to, and entitled to the benefits of, the terms and provisions of Articles VI, VII and VIII of the Trust Agreement.

(b) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, this Agreement has been executed and delivered by Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee and Backup Servicer and in no event shall Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, have any liability for the representations, warranties, covenants, agreements or other obligations of the Issuer hereunder or in any of the certificates, notices or agreements delivered pursuant hereto, as to all of which recourse shall be had solely to the assets of the Issuer.

(c) In no event shall Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, in any of its capacities hereunder, be deemed to have assumed any duties of the Owner Trustee under the Delaware Statutory Trust Statute, common law, or the Trust Agreement.

SECTION 13.13 Independence of the Servicer»

. For all purposes of this Agreement, the Servicer shall be an independent contractor and shall not be subject to the supervision of the Issuer, the Trustee and Backup Servicer or the Owner Trustee with respect to the manner in which it accomplishes the performance of its obligations hereunder. Unless expressly authorized by this Agreement, the Servicer shall have no authority to act for or represent the Issuer or the Owner Trustee in any way and shall not otherwise be deemed an agent of the Issuer or the Owner Trustee.

SECTION 13.14 No Joint Venture»

. Nothing contained in this Agreement (i) shall constitute the Servicer and either of the Issuer or the Owner Trustee as members of any partnership, joint venture, association, syndicate, unincorporated business or other separate entity, (ii) shall be construed to impose any liability as such on any of them or (iii) shall be deemed to confer on any of them any express, implied or apparent authority to incur any obligation or liability on behalf of the others.

SECTION 13.15 Covenant of Trustee and Servicer Regarding Rule 15Ga-1»

If the Seller, CPS, the Servicer or the Trustee (each a “Repurchase Request Recipient”): (1) receives a Repurchase Request; or (2) receives a withdrawal of a Repurchase Request by the Person making such Repurchase Request, then such party shall give written notice thereof to the Seller and CPS promptly but in any case within ten (10) Business Days from the date of receipt thereof. Each notice required by this Section 13.15 (a “Rule 15Ga-1 Notice”) shall include: (i) the date the Repurchase Request was received by the Repurchase Request Recipient or the date the withdrawal of the Repurchase Request was received by the Repurchase Request Recipient, as the case may be; (ii) the identity of the related Receivable; (iii) the identity of the Person making the Repurchase Request, (iv) the basis for the Repurchase Request asserted by the Person making the Repurchase Request, to the extent known to the Repurchase Request Recipient; (v) a statement from the Repurchase Request Recipient as to whether it currently plans to pursue a repurchase pursuant to Section 3.2(a) with respect to any Receivables related to such Repurchase Request; and (vi) any written correspondence from the Person making the Repurchase Request to the extent related to such Repurchase Request. Each Rule 15Ga-1 Notice may be delivered by electronic means to the e-mail address of CPS set forth below.

None of the Trustee or the Servicer (other than CPS) shall accept any oral Repurchase Request, and each of the Trustee and the Servicer (other than CPS) shall direct any Person making an oral Repurchase Request to submit it in writing (including through email) to CPS. Such Repurchase Requests must be submitted in writing (including through email) to repurchase@consumerportfolio.com or such other email address as CPS shall designate from time to time) with a subject line of “Repurchase Request – CPS ART 2012-A”.

The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that the purpose of this Section 13.15 is to facilitate compliance by CPS and the Seller with Rule 15Ga-1 and Items 1104(e) and 1121(c) of Regulation AB (the “Repurchase Rules and Regulations”). The parties hereto acknowledge that interpretations of the requirements of the Repurchase Rules and Regulations may change over time, whether due to interpretive guidance provided by the Securities Exchange Commission or its staff, consensus among participants in the asset-backed securities markets, advice of counsel, or otherwise, and agree to comply with reasonable requests made by CPS and the Seller in good faith for delivery of information under these provisions on the basis of such evolving interpretations. The Trustee shall cooperate fully with CPS and the Seller to deliver any and all records and any other information necessary in the good faith determination of CPS and the Seller to permit them to comply with the provisions of the Repurchase Rules and Regulations.

SECTION 13.16 Acknowledgment of Roles »

The parties expressly acknowledge and consent to Wells Fargo Bank, National Association acting in the multiple capacities of Backup Servicer and Trustee under the Basic Documents. The parties agree that Wells Fargo Bank, National Association in such multiple capacities shall not be subject to any claim, defense or liability arising from its performance in any such capacity based on conflict of interest principles, duty of loyalty principles or other breach of fiduciary duties to the extent that any such conflict or breach arises from the performance by Wells Fargo Bank, National Association of any other such capacity or capacities in accordance with this Agreement or any other Basic Documents to which it is a party.

SECTION 13.17 Intention of Parties Regarding Delaware Securitization Act»

. It is the intention of the Seller and the Issuer that the transfer and assignment of the Trust Property contemplated by Section 2.1 shall constitute a sale of the Trust Property from the Seller to the Issuer, conveying good title thereto free and clear of any liens, and the beneficial interest in and title to the Trust Property shall not be part of the Seller’s estate in the event of the filing of a bankruptcy petition by or against the Seller under any bankruptcy or similar law. In addition, for purposes of complying with the requirements of the Asset-Backed Securities Facilitation Act of the State of Delaware, 6 Del. C. § 2701A, et seq. (the “Securitization Act”), each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that:

(a) any property, assets or rights purported to be transferred, in whole or in part, by the Seller to the Issuer pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to no longer be the property, assets or rights of the Seller;

(b) none of the Seller, its creditors or, in any insolvency proceeding with respect to the Seller or the Seller’s property, a bankruptcy trustee, receiver, debtor, debtor in possession or similar person, to the extent the issue is governed by Delaware law, shall have any rights, legal or equitable, whatsoever to reacquire (except pursuant to a provision of this Agreement), reclaim, recover, repudiate, disaffirm, redeem or recharacterize as property of the Seller any property, assets or rights purported to be transferred, in whole or in part, by the Seller to the Issuer pursuant to this Agreement;

(c) in the event of a bankruptcy, receivership or other insolvency proceeding with respect to the Seller or the Seller’s property, to the extent the issue is governed by Delaware law, such property, assets and rights shall not be deemed to be part of the Seller’s property, assets, rights or estate; and

(d) the transaction contemplated by this Agreement shall constitute a “securitization transaction” as such term is used in the Securitization Act.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their respective duly authorized officers as of the day and the year first above written.

CPS AUTO RECEIVABLES TRUST 2012-A

By: WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not

in its individual capacity, but solely as

Owner Trustee on behalf of the Trust

By:

Name:

Title:

CPS RECEIVABLES FIVE LLC, as Seller

By:

Name:

Title:

CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC., in its individual capacity and in its capacity as Servicer

By:

Name:

Title:

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not in its individual capacity, but solely as Backup Servicer and Trustee

By:

Name:

Title:

cpss10q_ex311dtd120420.htm

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION

I, Charles E. Bradley, Jr., certify that:

1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Consumer Portfolio Services, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the period presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: April 24, 2012
/s/ CHARLES E. BRADLEY, JR.
Charles E. Bradley, Jr. Chief Executive Officer

cpss10q_ex312dtd120420.htm

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION

I, Jeffrey P. Fritz, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Consumer Portfolio Services, Inc.;

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: April 24, 2012
/s/ JEFFREY P. FRITZ
Jeffrey P. Fritz, Chief Financial Officer

cpss10q_ex32dtd120420.htm

Exhibit 32

Certification Pursuant To

18 U.S.C. Section 1350,

As Adopted Pursuant To

Section 906 of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act Of 2002

In connection with the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Consumer Portfolio Services, Inc. (the “Company”) for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2012, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), Charles E. Bradley, Jr., as Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and Jeffrey P. Fritz, as Chief Financial Officer of the Company, each hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: April 24, 2012 /s/ CHARLES E. BRADLEY, JR.
Charles E. Bradley, Jr. Chief Executive Officer ___________________
/s/ JEFFREY P. FRITZ
Jeffrey P. Fritz Chief Financial Officer __________________

This certification accompanies each Report pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall not, except to the extent required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, be deemed filed by the Company for purposes of §18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.